· 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the...

256
EMERGING TRENDS IN SERVICES SECTOR O A R . K . U . G r o t i d E National Institute for Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises (ni-msme) (An Organisation of Ministry of MSME, Government of India) Yousufguda , Hyderabad – 500 045

Transcript of  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the...

Page 1:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

EMERGING TRENDS IN SERVICES SECTOR

OAR.K.U.G rotidE

National Institute for Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises (ni-msme)(An Organisation of Ministry of MSME, Government of India)

Yousufguda , Hyderabad – 500 045

Page 2:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

Editor G.U.K.RAO

National Institute for Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises (An Organisation of Ministry of MSME)

Government of IndiaYousufguda , Hyderabad – 500 045

Tel: 91-40-23608544 – 46, Fax: 91-40-23608547, 23608956www.nimsme.org, E-mail: registrar@ nimsme.org

EMERGING TRENDS INSERVICES SECTOR

Page 3:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

Information contained in this work has been obtained from the professional experiences of the Contributors and is believed to be reliable. However, neither ni-msme nor the editor shall be responsible for any errors, omissions, or damages arising out of use of this information.

Copyright 2013, ni-msmeFirst reprint 2013

Price : ̀ .450/-

No part of this publication may be reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise or stored in a database or retrieval system without the prior written permission of the publishers. The program listings (if any) may be entered, stored and executed in a computer system, but they may not be reproduced for publication.

This edition can be exported from India only by the publishers, ni-msme

ISBN 81-901608-8-5

Published byNational Institute for Micro, Small & Medium Enterprises(An Organisation of the Ministry of MSME)Government of IndiaYousufguda, Hyderabad - 500 045Ph : +91-40-23608544 / 23633499

Page 4:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

i

FOREWORD

The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the unemployment rate, as the entrepreneurs not only find gainful employment for themselves and their family members, but often take in a few other workers too. On the other, they make a noticeable contribution to the country's GDP.

Taking note of this, the Government of India, over the past six and half decades of the country's independence, has been formulating policies and programmes to encourage new enterprises to come up and to help them progress and prosper.

In recent years, among the MSMEs the services sector has been flourishing with over 55% share in the GDP. The sector holds immense possibilities for enterprise start-up in many areas. Undoubtedly it is a rising sector with huge potential. However, to chalk out policies and schemes, authentic and well-researched field data is very necessary, which is woefully short with regard to this sector.

It is precisely for this reason that ni-msme, with its insight and expertise of MSME sector, has attempted to provide an overview of the services sector through this volume. The main focus themes covered in the chapters of the volume are: Development of service enterprises: Policy consideration; Devising proper categorization of services; Services sector and exports; Sustainability in the service enterprises; Human resources for emerging services; Role of service sector in Global value chain and Sunrise service sectors.

The present volume has not only covered the above themes but also tried to project future trends of the services sector.

In this context, the volume “Emerging Trends in Services Sector”, a compilation of research papers on different facets of the sector, contributed by eminent author’s is brought out by ni-msme, makes itself highly useful, informative and relevant.

I especially congratulate my colleague Dr. G.U.K. Rao for his dedication and

Page 5:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

relentless effort for making the volume rich by his invaluable contributions on ni-msme Golden jubilee year. I hope, as suggested, another volume on social services would also be taken up in due course.

Hopefully all those concerned with MSME promotion and development will find this volume useful, informative and for further research in the services sector.

This publication is the first in the series. Suggestions for improvement in its content and presentation are welcome.

M.CHANDRASEKHAR REDDY

Director General

ii

Page 6:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

PREFACE

MSME sector is the plank on which the national economy is keeled. Its significance has been proved time and again, both among the developed countries and the developing ones. In the past six and half decades since our independence, the structure and composition of the MSME sector has undergone sea changes, getting annexed with new streams of activities, sophisticated technologies, adding on modern features. Particularly in recent years, the services sector has emerged as the avenue of opportunities, in relation to both rural and urban contexts. The climate of globalisation has further accentuated the possibilities.

Recognising the vast potential of the services sector for enterprise creation and income generation activities, which are the remedy for the maladies of unemployment and low income/poverty, the Government of India is formulating some initiatives to encourage the growth of the sector via new start-ups. For this exercise, accurate and well-researched data – facts from the field as well as experts' analysis – is very necessary. The regretful truth of the matter is, the data on services sector is scanty at best, and the little that is available is scattered and vague.

I am sure as the author, the book titled Emerging Trends in Services Sector, being published by ni-msme, comes as a handy source of information to all intellectuals. The volume is a collection of essays/research papers on different facets and organs of the services sector, emanating from experts on the subject. The present volume gives good attention to the streams of retail, information technology, health care, tourism and hospitality, insurance and finance; but further there would be scope to detail the very relevant and important streams of construction and realting, entertainment, information, education and social services.

Publishing a volume always calls for coordination and cooperation on various fronts from different individuals. A book of this nature requires support in terms of expertise, skills and funds. Therefore the author’s gratitude to many quarters is natural. As such my sincere thanks goes to ni-msme which has come forward to publish this volume of essays in its Golden Jubilee Year.

I am grateful to the Ministry of MSME, New Delhi for graciously enabling our endeavour. My sincere thanks go to our Director General, Prof. M. Chandrasekhar Reddy, who has been encouraging and providing guidance for the publication of the volume and has been a constant source of inspiration. My

iii

Page 7:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

special thanks are due to my colleagues, members of faculty who had contributed papers and made my task easy by sharing the burden; also to all the other experts who have contributed their views and suggestions which have been incorporated in the volume.

My special thanks are also due to Dr. Girija Bai who has advised and supported me in the editorial work. I also thank Mr. L. Ashok Kumar for his ready response for typing the matter according to my demands on countless number of occasions

Dr. G.U.K. Rao

iv

Page 8:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

S No Title Page Nos

Forward

Preface

1. Service Sector Enterprises in Indian Economy by Dr. G.U.K. Rao 1

2. Service Sector - Policies and Programmes Support Mechanism 69by Dr. Bhagwan Prasad

3. Promotion of Rural Service Enterprises by R.S. Singh 77

4. Business Trends in IT and ITeS Industries in India 85

5. IT and ITes Industry in India 87

6. IT Enabled Services in Power Distributions by M.V.S. Birinchi 91

7. Multimedia Development as important Service Enterprise by 99Srinivas Goud

8. Retail Services Sector in India by Dr. G.U.K. Rao 103

9. Developing Successful Micro Entrepreneur in Health Care 135 through Franchising - A Global Experience by Srikanth Kumar Padhi

10. Infotainment by P. Udaya Shanker 151

11. Consultancy Needs for Service Sector by N.R. Dattatreya and 157 Dr. G.U.K. Rao

12. LSCM Application as small e-Business for Manufacturing and 163Service Sector Enterprise of India by Dr. N. Srilaxmi

13. Women in Service Enterprises by Dr. C. Rani 177

14. Development of Tourism Industry through Cluster approach 185 by K. Surya Prakash Goud

15. Sustainable Development of Innovative Tourism by 195R.S.R.C. Kumar

16. Life Insurance Industry in India - A Study by Mustaq Ahmed 201

17. Bio-Technology : The Sunrise Service Sector 215

18. Promotion of Entrepreneurship in Service Sector by 219R.S.R.C. Kumar

19. Service Enterprises - A Financial Perspective by 223Gopala K Murthy

20. Financing Hi-tech Farming activities - A Viable Option for 237Sustainable Agriculture by G.G.K. Murthy

C O N T E N T

Page 9:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the
Page 10:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

SERVICE SECTOR ENTERPRISES IN INDIAN ECONOMY

Dr. G.U.K. Rao*I. Introduction With a growing economy and a strong internal market, India is destined to make competitive products using technological innovations. The services sector in the country has a major share in transforming the nation into a developed country. In this sector broadly six areas that are closely related are functioning based on India's core competence, natural resources and skilled / talented manpower. These are: Agriculture and Food Processing; Infrastructure; Education and Health care; Information and Communication Technologies (ICT); Tourism; and Critical technologies and Strategic Services.

The service sector forms the backbone of social and economic development of a region. It has emerged as the largest and fastest growing sector in the world economy, making higher contributions to the global output and employment. Its growth rate has been higher than that of agriculture and manufacturing sectors. Services account for more than 60 per cent of world GDP, and the trade in services has grown more rapidly than merchandise trade since 1985. It is a large and the most dynamic part of the Indian economy both in terms of employment potential and contribution to national income. It covers a wide range of activities such as trading, transportation and communication, financial, real estate and business services, as well as community, social and personal services. In India, services sector as a whole had contributed as much as 58.2 per cent of the overall average growth in gross domestic product (GDP) between the years 2001-02 and 2011 - 2012.

India has been recording high growth in the export of services during the last few years. Such exports have increased threefold during the last three years (between 2009 to 2012) According to a study conducted by the Reserve Bank of India, that if the average annual growth rates of the last three years – 51.9 per cent for services exports and 7.6 per cent for manufacturing exports – were projected into the future,

1

*Director, School of Enterprise Development, ni-msme

Page 11:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

by the beginning of 2012. If the current pace of growth is sustained, services could bring in US $ 130 billion in foreign exchange revenue in 2010 while merchandise would collect only about 120 billion.

The story that unfolds is this: in less than two years, India's exports would be led by services not just in growth rates but also in absolute numbers.

Table 1: Indian Economy – Snapshot

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

2

Sl.No.

1

2

4

3

5

6

7

8

Parameter

GDP (at current prices, US$ bn)

GDP Growth (at constant prices, %)

Exports –Merchandise (US$ bn)

Imports –Merchandise (US$ bn)

Exports –Services (US$ bn)

Software Exports (US $ bn)

Imports –Services (US$ bn)

Forex Reserves (US$ bn)

2011-2012 (IR)2009-2010 2010-20112007-2008

916.4

9.3

163.1

251.7

107.2

40.4

56.1

309.7

2008-2009

1060.7

6.7

185.3

303.7

93.0

47.1

53.7

252.0

1202.9

8.3

178.8

288.4

124.0

49.7

82.2

279.1

1431.5

9.3

251.1

369.7

149.0

59.0

130.9

304.8

1637.4

6.2

305.96

489.3

146.6

68.8

96.4

295.4

Source : Compiled from Economic Survey Reports & DGCI&S, Kolkata st1R: 1 Revised Estimates

The Chart -1 indicates the Indian Economy of financial years from 2008 to 2012. In the diagram it is observed that there is a marginal increase in economy of every financial year. It is also observed that every parameter of Indian economy increases in every year except the parameter GDP growth decreased in the year 2011-12.

Chart-1: Indian Economy

Page 12:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

II. Devising a proper Classification of Services The services sector of the economy can be broadly grouped into three segments namely, the public sector, the private corporate sector and the household sector. The first two are generally referred to as the organised part of the economy, as the accounts of all the business transactions of these sectors are recorded in specified documents and are made available as public documents at regular intervals. The third sector, that is the household or unorganized sector, is comprised of all the unincorporated enterprises including all kinds of proprietorships and partnerships run by individuals.

The GATS agreement covers four modes of supply for the delivery of services in cross-border trade:

Although the Services Sector has a pivotal role in the country's economic development, the database in this sector is highly disorganized. A major limitation of the existing statistical system in this respect is the absence of a well-organized mechanism for maintaining a regular and proper database for this sector.

The National Industrial Code (NIC) classification of the Central Statistical Organization (CSO) has found wide use in India (Appendix-1). While internationalizing this code it is desirable to make the classification of services in the country comparable with other countries. In this context, the World Trade

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

3

Service delivered within the territory of the Member, from the territory of another Member

Service supplier not present within the territory of themember

Mode 1: Cross-border supply

Mode 2: Consumption abroad

Mode 3: Commercial presence

Mode 4: Presence of a natural person

Service delivered outside the territory of the Member, in the territory of another Member, to a service consumer of the Member

Service delivered within the territory of the Member, through the commercial presence of the supplier

Service delivered within the territory of the Member, with supplier present as a natural person

Service supplier present within the territory of the Member

Source: Document MTN.GNS/W/124, available on the World Trade Organization Website.

Criteria Supplier Presence

Page 13:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

Organization's (WTO's) List of Services sheds important light on the various service areas that have been recognized (Appendix-2). While it is likely that the importance of many service areas will vary from country to country, it will be noticed from this list that none of the areas seem irrelevant to the Indian context. With increasing communications and free flow of information, it is very likely that services, which seem unimportant today, would acquire significance in the near future.

When the world was moving from the industrial to information and knowledge era, we witnessed a changing pattern in the sectoral share of GDP and the number of people employed in each sector. The GDP share of agriculture fell from 36.1 per cent to 16.1 per cent during 1981 to 2012. During the same period the contribution of the manufacturing sector moved up from 25.9 per cent to 27.8 per cent, whereas that of the services sector shot up from 38 per cent to 57.7 per cent excluding construction. There has been considerable change in the employment pattern too. The percentage of people employed in agriculture came down from 64 to 54. Simultaneously, the percentage of people employed in the manufacturing went up from 15 to 19 and in the service sector from 20 to 27. This trend will continue and, by 2020, our employment pattern is expected to be 44 per cent in agriculture, 21 per cent in manufacturing and 35 per cent in service sector.

Thus, the broadest definition of the service sector encompasses all activities except those in the goods producing sectors; agriculture, mining, and manufacturing. Therefore, services by nature of their operation can be categorized as follows –Trading (wholesale and retail); Business (BPO); Communication; IT; Image processing; Automated teller machines (ATM); Landscaping; Beauty parlors; Construction and engineering; Distribution; Education and training; Finance; Health; Tourism and travel; Recreation, cultural, and sporting; Cable operating; Transportation; Security; Retail; Repairs and “Other” services. According to Williamson and Lindert (1980) “services sector is defined more specifically to be the sector of production outside of agriculture and industry, and includes construction, trade, finance, real estate, private services, government, and sometimes transportation”. International trade in goods is a relatively simple idea to grasp: a product is transported from one country to another. Trade in services is much more diverse. Telephone companies, banks, airlines and accountancy firms provide their services in quite different ways. The agreement covers all internationally traded services — for example, banking, telecommunications, tourism, professional services, etc. It

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

4

Page 14:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

also defines four ways (or “modes”) of trading services:

Services supplied from one country to another (for example, e-mailing a translated document or market research report' international telephone calls), officially known as cross-border supply ( WTO jargon; “mode 1”)

Consumers or firms making use of a service in another country (e.g. tourism), officially “consumption abroad” (for example, tourism or consumer services when a visiting businessman or -woman), (“mode 2”)

A foreign company setting up subsidiaries or branches to provide services in another country (e.g. foreign banks setting up operations in a country), officially commercial presence (“mode 3”)

Individuals travelling from their own country to supply services in another (e.g. fashion models or consultants), officially presence of natural persons (“mode 4”)

In the Indian context, while applying the GATS, the contribution of services sector has increased manifold.

III Services Sector Contribution to Indian EconomyThe Services Sector has been the most dynamic sector of the Indian

economy, especially through the preceding ten years. Table-2 shows the changes that have been taking place in the Services Sector over the last few decades.

From a low level of 30.3 per cent of GDP in 1950-51, the share of services increased to 58.2 per cent in 2011-12. Between 1950-51 and 2011-12, the share of Services Sector in GDP rose by only 27.40 percentage points, which is an increase of about 0.46 percentage points per annum. However, between 1990-91 and 2011-12, the share had increased by 15 percentage points, which is an increase of 0.75 percentage points per annum. Clearly, the rate of growth is significantly higher from 2000 onwards.

Table-2: Sectoral Shares in GDP (in per cent)

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

5

Year1950-511960-611970-711980-811990-912000-012010-112011-12

Agriculture #

53.148.742.336.129.622.314.516.1

Manufacturing 16.620.524.025.927.727.327.825.7

Services*30.330.833.838.042.750.457.758.2

Notes: Among the following symbols,

Page 15:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

6

# includes forestry and logging, fishing, including mining and quarrying; construction, electricity, gas and water supply; * includes :(a) transport, communication and trade; (b) banking and insurance, real estate, dwellings and business services; and (c) public administration and defence and other services.

Source: Economic Survey Reports (2012–13)

Chart -2: Sectoral Shares in GDP (During1950-51 to 2010-12) (in %)

The above chart describes the Sectoral Shares in GDP from year 1950-2011 of different services like Agriculture, Manufacturing and other services like Transport, Trade, Banking etc. which is mentioned in the Table-2. In the above line chart, it is observed that, in the year of 1950-1991, the Agriculture was having high percentage in GDP than in manufacturing sector. Where as in the year of 2000 to 2012 the contribution of manufacturing is higher than that of agriculture. From the beginning, the services contribution to the Indian economy is on increasing trend. The percentage of services like Trade, Banking, Communication, Transport etc. having high percentage in GDP in every year than the Services in Agriculture and Manufacturing.

Table 3: Rate of growth of GDP at factor cost at 1999-2000 prices (per cent)

IX plan X plan 2007-08 2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-12

Agriculture and Allied 2.5 2.5 5.8 0.1 1.0 7.0 3.7

Mining & quarrying 4.0 6.1 3.7 2.1 6.3 5.0 -2.2

Manufacturing 3.3 8.6 10.3 4.3 9.7 7.6 2.7

Electricity , gas and 4.8 5.6 8.3 4.6 6.3 3.0 8.3

Page 16:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

water supply

Construction 7.1 12.9 10.8 5.3 7.0 8.0 4.8

Trade and hotels, transport 8.9 16.6 10.7 7.6 10.3 11.1 11.2 & communications

Financing, real estate, 8.0 9.5 12.0 12.0 9.4 10.4 9.1 & Business

Community, social 7.7 6.1 6.9 12.5 12.0 4.5 5.9 & personal Services

GDP 5.5 7.8 9.3 6.7 8.4 8.4 6.2

Note: Plan period is simple average

Chart-3: Rate of Growth of GDP at factor cost

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

7

The above chart indicates the rate of growth of GDP at factor cost of different services mentioned in the table-3. The growth of GDP is high in services of Financing, Real Estate and Business while growth is low in services of Mining, quarrying and Manufacturing. The overall percentage of all years from 2007-2012, the growth of GDP is alternatively increases and decreases. The services of Electricity, gas and water supply in the year 2010-11 having the low percentage i.e. 3% comparing to other services in GDP growth of every year.

Page 17:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

Note: * include (a) Transport, communication and trade; (b) Banking and insurance, real estate, dwellings and business services; (c) construction and (d) Public administration and defence and other services.Source: Economic Survey Reports

Chart –4: Service sector share in GDP of India [2001 - 2012]

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

8

Table4: Services sector's share in GDP (in per cent)

Year1950-511960-611970-711980-811990-912000-012001-022002-032003-04

30.330.833.838.042.750.450.050.750.7

Services* Services*Year2004-052005-062006-072007-082008-092009-102010-112011-12

51.754.155.161.262.463.063.364.4

The above diagram depicted with trend line indicates the service sector's share in GDP in the years from 1950-2012. In 1950-51, the percentage of service sector share in GDP is low and in 2011-12 it is having high percentage comparing to other years of GDP. In the above diagram it is displaying regression equation i.e.

2y=2.1931x+30.415 with correlation coefficient r =0.9366 which means that there is a strong relation between services sector like IT, ITeS, Tourism, banking and insurance, real estate, dwellings and business services, construction etc. during the period mentioned above.

Page 18:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

Source : Central Statistics Office (CSO).Notes : Shares are in current prices and growth in constant prices; Figures in parenthesis indicate growth rate; * first revised estimates, @ second revised estimates, ̂ third revised estimates, ** Advance Estimate (AE); # includes the shares and growth of both trade, hotels, & restaurants and transport, storage, & communication only for 2012-13.

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

9

Table-5: Share of different services categories in GDP at factor cost(current prices) (per cent)

Trade, hotels, & restaurants

Trade

Hotels & restaurants

2000-01 2005-06 2006-07 2007-08 2008-09 2009-10^ 2010-11@ 2011-12* 2012-13**

Transport, storage, &communication

Railways

Transport by other means

Storage

Communication

Financing, insurance, real & business services

Banking & insurance

Real estate, ownershipof, dwellings & business services

Community, social, & personal services

Public administration & defence

Other services

Construction

Total Services

Total Services (incl. Construction)

Total GDP

14.6

13.3

1.3

7.6

1.1

5.0

0.1

1.5

13.8

5.4

8.7

14.8

6.6

8.2

6.0

50.8

56.8

100.0

16.7

15.1

1.6

8.2

0.9

5.7

0.1

1.6

14.5

5.4

9.1

13.5

5.6

7.9

7.9

53.1

61.0

100.0

17.1

15.4

1.7

8.2

0.9

5.7

0.1

1.5

14.8

5.5

9.3

12.8

5.2

7.6

8.2

52.9

61.0

100.0

17.1

15.4

1.7

8.0

1.0

5.6

0.1

1.4

15.1

5.5

9.6

12.5

5.1

7.4

8.5

52.7

61.2

100.0

16.9

15.3

1.5

7.8

0.9

5.5

0.1

1.4

15.9

5.6

10.3

13.3

5.8

7.5

8.5

53.9

62.4

100.0

16.5

15.1

1.4

7.7

0.9

5.3

0.1

1.4

15.8

5.4

10.4

14.5

6.6

7.8

8.2

54.5

62.7

100.0

17.2

15.7

1.5

7.3

0.8

5.3

0.1

1.1

16.0

5.6

10.4

14.0

6.1

7.9

8.2

54.4

62.6

100.0

18.0

16.6

1.5

7.1

0.7

5.4

0.1

0.9

16.6

5.7

10.8

14.0

6.1

7.9

8.2

55.7

63.9

100.0

25.1#

17.2

14.3

8.2

56.5

64.8

100.0

Page 19:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

10

Six of the seven major components of non-factor services in the invisibles account of the BoP, — travel, transportation, insurance, financial services, communication services and business services — contributed on a net basis only 5.8 per cent of the surplus on account of services trade in 2011-12. Thus, the seventh component viz., software services, comprising information technology (IT) and IT enabled services (ITES), was the main driver of the surpluses generated from non-factor services. The net surplus from travel grew modestly in 2006-07. This has been depicted in Chart-5 below.

Chart-5: Share of different services categories in GDP at factor cost

The above chart interprets the share of different services categories in GDP at factor cost, which clearly indicates that the percentage rating is increasing in every year of share of different service categories in GDP. It shows that, in the different services categories in GDP, the services of Community, social and personal services are having the high percentage rating comparing to other services categories. It is also observed that the services of Transport, storage and communication are having low percentage since there is no percentage rating in the year 2011-12 compare to other services.

Travel receipts grew by 18.1 per cent on an annual average basis over the last three years reflecting in part the attractiveness of India as a tourist destination.

Page 20:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

Travel payments were also catching up with corresponding average annual growth at 19.6 per cent. Transportation payments exceeded receipts, resulting in a modest deficit. The classification in BoP accounting system of software, business, financial and communication under the head “miscellaneous” alludes to the recent nature of their importance. Growth in software services receipts (both IT and ITeS) was phenomenal at an annual average of 32.9 per cent in the last five years. As per the revised data of the RBI, growth in business services on a net basis was higher at 33.9 per cent in 2010-11; the other services, albeit posting lower growth rates, have nevertheless helped catalyze the growth process through appropriate technology transfer from the rest of the world.

Thus, higher levels of surplus arising from services have helped moderate the overall goods and services balance. As a proportion of GDP, goods and services deficit was placed at 12.4 per cent of GDP in 2010-11, which is lower than the level of 15.5 per cent of GDP in 2009-10.

IV. Key drivers of the services sector Services contributed as much as 62.9 per cent of the overall average growth in GDP in the last five years (2007-08 and 2011-12). Impressive growth in IT and ITeS enabled services, rail and road traffic and fast additions to the existing stock of telephone connections, particularly the mobile, played a key role in such growth. Outside the sunrise and the conventional sub-sectors, financial services like banking, insurance, real estate and business services grew at a strong 9.4 per cent in 2011-12. Tourism, which is part of services, also saw impressive growth. ITeS services and the BPO industries grew substantially, with Indian companies expanding their services portfolio. There was also growth in the telecom sector, with India emerging as the world's fastest growing telecom market.

In alignment with the global trends, Indian service sector has witnessed a major boom and is one of the major contributors to both employment and national income. The activities under the purview of the service sector are quite diverse. The Indian economy has moved from agriculture based economy to a knowledge based economy after liberalization. Today the IT industry and ITeS are the dominant industry in the service sector. Media and entertainment have also seen tremendous growth in the past few years.

Information Technology Industry India's services exports range from information technology (IT) to services provided by Indian doctors and nurses abroad. RBI's classification of service exports includes transport, travel, construction, insurance and pensions, financial

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

11

Page 21:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

services, telecommunications, computer and information services, and personal, cultural and recreational services.

The Economic Survey for 2011-12 said the outlook for the services sector in the domestic economy is linked to its prospects externally. “While software services exports have continued to be steady, the unfolding events in the euro area could lead to some sluggishness in this sector,” it said. “The fair-weather business services exports, which have already shown signs of deceleration, may not get better.”

According to the World Trade Organization, India ranked sixth in exports of commercial services in 2011 with a 3.6% global share. In services imports, it ranked seventh with a 3.4% global share.

In contrast, India ranked 19th for its share of merchandise exports, contributing 1.6%; it ranked 13th in its share of merchandise imports with 2.5%. “Software exports are likely to moderate as global IT spending is expected to be lower. Major software exporters have already made steep downward revisions in their guidance on expected revenue during the year,” the Reserve Bank of India said.

The Information Technology industry has achieved phenomenal growth after liberalization. The industry has performed exceedingly well amidst tough global competition. Being knowledge based industry; India has been able to leverage the global markets, because of the huge pool of engineering talent available and the proficiency in English language among the middle class.

ITeS sector The ITeS sector has also leveraged the global changes positively to emerge as one of the prominent industries. Some of the services covered by the ITeS industry would be: Customer interaction services -Non voice and Voice. Back office, revenue accounting, data entry, data conversion, HR services. Medical Transcription. Content development and animation. Remote education, market research and GIS

Retailing Prior to liberalization, India had one of the most underdeveloped retail sectors in the world. After liberalization the scenario changed dramatically.

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

12

Page 22:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

Organized retailing with prominence on self service and chain stores has changed the dynamics of retailing. In most of the tier I and tier II cities supermarket chains mushroomed, catering to the needs of vibrant middle class. This indirectly contributed to the growth of the packaged food industry and other consumer goods.

Financial Services-Banking and Insurance Prior to liberalization these two sectors were controlled and regulated by the government. Nationalized banks and insurance companies had a firm grip over the market. After liberalization the banking and insurance domain opened up for private participation

Banking SectorThe three major changes in the banking sector after liberalization are: Step to increase the cash outflow through reduction in the statutory liquidity and

cash reserve ratio. Nationalized banks including SBI were allowed to sell stakes to private sector

and private investors were allowed to enter the banking domain. Foreign banks were given greater access to the domestic market, both as subsidiaries and branches, provided the foreign banks maintained a minimum assigned capital and would be governed by the same rules and regulations governing domestic banks.

Banks were given greater freedom to leverage the capital markets and determine their asset portfolios. The banks were allowed to provide advances against equity provided as collateral and provide bank guarantees to the broking community.

Insurance Sector The Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority Act 1999 (IRDA Act) allowed the participation of private insurance companies in the insurance sector. The primary role of IRDA was to safeguard the interest of insurance policy holders, to regulate, promote and ensure orderly growth of the insurance industry. The insurance sector could invest in the capital markets and other than traditional insurance products, various market link insurance products were available to the end customer to choose from.

Some of the prominent insurance companies are: Bajaj Allianz Insurance Corporation Birla Sun Insurance Co Ltd HDFC Standard Insurance Co Ltd

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

13

Page 23:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

14

ICICI Prudential Insurance Co Ltd Max New York Insurance Co Ltd Tata AIG Insurance Co Ltd

Future Trends Globally outsourcing industry would continue to grow.

Following the success of US and UK, more countries in the European Union would outsource their business.

Technological power shift from the West to the East as India and China emerge as major players.

Political backlash over outsourcing would come down as companies reap the benefit of outsourcing.

The services sector, once again, is poised to exhibit robustness during 2009-10. The advanced estimates of national income released by the CSO have projected the aggregate services growth rate as 9.4 per cent during 2011-12. (Chart-6)

Year : 2000-01 -02 -03 -04 -05 -06 -07 -08 -09 -10 -11 -12Aggregate 5.7 7.3 7.3 8.1 8.2 11.0 10.1 10.4 10.0 10.5 9.3 9.4Growth Rates (in per cent)Services

Chart- 6: Growth rates of Services Sector in Indian Economy

Page 24:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

The remarkable performance of the services sector as a whole has been reflected in the select lead indicators of the services sector (Table-3). The tourism sector has performed well in terms of foreign tourist arrivals, with a moderate improvement at 11.2 per cent during April- December 2011. In case of transport and other services, there has been a substantial increase during 2011 over the corresponding period of 2011.

Table- 6: Sectors attracting highest FDI flows (Rs. crore)

Sector Amount of FDI Inflows Cumulative Share of inflows 2004-05 2005-06 2006-07 2007-08 2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 (April 2000 to 2011) Services sector (a) 1986 2399 21047 9121 15919 19945 15053 142539Computer software & hardware 2441 6172 11786 4217 6670 4127 3551 48940 Telecommunications (b) 570 2776 2155 3963 9231 12270 7542 57035 Construction © 696 667 4424 3593 7490 13469 4979 46219 Housing & real estate 0 171 2121 5161 8353 14027 5600 48819

Source: Department of Industrial Policy & Promotion.(a) financial & non-financial services; (b) radio paging, cellular mobile, basic telephone services;(c) construction including roads & highways.

Chart-7: Cumulative Share of FDI In-flows in Services Sector

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

15

142539

48940 5703546219 48819

020000400006000080000

100000120000140000160000

Ser

vice

s se

cto

r (a

)

Co

mp

ute

r so

ftw

are

& h

ard

war

e

Ho

usi

ng

& r

eal

esta

te

Co

nst

ruct

ion

©

Tele

com

mu

nic

atio

ns

(b)

Cumulative Share of inflows (April 2000 to 2011

Page 25:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

The Chart-7 describes the Bar diagram for cumulative share of inflows from year 2000-2011 for different sectors. It is observed that, among the services financial and non-financial services predominates the FDI in-low followed by the Housing and real estate, computer hardware, telecommunications and construction.

V. Services provided and expected outputs(a) IT and IT-enabled Services Over the years, India has been witnessing a transition from agriculture-based economy to a knowledge-based economy. The knowledge economy creates, disseminates, and uses knowledge to enhance its growth and development. One of the major functional pillars of this economy is Information Technology (IT) and IT-enabled services (ITeS) industry. The Indian software and services (IT services) industry has been moving up the value chain, giving India a formidable brand equity in the global markets.

Department of IT (DIT) is the nodal organisation in the country, responsible for formulation, implementation and review of national policies in the field of information technology. All policy matters relating to silicon facility; internet; computer based information technology and processing including hardware and software; standardization of procedures and matters relating to international bodies; promotion of knowledge based enterprises; e-commerce; information technology education; etc are addressed by it. The department has been making continuous efforts towards making India a front-runner in the age of information revolution. Some of the major initiatives undertaken by it include:

A 'National Taskforce on Information Technology and Software Development' was formed with the objective of framing a long term 'National IT policy' for the country and also for removing the impediments to growth of the infotech industry. The taskforce suggested various measures towards building India's IT industry and proliferating the use of IT in the country.

Enactment of the IT Act, which provides a legal framework to facilitate electronic commerce and electronic transactions; prevent computer crimes; promote electronic filing or documentation and digital signature. It aims to create an enabling environment for e-governance and boosting e-commerce in the country.

Community information centres have been set up in the seven north eastern

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

16

Page 26:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

states and Sikkim for socio-economic development of the region to provide internet connectivity, e-mail facilities, interface between citizens and government, distance learning programs, information on national programmes, disaster management system, public health awareness, etc. to the public.

E-governance is one of the areas in which ICT is having a profound impact on the way governments function and the manner in which government services are made available to the citizens.

State Wide Area Network (SWAN) is a scheme for establishing state wide area networks across the country in 29 states and 6 union territories (UTs) over a period of five years. The scheme envisages to provide central assistance to states and UTs for establishing SWANs at all levels from state and UT headquarters to the blocks with a minimum bandwidth capacity of 2 Mbps.

State Data Centres have been identified as one of the important elements of the core infrastructure for supporting e-Governance initiatives under NeGP. It is proposed to create data repositories or data centres in various states so that common secured data storage could be maintained to serve a host of e-governance applications.

e-district projects have been launched with the objectives of computerising the backend workflows at the district level with appropriate business process re-engineering (BPR); reducing the work load at the district level;

ensuring fast processing of cases or grievances; and enabling better monitoring of various government schemes like e-sevas.

National Informatics Centre (NIC) has been instrumental in steering ICT applications in government departments at Central, State and District levels. It is facilitating improvement in government services; wider transparency in its functions; and improvement in decentralised planning and management.

The Government has identified growth of Electronics and IT Hardware manufacturing sector as a thrust areas and has been providing a package of incentives for the electronics/IT hardware manufacturing sector with the objective of:-

Making the industry globally competitive

Attracting more FDI into it

Bringing down the prices of the end products as well as the production costs

Increasing volumes to take advantage of efficiencies of scale

Increasing the demand etc.

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

17

Page 27:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

The rapid advances in ICT have far-reaching effects on both industrial governance and business systems. Successful institutions and enterprises use ICT to improve their productivity and to apply new knowledge. In particular for the SME sector, it is essential to have access to adequate information to enhance productivity and facilitate market access.

As per the estimates of NASSCOM, India's IT and Business Process Outsourcing (BPO) sector (excluding hardware) revenues were US$ 87.6 billion in 2011-12, generating direct employment for nearly 2.8 million persons and indirect employment of around 8.9 million. The Indian IT-ITeS sector (including the domestic and export segments) is expected to exceed US $ 82 billion of annual revenue in fiscal year 2011-12, registering an increase of nearly 21.2 per cent over the fiscal year 2010-11. Its contribution to GDP has been estimated to surge by 7.5 percentage points in 2011-12 as compared to 1.2 per cent during 1997-98. Service and software exports have fuelled this higher contribution. The review expects India's software services and BPO exports to surpass US $ 69 billion in the current fiscal year, a rise of 18.8 per cent over the last fiscal year. As per a report by ICRA, IT services spending by Indian companies is likely to grow by around 28 to 30 per cent in the medium term, driven by reallocation of corporate budgets from internal to external spending rather than growth in aggregate IT spending. Expansion of the service portfolio to lower cost, remote/virtual delivery models are some other factors responsible for this growth, which have expanded the scope of market available for service providers.

Table-7: India's Global Trade of Services US $ (Billion)

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

18

Years 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005

2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011

Exports 8.9 11.0 14.0 16.0 16.8 19.1 23.1 38.5 68.0 73.0 86.9 107.2 93.0 124.0 149.0

Imports 12.3 14.2 17.0 18.9 19.8 20.8 25.5 38.4 67.0 70.0 47.7 56.1 53.7 82.2 130.9

Source: ITC

Page 28:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

India's services sector during the last few years and has been globally recognized for its high growth and development. This sector has been growing at an annual growth rate of about 28% during the last 5 years. India's service sector contributes more than 55 per cent of GDP, making it the most formidable component of the country's economy. An extrapolation of Reserve Bank data by India Brand Equity Foundation in fact shows that service exports could topple merchandise exports in the medium term. The Government of India is taking up most care to uplift this potential sector which contributes heavily in India's Foreign exchange. (Source: FIEO). The country's share of services in the global scenario is presented in Table-7 and depicted in chart – 8 from 1996-97 to 2010-11.

Chart-8: India's Global Trade of Services

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

19

Table -8: India's Services Exports (Share in per cent)

Travel Transportation Insurance Software Non-software Total services miscellaneous services in services US $ million 1990-91 32.0 21.6 2.4 - 43.9 4,551 1995-96 36.9 27.4 2.4 - 33.3 7,342 2000-01 21.5 12.6 1.7 39.0 25.3 16,268 2001-02 18.3 12.6 1.7 44.1 23.3 17,140 2002-03 16.0 12.2 1.8 46.2 23.8 20,763 2003-04 18.7 11.9 1.6 47.6 20.1 26,868 2004-05 15.4 10.8 2.0 40.9 30.8 43,249 2005-06 13.6 11.0 1.8 40.9 32.6 57,659

Page 29:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

20

2006-07 12.4 10.8 1.6 42.4 32.5 73,780 2007-08 12.6 11.1 1.8 44.6 30.0 90,342 2008-09 10.7 11.1 1.4 45.5 31.3 1,01,678

Source: Monthly Bulletin, various issues, Reserve Bank of India.

The break-up of India's services exports over a period of time during 2000-01 to 2008-09 in percentage terms is presented in the following chart – 9(a) and in absolute terms of US$ millions is depicted in Chart-9(b)

Chart-9(a): Break-up of India's services during 2000 to 2009 (in %)

Chart-9(b): India's services exports during 2000 to 2009 (in US$ Billion)

Page 30:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

(b) Health The most important service in the Indian economy is health and education. The 'Ministry of Health and Family Welfare' is responsible for the implementation of various programmes in the areas of health and family welfare, prevention and control of major communicable diseases as well as promotion of traditional and indigenous systems of medicines. Accordingly, it is carrying out measures like National Health Policy, implementing National Rural Health Mission (NRHM) in different States, conducting surveys and studies, etc.

Health has been recognised as an important component in the process of economic and social development. It does not simply mean absence of diseases, rather it is a state of complete physical, mental and social well-being. Sanitation and hygiene, nutrition as well as safe drinking water are the basic determinants of good health. Over the years, India has built up a vast health infrastructure and manpower, with a wide variety of hospitals and dispensaries being set up at different levels and run both by public and private sectors. They are being managed by qualified doctors and trained nurses. Expansion in access to healthcare services combined with technological advancements in this field has resulted in substantial improvement in health indices of the population and a steep decline in mortality rates. Under the mandate of National Common Minimum Programme (NCMP) of the Government of India, health is one of the major thrust areas with special focus on primary health care. The health sector in India has been fragmented between the Centre and the States. Items like public health, hospitals, sanitation, etc. comes under the State list of the Constitution, while the items having wider ramification at the national level like population control and family welfare, medical education, prevention of food adulteration, quality control in manufacture of drugs etc. have been included in the Concurrent list.

Table -9 : IT-BPO sector and India's Inclusive Growth

Key Area Role for IT-BPO sector

Healthcare 50 per cent of Indians do not have access to primary healthcare-Information technology can provide it at half the cost Effectively increase outreach to rural populations Enable remote access to doctors through electronic diagnostic devices and real time video conferencing Building and operating next-generation processes

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

21

Page 31:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

Financial services A large chunk of Indian households are unbanked. Technology can enable access for 200 million families Overcome challenges to provide financial services in rural areas mobile banking and remittance; Internet kiosks for distribution of select financial products; Low cost ATM

Education and skill India faces a three-fold shortage in teachers-technologydevelopment can address this through remote solutions ICT solutions can overcome challenges of teaching(e.g., virtual classrooms, recorded lectures by senior faculties, modular multimedia content)

India suffers from a leakage of 40-50 per cent in public food distribution-Information technology can ensure transparency

Public services e-Governance enhancing basic citizen services UIDAI to create identity for each citizen in the country

Connectivity and Access Community service centres, with broadband connectivity, to provide all government to citizen services-also create opportunities for livelihood

Source: NASSCOM, Strategic Review, 2010.

There are six systems of medicine and health care in the country. These are: Ayurveda, Unani, Siddha, Yoga, Naturopathy and Homoeopathy. The main objectives of the Department are to:- Attain global leadership of the country in the field of traditional medicine Upgrade the educational standards in the Indian systems of medicine and

Homoeopathy colleges in the country Evolve pharmacopoeia standards for Indian systems of medicine and

Homoeopathy drugs Draw up schemes for promotion, cultivation and regeneration of medicinal

plants used in these systems Promote good health and expand the outreach of health care Improve the quality of teachers and clinicians; Ensure AYUSH services and drugs which are safe and efficacious at affordable

rates Facilitate availability of raw drugs which are authentic and contain essential

components Integrate AYUSH with health care delivery system and national programmes

Re-orient and prioritize research in AYUSH.

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

22

Page 32:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

The Ministry has been implementing various programmes by propagating the National Health Policy in the country which aims to achieve an acceptable standard of good health amongst the general population of the country.

The policy involves following strategies for achievement of its goals;

Disease management including early case detection and complete treatment, strengthening of referral services, epidemic preparedness and rapid response

Integrated vector management (for transmission risk reduction) including indoor residual spraying in selected high areas, use of insecticide treated bed nets, use of larvivorous fish, anti-larval measures in urban areas including bio-larvicides and minor environmental engineering

Supportive interventions including behaviour change communication, public-private partnership (PPP) and inter-sectoral convergence, human resource development through capacity building, operational research including studies on drug resistance and insecticide and so on.

As a result of all such measures, India has achieved impressive demographic transition owing to the decline of crude birth rate (CBR), crude death rate (CDR), total fertility rate and infant mortality rate. As per the available information, the CBR declined from 40.8 births per thousand population in 1951 to 29.5 in 1991 and further to 22.1 in 2010. Similarly, there has been a sharp decline in CDR from 25.0 deaths per thousand populations in 1951 to 9.8 in 1991 and further to 7.2 in 2010.

(c) Education and Training in Entrepreneurship Development Education is the most crucial investment and essential to human resource development. It has always been accorded a place of honour in every economy. It implies ability of the people to read, write and understand. It has the fundamental aspects of imparting knowledge, wisdom and culture. A well-defined educational system holds the key to economic growth, social transformation and moderni-zational integration of a country. It also strongly influences the improvement in health, hygiene, demographic profile, productivity and quality of life. Eradication of illiteracy has been one of the major national concerns of the Government of India since Independence.

While education strongly influences improvement in health, hygiene and demographic profile, the Ministry of Human Resource Development' is involved in eradicating illiteracy in the country. It is concerned with universalisation of elementary education, achieving full adult literacy, laying down of National Policy

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

23

Page 33:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

on Education, meeting the needs of secondary and higher education for all and so on. India achieve impressive demographic transition. Noticeable improvement in literacy rate in the country is one of the factors that has enabled.

The Ministry of HRD is the nodal organization at the Centre for dealing with all the facets relating to education in the country. It consists of two departments, namely, (i) the Department of School Education and Literacy; and (ii) the Department of Higher Education.

Among the several policy initiatives of the Ministry, the most notable is the National Policies on Education (NPE), which has been modified in 1992. The policy envisages a National System of Education to bring about uniformity in education, making adult education programmes a mass movement and providing universal access, retention and quality in elementary education.

The Indian educational structure mainly consists of three stages: Elementary, Secondary and Higher Adult Education has been accorded a high value as without it, illiteracy cannot be completely eradicated from the country. At present, around 101 districts are implementing Total Literacy Campaigns, 171 districts Post-Literacy Programmes and 325 districts Continuing Education Programmes. There is also a scheme of Jan Shikshan Sansthan ' or 'Institute of People's Education' which has been launched as a polyvalent or multi-faceted adult education programme aimed at improving the vocational skill and quality of life of its beneficiaries.

Apart from the formal education, imparting education and training in entrepreneurship development is expected to grow by over 100 per cent in the next five years, according to FICCI.

In this direction, the Government of India is encouraging the setting up of Entrepreneurship Development Institutes (EDIs) in both public and private sectors throughout the country. The Ministry of Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises (MoMSME), has encouraged many insrtitutions to cater to the needs of entrepreneurs as well as trainers and executives concerned with promotion and development of MSME in the country. Apart from this, the Ministry has an apex training institute working in Hyderabad in the field of enterprise promotion, including the service sector in Hyderabad called National Institute for Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises (ni-msme).

ni-msme, as an service institute of the Ministry, has long-standing experience in not only general EDPs but rural and women entrepreneurship

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

24

Page 34:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

development, and has conducted several streams of programmes over the past four-and-half decades in the country. These include: training programmes for public administrators; trainers; entrepreneurs; and sector-specific training programmes (e.g. for food-processing and agro-industries). The Institute has also been organising programmes for the executives of developing economies from 1967 onwards on regular basis. In India, this is the first organisation to the international training and consultancy in the field of enterprise promotion. The current programmes cover a specturm of need based themes like IPR, Tourism and Hospitality Management, Micro Finance through Self-Help Groups, apart from the general themes like MSME Policy and Promotion, MSE Financing and Management. The essential inputs of the programmes aim to create a conducive business environment and to enhance the institutional capabilities which, in turn, helps foster entrepreneurial dynamism and sustained enterprises in the developing economies.

The institute organises about 18 such programmes for the benefit of the executives of various organisations of the developing countries. All these programmes are being funded by the Union Ministry of External Affairs, CFTC, UNIDO, GTZ, AARDO, TCS-Co Plan, etc. The focus is on the transformation and diversification of micro and small enterprises to growth-oriented activities, and on unleashing their under-utilised productivity potential.

(d) Media and Entertainment Media are the vehicle of transmitting information, education and entertainment to the masses. It is an easier and efficient means of mass communication, and plays a key role in the overall development of an economy. Media are the conscience-keeper of the nation and have many tasks to perform in the day-to-day life of people. They help the Government to achieve various socio-economic and political goals; educate urban and rural masses; instill a sense of responsibility among the people; as well as provide justice to the needy. They include print publications like newspapers, magazines, journals and other electronic disseminators like radio, television and internet. With the changing scenario across the world, it has acquired the status of an industry.

In India, the media and entertainment industry is undergoing remarkable change and is one of the fastest growing service sectors. The Ministry of Information and Broadcasting is the nodal authority in India for the formulation and administration of rules, regulations and laws relating to media industry, operating through three main wings; Information, Broadcasting and Films Wing. It plays a significant part in helping the people to have access to free flow of information. It is also responsible for international co-operation in the field of mass

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

25

Page 35:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

media, films and broadcasting, and interacts with its foreign counterparts on behalf of Government of India. The main functions of the Ministry are to:

Provide country wide news services through All India Radio (AIR) and Doordarshan (DD)

Develop the broadcasting and television networks as well as promote import and export of films

Educate and motivate the people for greater participative involvement in the various developmental activities and programmes of the Government

Liaise with State Governments and their organisations in the field of information and publicity

Organise film festivals and cultural exchanges in the country Administer the Press and Registration of Books Act, 1867 in respect of

newspapers Disseminate information about India within and outside the country through

publications on matters of national importance Use interpersonal communication and traditional folk art forms for

information/ publicity campaigns on public interest issues Serve as a constant link between the Government and the Media, by acting as a

clearing house of official information and authentic data pertaining to the Union Government's plans and programmes.

The entertainment industry is basically an intellectual property-driven sector with small to large players spread across the country. It covers films, music, broadcast, television and live entertainment. As per the recent report by Pricewaterhouse Cooopers (PwC), Indians are likely to spend more on entertainment in the coming years with a steady growth in their disposable income. And as per the combined survey report by KMPG and FICCI, the entertainment industry in India is expected to expand by 12.5% every year and is likely to reach US$ 20.09 billion by the year 2013. As per FICCI-KPMG report, Indian film industry alone is worth US$ 2.11 billion and is likely to witness a 9.1% growth till 2013, followed by Indian television Industry, DTH, and Indian Animation Industry.

(e) Retail Markets Apart from expansion in coverage the retail sector is gradually modernising with traditional markets giving way to departmental stores, hypermarkets and western style malls. An extension of the trend has been observed in the form of value malls. These are malls set up by top property developers and local retail chains in regional areas specifically to sell branded apparels, footwear and accessories at prices 25-30 per cent cheaper than the maximum retail price.

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

26

Page 36:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

(f) Tourism and Hospitality Another sector that is giving critical momentum to services export growth is travel and tourism. Tourism and Hospitality is one of the traditional sub-sectors in services enterprises. Today the tourism and hospitality industry in India contributes around 6.23 per cent to the national GDP and 8.78 per cent of the total employment in the country. According to the Eleventh Five Year Plan, the Indian government is going to spend an amount of US$472 billion in elevating and developing civil amenities such as bridges, roads, ropeways, telecom services, ports, and other forms of transport. Foreign Tourist Arrivals (FTAs) to India increased from 5.17 million in FY09 to 5.78 million in FY10, thereby resulting in a increase of 11.8% YoY. FTAs during the period January-June 2011 were 29.19 lakh with a growth of 10.9 per cent, as compared to the FTAs of 26.32 lakh with a growth of 8.9 per cent during January-June 2010 over the corresponding period of 2009. It was better than UNWTO's projected growth rate of 5% to 6% for the world in 2010. Tourism continues to play an important role as a foreign exchange earner for the country. Foreign Exchange Earnings from Tourism in terms of US$ during January-June 2011 were US$ 7.8 billion with a growth of 14.2 per cent, as compared to US$ 6.8 billion with a growth of 36.6 per cent during January-June 2010 over the corresponding period of 2009.

Number of domestic tourist visits in India during 2010 was 740.21 million as compared to 668.80 million in 2009, with a growth rate of 18.8 %. Number of Indian national departures from India during 2010 was 12.99 million as compared to 11.07 million in 2009, registering a growth rate of 17.4%. (Table - 10). The percentage of annual growth rate of both domestic and foreign tourists is depicted in chart-10.

Table-10: Performance of Out-Bound Tourism Sector in India(in million)

Year Tourist Visits Annual Growth Rate Domestic Foreign Domestic Foreign1991 6.67 3.15 - -1992 8.15 3.1 22.2% -1.6%1993 10.58 3.54 29.9% 14.4%1994 12.71 4.03 20.1% 13.8%1995 13.66 4.64 7.5% 15.2%1996 14.01 5.03 2.5% 8.4%1997 15.99 5.50 14.1% 9.3%1998 16.82 5.54 5.2% 0.7%

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

27

Page 37:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

1999 19.07 5.83 13.4% 5.3%2000 22.01 5.89 15.4% 1.1%2001 23.65 5.44 7.4% - 7.8%2002 26.96 5.16 14.0% -5.1%2003 30.90 6.71 14.6% 30.1%2004 36.63 8.36 18.5% 24.6%2005 39.20 9.95 7.0% 19.0%2006 46.23 11.74 17.9% 18.0%2007 52.66 13.26 13.9% 12.9%2008 56.30 14.38 6.9% 8.5%2009 66.88 14.37 18.8% -0.12010 74.02 17.85 10.7 24.2

Source: Bureau of Immigration, India & Ministry of Tourism

Chart -10: Annual Growth rate over previous year (in %) of both Domestic and Foreign tourists

The Chart- 10 indicates the line chart for annual growth rate variations over previous years of domestic and foreign tourists of tourism sector in India from the year 1991-2010. It clearly indicates that there is alternatively increases and decreases in the percentage of AGR of the tourists. Where as in the year of 2003 there is high growth rating and in the year of 2001 there is low growth rating of Tourism sector in India.

The absolute figures for tourist arrivals do appear significantly meagre compared to that of 20 million tourist arrivals in China during 2006, 16 million in Malaysia or 12 million in Thailand for the same period as reported by media sources. Inadequate availability of good quality and affordable hotel rooms, lack of decent

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

28

0.00%

5.00%

10.00%

15.00%

20.00%

25.00%

30.00%

35.00%

1990 1992 1994 1996 1998 2000 2002 2004 2006 2008 2010 2012

Years

Pe

rce

nta

ge

s

D o m e st ic - Foreign -

Page 38:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

airports and transport, shabby maintenance and service at the nation's monuments and other places of interest, etc. are some of the basic factors that have made India an unattractive tourist destination compared to its competitors on the Asian continent.

However, according to the latest Tourism Satellite Accounting (TSA) research, released by the World Travel and Tourism Council (WTTC), the demand for travel and tourism in India is expected to grow by 8.2 % between 2010 and 2019. This will place India at the third position in the world. India's travel and tourism sector is expected to be the second largest employer in the world. Capital investment in India's travel and tourism sector is expected to grow at 8.8 % between 2010 and 2019. The report forecasts India to get more capital investment in the travel and tourism sector and is projected to become the fifth fastest growing business travel destination from 2010 through 2020.

According to a report by FICCI and Ernst & Young, medical tourism industry, currently pegged at $450m, has the potential to grow into a $2.2bn (Rs.10,000 crore) industry by 2012. According to a study by McKinsey and the Confederation of Indian Industry (CII), medical tourism in India could become a US$ 2 billion industry by 2012 (from US$ 350 million in 2006). An estimated 1.75 lakh medical tourists visited India in 2005 for cardiac care, cosmetic surgery, joint replacements and dentistry, about 30% more than 2004. Inbound medical tourism is expected to contribute about 15% of corporate hospitals total earnings by 2009. Another initiative in the pipeline is industry body CII's partnership with 29 hospitals across 16 states to work out a price band for speciality services in cardiology, orthopaedics, oncology and minimally invasive surgery. The healthcare industry is working closely with the tourism ministry, which will incorporate these packages under its 'Incredible India' campaign tp promote medical tourism in overseas markets.

The prospects for growth of tourism in India are bright. The overall development of tourism infrastructure coupled with other efforts by the Government to promote tourism such as appropriately positioning India on the global tourism map through the “Incredible India” campaign, according greater focus in newly emerging markets such as China, Latin America and CIS countries, and participating in trade fairs and exhibitions will facilitate tourism growth. (Table-11).

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

29

Page 39:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

Table-11: Foreign tourist arrivals and foreign exchange earnings from tourism sector only

Year Foreign tourist % Foreign exchange % arrivals Number Change earningsa Change in lakh year Over Million over previous Previous US$ year 1999-00 25.05 -- 3,036 -- 2000-01 26.49 6.7 3,460 15.0 2001-02 25.37 -4.2 3,198 -7.6 2002-03 23.84 -6.0 3,103 -3.0 2003-04 27.26 14.3 4,436 43.8 2004-05 34.57 26.8 6,170 38.2 2005-06 39.19 13.3 7,493 21.4 2006-07 44.47 13.5 8,634 15.2 2007-08 50.81 14.3 10,729 24.3 2008-09 52.82 4.0 11,747 9.5 2009-10 51.67 -2.2 11,394 -3.0 2010-11 55.83 8.1 14,193 24.6

Source: Ministry of Tourism.

Being one of the largest industry in terms of gross revenue and foreign exchange earnings, tourism industry stimulates growth and expansion in other economic sectors like agriculture, horticulture, poultry, handicrafts, transportation and construction, as well as giving momentum to the growth of service exports. It is a major contributor to the national integration process in the country as also preserver of natural and cultural environments.

Chart- 11 (a): Foreign Tourist Arrivals ( in Lakh numbers)

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

30

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

1999-

00

2000-

01

2001-

02

2002-

03

2003-

04

2004-

05

2005-

06

2006-

07

2007-

08

2008-

09

2009-

10

2010-

11

Years

inla

kh

Foreign tourist arrivals

Page 40:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

Foreign Tourist arrivals decreased in the year 2002-03 and it continued by increasing year by year. Similarly foreign exchange earnings decrease in the year 2001-02 as well as 2002-03 and it remains same continue increase year by year. There is alternatively increases and decreases percentage in US$ millions of both Foreign tourist arrivals and Exchange earnings in the year 1999-2011 from Tourism sector.

Hotel/Restaurants While the Indian market poised to attract a large number of retail chains, they are posting a threat to the kiosks and premium restaurants, in the process also creating a tussle between the organised and unorganised sectors. On the one hand, street hawkers are uncertain about their future (in light of the Supreme Court's ban on street sellers cooking at the capital city's pavements); and on the other, retail chains are looking forward to make huge investments in the Indian market

The Indian catering services sector is estimated to be worth Rs 57,000 crore, of which only Rs 3,940 crore – or 6.9 per cent – is accounted for by the organised sector. The vast unorganised segment mainly comprise of the streetside stalls/ kiosks, constituting the majority of consumer food service units, and is characterised by intense fragmentation and a virtual absence of standardisation of operations.

In what is turning out to be an aggressive race to increase the number of outlets, it is observed that the organised sector is taking over the unorganised sector. There is a paradigm shift from the unorganised to the organised sector. Chinese restaurants are positioning themselves in such a way that their share is gradually rising. These

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

31

Chart 11(b): Foreign Exchange Earnings ( in US $ Million)

0

2,000

4,000

6,000

8,000

10,000

12,000

14,000

16,000

1999-

00

2000-

01

2001-

02

2002-

03

2003-

04

2004-

05

2005-

06

2006-

07

2007-

08

2008-

09

2009-

10

2010-

11

Years

inM

illio

n

Foreign exchange earnings

Page 41:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

restaurants provide an ambience that suits the requirements of the public. One can spend a nice time with family and friends, have business meetings, and so on. In contrast, kiosks are like takeaways with no arrangements for seating— and the summers are cruel enough Hygiene is one of the major drawbacks associated with the unorganised sector. Though they claim that they prepare the food in hygienic conditions and wash the utensils and vegetables properly, a fussy customer can see the things that are amiss. The various seasonings are not changed for months; the tomato ketchup bottle is dirty with usage; and the condition of the utensils is at its worst. On the other hand, there are quick service restaurants (QSRs) and premium restaurants like Yo! China that have a display kitchen allowing the customers to see how the food is prepared

(g) Business Development Services (BDS) for Clusters The BDS initiative in a cluster will enable the producers in the region to access information about the forward and backward linkages — in terms of finance, markets and technology inputs — essential to their activities. This is being supported by the Central Government and international agencies like the World Bank, DFID, KFW and GTZ.

The initiative is being implemented in three phases including diagnosis, capacity building and reward. The first stage will diagnose the needs for BDS intervention, and the opportunities and challenges in BDS provisioning. In the second stage, steps for training, information access, market access and consultancy and counselling services will be initiated. The third stage will evaluate the actual increase in the productivity, profitability and competence of the MSMEs after which the BDS provider will exit the cluster. The three stages will take four years to complete.

(h) Micro finance for informal sector viability Micro finance is recognized as a potential major contributor to the economic development of the poor. It ensures the delivery of timely credit in a convenient and user-friendly method. Further, approaches of meeting credit needs are envisaged through self-help groups formed in the informal sector.Graduation to Micro Enterprises The SHG approach is gaining wide acceptance as an effective strategy for empowerment of vulnerable sections. Promotion of income generating micro enterprises would form an important component of the entire process of sustainable SHG promotion

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

32

Page 42:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

Micro enterprises vs. micro producers The important role of micro enterprises in developing economy is increasingly being recognized. In particular micro scale production operations are key players in these economies, providing significant employment and income to poorer groups, and providing essential goods and services to poorer communities.

As a result of this new awareness of the importance of micro producers, many governments have implemented policy changes to legitimize.

However, despite the appreciation and importance of these small producers, this group does not appear to have been the major beneficiary of this policy effort. Trade based micro enterprises, not micro producers, absorbed the greater part of available credit. These producers finding less access to commercial lending institutions must raise their capital through personal and family savings.

The major factor behind the failure of many micro enterprises support programmes is: absence of the new production practices and operations, neglecting the economically counter productive activities. The absence of a technological component to the promotional effort is found to be also one of the contributing factors. While the importance of technology is widely appreciated at larger scale enterprise levels, the technological concerns of micro producers have been largely neglected. Micro enterprises have great potential, but also pose great technological problems, which finance alone rarely, can resolve. Although they operate on a smaller scale, the problems are neither simpler nor less expensive to resolve.

(i) Financial services With a jump in the Indian economy from manufacturing sector that never really took off, to a nascent service sector, Banking as a whole is undergoing a change. A larger option for the consumer is getting translated into a larger demand for financial products and customisation of services is fast becoming the norm than a competitive advantage. With the Retail banking sector expected to grow at a rate of 30% [Chanda Kochhar, ED, ICICI Bank] players are focussing more and more on the Retail and are waking up to the potential of this sector of banking. At the same time, the banking sector as a whole is seeing structural changes in regulatory frameworks and securitisation and stringent NPA norms that were to be in place by 2004 anticipated the faster one adapting to these changing dynamics, the faster is one expected to gain the advantage. Going by international standards, a large portion of the Indian population is simply not “bankable” – taking profitability into consideration. On the other hand, the financial services market is highly over-leveraged in India. Competition is fierce, particularly from local private banks such

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

33

Page 43:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

as HDFC and ICICI, in the business of home, car and consumer loans. ICICI bank has been present in the financial service sector for the past 50 years. With a network of about 950 branches and 3,300 ATMs in India and a presence in 17 countries, it happens to be the largest bank in the private sector and also the second largest bank in India. Its total assets add up to Rs.3,767 billion (USD 96 bn.) as on December 31,2007 and profit after tax to Rs.31.10 billion for fiscal 2007. It ranks third on the Indian stock exchange, in terms of free float market capitalization. It offers an extensive array of banking products and financial services to corporate and retail customers via a variety of delivery channels and through its dedicated subsidiaries and partners in the fields of investment banking, venture capital, life and non-life insurance, and asset management. The United Kingdom, Russia, Canada, Singapore, Bahrain, Hong Kong, Sri Lanka and Dubai International Finance Centre are presently the banks subsidiaries. The ICICI has its representative offices in the United States, China, South Africa, Bangladesh, Thailand, United Arab Emirates, Malaysia and Indonesia.

The insurance sector in India has been traditionally dominated by state owned Life Insurance Corporation and General Insurance Corporation and its four subsidiaries. The Government of India allows FDI in the insurance sector up to 26%. As a result, a number of new joint venture private companies have entered into life and general insurance sectors and their share in the insurance market is rising. The Insurance Development and Regulatory Authority (IRDA) is the regulatory authority in the insurance sector under the Insurance Development and Regulatory Authority Act, 1999.

The remarkable performance of the services sector as a whole has been reflected in the select lead indicators of the services sector (Table-12). The tourism sector has performed well in terms of foreign tourist arrivals, with a moderate improvement at 14 per cent during April- December 2012. In case of transport and other services, there has been a substantial increase during 2012 over the corresponding period of 2011.

Table12: Performance of India's Services Sector: Some Indicators

Sector Indicators Unit Period 2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-12 2012-13Aviation Airline passengers Million 49.5 (a) 54.5 (a) 64.5 (a) 70.2 (a) 67.5 (a) (domestic and international)Telecom Telecom connections lakh 4297.25 6212.8 8463.2 9513.4 8955.1(b) (wireline and wireless)

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

34

Page 44:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

Tourism Foreign tourist arrivals Million 5.28 (a) 5.17 (a) 5.78 (a) 6.31(a) 6.65 (a) Foreign exchange US $ 11832 11394(e) 14193(a) 16564 (a) 17737 (a) earnings from tourist million arrival Shipping Gross Tonnage (GT) Million 9.28 9.69 10.45 11.06© 10.45 (d) of Indian shipping GT No. of ships Numbers 925 1003 1071 1122 © 1158 (d)Ports Port traffic Million 744.02 850.03 885.45 911.68 455.77(e)Railways tonnes Freight traffic Million 833.31 887.99 832.75 969.78 735.32 © tonnes

Net tonne kilometers Million 538226 584760 444515 639768 470956 © of railways Storage Storage capacity Lakh MT 105.25 105.98 102.47 100.85 101.60 No. of warehouses Numbers 499 487 479 468 469

Sources : Directorate General of Civil Aviation, Telecom Regulatory Authority of India, Ministry of Tourism, Ministry of Shipping, Ministry of Railways and Central Warehousing Corporation (Compiled by EXIM Bank of India).

Notes : (a) calendar years, for example 2007-8 for 2007. (b) As on 31st December, 2012, (c) April- December,

(d) As on 31 January 2013, (e) April-September. GT is gross tonnage; MT is metric tonnes.

Information technology (IT) looks after not only the development and implementation but also management of computer-based information systems, particularly software applications and computer hardware. In India, like any other country, the IT sector has grown with a tremendous pace and marching towards the competitiveness in the present global environment.

In most of the developing countries, access to information is not adequate;

SMEs need tailor-made information solutions, i.e., business information services

that assess, verify and apply information to a specific business problem. The sector

is estimated to have grown by 19 per cent in the FY2011, clocking revenue of almost

US$ 76 billion. India's outsourcing industry has witnessed a rebound and registered

better than expected growth.

The export revenues are estimated to have aggregated to US$ 59 billion in

FY2011 and contributed 26 per cent as its share in total Indian exports

(merchandise plus services), according to a research report 'IT-BPO Sector in India:

Strategic Review 2011', published by NASSCOM. The workforce in Indian IT

industry will touch 30 million by 2020 and this sunrise industry is expected to

continue its mammoth growth, expect various industry experts. Furthermore,

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

35

Page 45:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

NASSCOM said that the domestic IT-BPO revenues excluding hardware are

expected to have grown at almost 16 per cent to reach US$ 17.35 billion in FY2011.

The country's domestic market for business process outsourcing (BPO) is projected to grow over 23 per cent to touch US$ 1.4 billion in 2011, says global research group Gartner. In 2010, the domestic BPO market was worth US$ 1.1 billion. The firm predicts that the domestic BPO market would reach US$ 1.69 billion in 2012 and increase to US$ 2.47 billion by 2014.

VI. India's services exports and imports

The world trade in commercial services and their exports by category and region-wise are presented in the following two tables (Tables - 13 & 14), in which one can understand that the other commercial services including the IT and ITeS dominates in both the exports and imports as well in the globe.

Table- 13: World trade in commercial services by category, 2010

(Billion dollars and percentage)

Value Share

2010 2000 2005 2008 2009 2010

Exports

All commercial services 3695 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0

Transportation services 785 23.2 22.8 23.2 20.2 21.3

Travel 940 32.1 27.6 24.8 25.6 25.4

Other commercial services 1970 44.7 49.6 52.0 54.2 53.3

Imports

All commercial services 3510 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0

Transportation services 960 28.4 28.6 28.8 25.4 27.3

Travel 850 29.9 27.0 23.9 24.6 24.1

Other commercial services 1705 41.7 44.4 47.2 50.0 48.5

Source: WTO

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

36

Page 46:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

Data from the World Trade Organisation indicate that although software and IT services exports have so far continued to be steady and India's share of global service exports rose to 4.4 per cent in 2010, China overtook India in the second half of the last decade and now accounts for 6.1 per cent of global commercial service exports (excluding intra-European Union).

Table- 14: Growth of commercial services exports by category and by region, 1990-2010(Annual percentage change)

World North South and Europe CIS Africa Middle Asia America Central East America

Commercial services

1990-95 9 8 9 - - ... ... ...

1995-00 5 7 6 ... ... ... ... 4

2000-05 11 5 8 13 19 ... ... 12

2005-10 8 7 10 6 14 9 ... 13

2009 -12 -8 -8 -14 -17 -9 -3 -11

2010 9 9 12 3 12 10 3 22

Transportation services

1990-95 6 4 7 - - ... ... 11

1995-00 3 1 1 3 ... ... ... 3

2000-05 11 3 10 12 15 ... ... 11

2005-10 7 6 9 5 13 9 7 8

2009 -23 -18 -17 -23 -16 -15 -14 -28

2010 15 16 18 8 20 20 11 26

Travel

1990-95 9 7 10 - - 8 ... ...

1995-00 3 6 7 2 ... 6 ... 2

2000-05 8 2 6 9 18 15 ... 10

2005-10 6 5 7 3 9 8 13 13

2009 -9 -11 -6 -13 -22 -5 4 -3

2010 8 10 9 -1 2 9 18 25

Other commercial services

1990-95 10 12 10 - - ... ... 16

1995-00 7 11 9 ... ... ... ... 6

2000-05 13 8 11 15 25 ... ... 14

2005-10 10 9 15 8 18 10 ... 14

2009 -8 -3 -4 -11 -15 -12 -1 -5

2010 7 8 11 2 9 4 -15 19

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

37

Source: WTO

Page 47:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

With a sustained high growth of export of services, including a growth of 35 per cent in 2008-09, export value reached US$ 101.67 billion. Growth has been particularly rapid in the computer and related services category consisting of software services, business services, financial services and communication services (Table – 15).

Table-15: India's Export of Services (in US $ Million)

Exports 1995-96 2000-01 2004-05 2005-06 2006-07 2007-08 2008-09

Total Goods and Services 39654 61720 128455 162811 202688 256504 290679

Services Export 7344 16268 43249 57659 73780 90342 101678

Services export as % to total 18.5 26.4 33.7 35.4) 36.4) 35.2 35.0

Computer and Information -- 4727 16344 21875 29088 37491 49379 services

Computer and Information -- 29.1 37.8 37.9 39.4 41.5 48.6 services as % of Services export

Computer services -- 4633 16204 21711 28787 37032 48626

Computer services export as -- 28.5 37.5 37.7 39.0 41.0 47.8 % of Services export

Other business services 2120 4149 8153 12764 17536 20734 20426

Other business services 28.9 25.5 18.9 22.1 23.8 23.0 20.1 export as % of Services export

Source: Monthly Bulletin, various issues, Reserve Bank of India (for goods and services exports) and Balance of Payments Statistics (February 2010) IMF.

Chart – 12: India's Export Services

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

38

0

100000

200000

300000

400000

500000

600000

1995-96 2000-01 2004-05 2005-06 2006-07 2007-08 2008-09

Years

US

$M

illio

n

Total Goods and Services Services ExportComputer and Information services Computer servicesOther business services

Page 48:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

Chart-12 indicates the Bar Diagram for Total numbers of goods and services of India's Export Services and Chart-13 describes the Line Chart for percentage of Total no. of Goods and services of India's Export Services.

In both diagrams it is observed that computer and Information services has high percentage of Export services though there is no percentage of goods and services observed in the year 1995-96. It is also observed that other Business services has low percentage of Export Services in Total no. of goods and Services compare to other services of India's Export Services.

India's export of services is expected to touch $310.9 billion by 2011/12, powered by the booming software, consultancy, engineering and tourism sectors, according to the Federation of Indian Chambers of Commerce and Industry (FICCI) survey. Services exports could surpass merchandise exports, which are expected to more than double to $305.5 billion in the next five years.

Table-16: Global Trade in Services of India*(US$ billion)

Year Export Import Total

1991 4.925 5.945 10.871

1998 11.691 14.540 26.231

2001 17.337 14.483 31.820

2002 19.478 15.034 34.512

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

39

Chart 13: Percentages of India's Export Services

0

20

40

60

80

100

120

140

160

1995-96 2000-01 2004-05 2005-06 2006-07 2007-08 2008-09

Years

Pe

rcen

tag

es

Services export Computer and Information services

Computer services export Other business services export

Page 49:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

Export Import

0

20

40

60

80

100

120

1990 1992 1994 1996 1998 2000 2002 2004 2006 2008 2010

Years

US$bi

llion

2003 23.902 17.425 41.326

2004 38.281 25.205 63.486

2005 52.527 32.549 85.076

2006 69.730 40.324 110.054

2007 86.965 47.592 134.558

2008 102.949 56.554 159.503

Average annual growth rate (%)

1991-1998 19.62 20.65 20.19

2001-2008 70.54 41.50 57.32

1991-2008 117.067 50.075 80.429

Note: *Taken at current price Source: Calculated based on Direction of Trade Statistics Online, IMF.

Chart-14(a): Global trade in services of India

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

40

Chart -14(b): Percentages of Global Trade in Services of India over a period of time

0

50

100

150

200

250

300

1991-1998 2001-2008 1991-2008

Years

Pe

rce

nta

ge

s

Export Import Total

Page 50:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

Chart-14(b) describes the Bar Diagram of average Annual growth rate of Global Trade in services of India from 1991-2008. In both charts it is observed that there is continuous increase in Export and Import services and also continuous increased percentage in average Annual Growth rate in every year of Global Trade in Services of India. In the figure 15.1. it shows that there is strong relationship between Export and Import services of Global Trade in Services of India in every year

Exports during January, 2012 were valued at US$ 25346.90 million (Rs.130128.95 crore) which was 10.10 per cent higher in Dollar terms (24.52 per cent higher in Rupee terms) than the level of US$ 23021.57 million (Rs. 104502.74) during January, 2011. Cumulative value of exports for the period April-January 2011 -12 was US$ 242791.81 million (Rs 1153799.74 crore) as against US$ 196632.76 million (Rs.896518.37 crore) registering a growth of 23.47 per cent in Dollar terms and 28.70 per cent in Rupee terms over the same period last year.

Imports during January, 2012 were valued at US$ 40107.95 million (Rs.205911.00 crore) representing a growth of 20.25 per cent in Dollar terms (36.00 per cent in Rupee terms) over the level of imports valued at US$ 33353.59 million ( Rs. 151403.30 crore) in January, 2011. Cumulative value of imports for the period April-January, 2011-12 was US$ 391459.42 million (Rs.1859168.34 crore) as against US$ 302528.75 million (Rs. 1379477.78 crore) registering a growth of 29.40 per cent in Dollar terms and 34.77 per cent in Rupee terms over the same period last year. (Table-17)

Table 17 : Export and Import under Miscellaneous Services (US $ million)

2007-08 2008-09 2007-08 2008-09 Miscellaneous services 67,010 77,691 29,298 27,879 Of which: Communication 2,408 2,172 860 1087 Construction 764 867 707 896 Financial 3,217 3,948 3,133 2,958 Software 40,300 46,300 3,358 2,814 New agency 503 800 506 385 Royalties, copyrights etc 157 133 1,037 1,722 Business services 16,772 16,445 16,553 15,435

Source: Monthly Bulletin (2010), Reserve Bank of India.

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

41

Page 51:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

India exported goods worth $112.4 billion during 2005/06 while export of services was $69.73 billion. Indian services exports are estimated to reach $91.5 billion this fiscal, and merchandise exports to hit $132.7 billion by 2015, as they grew at 28% annually for the last five years, faster than the 22% growth in goods exports during the same period.

According to the FICCI study, on the share in worldwide Indian services exports, India is going to almost triple its share from the current 2.3% to 6% by 2012. While China 's exports of commercial services at $74 billion are now more than that of India but India 's exports of commercial services would cross that of China in 2009 - the average annual growth rate of services in China is 19% for the past five years. By 2013 India 's commercial services exports could be some $100 billion higher than that of China . The commercial services exports from China are projected to be around $300 billion while that from India would be $397 billion by 2013.

Table -18: Export and Import of Services from India (US$ billion)

Flow Services Sectors 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 AGR (%) Export Communication 0.60 1.10 0.78 0.97 1.09 1.57 2.18 2.35 2.42 38.08 Export Computer and 4.73 7.41 8.89 11.88 16.34 21.87 29.09 37.49 49.38 18.07 information Export Construction 0.50 0.07 0.23 0.28 0.52 0.35 0.62 0.75 0.72 5.48 Export Financial 0.28 0.31 0.60 0.37 0.34 1.14 2.36 3.38 4.06 171.32 Export Insurance 0.26 0.28 0.33 0.41 0.84 0.94 1.11 1.51 1.55 62.81 Export Other business 4.15 2.35 2.70 2.23 8.15 12.76 17.54 20.73 20.43 49.04 Export Personal, cultural, 0.05 0.05 0.11 0.31 0.51 0.51 0.71 0.36 1.0 45.00 and recreational Export Transportation 1.98 2.05 2.47 3.02 4.37 5.75 7.56 9.04 11.32 59.00 Export Travel 3.46 3.20 3.10 4.46 6.17 7.49 8.63 10.73 11.83 30.25 Export Services export 16.69 17.34 19.48 23.90 38.28 52.53 69.73 86.97 102.95 64.63 Total Import Communication 0.10 0.27 1.00 0.61 0.58 0.42 0.61 0.86 1.00 107.25 Import Computer and 0.58 0.91 0.91 0.69 0.93 1.27 1.96 3.47 3.42 61.59 information Import Construction 0.13 0.47 0.60 1.21 0.83 0.60 0.79 0.73 0.76 61.76 Import Financial 1.28 1.78 1.43 0.49 0.79 0.87 1.95 3.24 3.55 22.26 Import Insurance 0.81 0.81 0.89 1.16 1.75 2.33 2.67 3.18 4.25 52.86 Import Other Business 4.32 3.73 4.08 7.07 11.69 13.69 17.59 18.32 21.06 48.41 Import Personal, Cultural 0.06 0.06 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.17 0.30 96.23 and recreational Import Transportation 8.70 8.50 8.52 9.31 13.23 20.68 24.86 30.78 41.88 47.64 Import Travel 2.69 3.01 2.99 3.58 4.82 6.19 6.84 8.22 9.60 32.12 Import Services Import 19.19 20.10 21.04 24.88 35.64 47.29 58.70 70.55 87.90 44.76 Total

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

42

Notes: *Average annual growth rate (%); Source: BOP Statistics Online, IMF

Page 52:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

05

10

1520

253035

4045

1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009

Years

US

$bil

lion

Communication Computer and information Construction

Financial Insurance Other Business

Personal, Cultural and recreational Transportation Travel

0

510

15

2025

30

3540

45

1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009

Years

US

$b

illio

n

Communication Computer and information ConstructionFinancial Insurance Other BusinessPersonal, Cultural and recreational Transportation Travel

Charts-15 (a) & (b) indicate for Export and Import Services for different service sectors of India during 2000-2008. In exports, it is observed that Computer and information services have high growth and Personal, cultural and recreational services have low growth compare to other Export services of India. In Imports, the services like transportation services have high growth and personal, cultural and recreational services has low growth compare to other Import services of India. From these charts, it is understood that there is continuous increase in Total services of Export and import services of India for every year.

Imports of commercial services have become important in recent years reaching US$ 87.90 billion in 2008-09 with a growth of 44.76 per cent (Table-18).

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

43

Chart- 15(a): Export Services

Chart-15(b): Import Services

Page 53:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

Business services were the most important category of service in imports, followed by transportation and travel. Business services grew by 48.41 per cent in 2008-09. However, there was a sharp fall in the growth rate of business services imports (as in the case of business services exports) mainly due to the fall in imports of architectural, engineering and other technical services and relatively low growth in imports of business and management consultancy services. Travel and transportation imports have also registered good growth in this period.

Table-19: Services Attracting Highest FDI Equity Inflows Rs. crore

Ranks Sector 2009-10 2010-11 2011-12 Comulative % inflow (Apr2000-.- s to total Dec. 2011) (Apr. Dec. 2011) (in US $ terms)1 Services sector 19945 15053 21431 142539 20.1(financial & non-financial) (4176) (3296) (4575) (31710)

2 Telecommunications 12270 7542 8969 57035 7.9(radio paging, cellular mobile, (2539) (1665) (1989) (12544)basic telephone services)

3 Computer software & 4127 3551 2626 48940 6.9hardware (872) (780) (564) (10973)

4 Housing & real estate 14027 5600 2544 48819 6.9 ( 2935) (1227) (551) (10933)

5 Construction activities 13469 4979 7635 46216 6.5(including roads & highways) (2852) (1103) (1602) ( 10239)

Source : Based on Department of Industrial Policy & Promotion data.Note : Figures in parentheses are US$ million.

India's services imports The services sector also attracting higher FDI equity in the country. Their growth rate over the past three years has reached to more than 20 per cent. Among the services sector, the FDI equity inflow was seen in the telecommunications followed by IT and ITeS, Housing and Real Estate and Construction. (Table -19) The cumulative inflows as percentages of the services over a decade of time in India is presented in the following chart.

Chart-15 describes the attracting highest FDI inflow on a pie diagram for

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

44

Page 54:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

20.1

7.9

6.9

6.9

6.5

different service sector from year 2009-2012. The service sector has high growth percentage among all other services from 2000 April to 2011 December. This has been followed by telecommunications, computer soft ware and hard ware, housing & real estate and construction.

Chart- 16 : Percentage share of FDI Inflows through Services sector

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

45

VII. The Government InitiativeThe services sector has many schemes which are being looked after by

various Ministries at the central government. Of late, the importance of the sector and its contribution to the GDP has been recognized and thereby various Ministries have given support for the development and promotion of the services sector in our country. The Ministries include Ministry of Tourism, Ministry of I & B, Ministry of Social Welfare and Justice, Ministry of Women and Child Welfare, Ministry of Environment and Forests, Ministry of Rural Development, Ministry of Commerce and Industry, Ministry of North Eastern Region and so on. In all these Ministries the support programmes and schemes are related to the particular services. Therefore, for the first time in our country the Ministry of MSME has recognized the sector as one of the emerging economies in our country and thereby included the service sector enterprises and announced a conceptual definition in terms of the investment in tools and equipments and taken initiatives for boosting the sector in many ways. Not only defining the services sector in terms of micro, small and medium enterprises but also provided a lot of emphasis for strengthening the sector for their marketing, technology and the quality. In this chapter the emphasis was laid on linkages of MSMEs with other sectors. Even though most of the service enterprises are in the unorganized sector, through the enactment of MSMED

Services sector Telecommunications Computer software & hardware Housing & real estate Construction activities

Page 55:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

development, the services sector will thrive for further development in a more systematic manner.

The process of economic liberalization and market reforms, while exposing the Indian MSEs to increasing levels of domestic and global competition, has also opened up attractive possibilities of access to larger markets and of stronger and deeper linkages of MSEs with larger enterprises. Improved manufacturing techniques and management processes can be sourced and adopted with greater ease. A robust and vibrant MSE segment can derive the benefits of these new opportunities, provided appropriate enabling policies are put in place and measures for capacity building in public-private mode are also initiated. In this environment of competition and rapid technological changes, the segment can then achieve higher sustained growth by enhancing its technological capabilities, elevating its product and service quality to global standards and seeking ways of innovation. Ministry of Micro, small and medium Enterprises (MSME) aggressively persist on establishing the Intellectual Property facilitation centres (IPFC) through DC (MSME). Under National manufacturing Competitiveness programme, MSME is implementing a scheme “Building awareness on Intellectual property Rights (IPR) for Micro, Small and medium Enterprises”. As on today, MSME Ministry has sanctioned 24 IPFCs for the benefit of MSME sector in the country.

To give proper direction, guidance and encouragement to the Services Sector, the Ministry of Coomerce and Industry, Government of India has initiated to set up an exclusive Services Export Promotion Council (SEPC) (Appendix -3).

The micro and small enterprises (MSEs) provide employment to an estimated 73.2 million persons in the rural and urban areas of the country during 2010-11. During 2001-11, the MSME sector registered continuous growth in the number of enterprises, production, employment and exports. It is estimated that there are about 31.15 million MSMEs in the country as on March 31, 2011, accounting for about 11.48 per cent of the gross value of output in the manufacturing sector. (Table-20)

Table-20: MSMEs Performance: Units, Employment, Investments, Production & Exports.

Sl. Year Total Employment Fixed Production Exports No. Working (in lakh persons) Investment (in Rs.Crores) (in Rs.Crores) MSMEs (in Rs.Crores) (in Lakhs)

I II III IV V VI VII

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

46

Page 56:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

1 2001-02 105.21 249.33 154349 282270 71244 (4.07) (4.44) (5.11) (8.03) (2.07)

2 2002-03 109.49 260.21 162317 314850 86013 (4.07) (4.36) (5.16) (11.54) (20.73)

3 2003-04 113.95 271.42 170219 364547 97644 (4.07) (4.31) (4.87) (15.78) (13.52)

4 2004-05 118.59 282.57 178699 429796 124417 (4.07) (4.11) (4.98) (17.90) (27.42)

5 2005-06 123.42 294.91 188113 497842 150242 (4.07) (4.37) (5.27) (15.83) (20.76)

6 2006-07 261.12 595.66 500758 709398 182538 (111.57) (101.98) (166.20) (42.49) (21.50)

7 2007-08 272.79 626.34 558190 790759 202017 (4.47) (5.15) (11.47) (11.47) (10.67)

8 2008-09 285.16 659.35 621753 880805 N. A. (4.53) (5.27) (11.39) (11.39)

9* 2009-10 298.08 695.38 693835 982919 N. A. (4.53) (5.46) (11.59) (11.59)

10# 2010-11 311.52 732.17 773487 1095758 N. A. (4.51) (5.29) (11.48) (11.48)

The figures in brackets show the percentage growth over the previous year. The data for the period up to 2005-06 is Small Scale Industries (SSI). Subsequent to 2005-06, data with reference to Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises are being compiled. The growth for the year 2010-11 is based on the average growth rate for the previous three years. * : Provisional, # : Projected, N. A. : Not Available.Source: DC(MSME), New Delhi

Chart-17(a): Performance of MSME Sector (No. of Working units)

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

47

0

50

100

150

200

250

300

350

2001-02 2002-03 2003-04 2004-05 2005-06 2006-07 2007-08 2008-09 2009-10 2010-11

Years

Rs

. in

La

kh

s

Total Working MSMEs

Page 57:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

48

Chart-17 (b): Performance of MSME Sector – Employment (in Lakh Persons)

0

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

2001-02 2002-03 2003-04 2004-05 2005-06 2006-07 2007-08 2008-09 2009-10 2010-11

Years

in P

ers

on

s

Employment

Chart-17(c): Performance of MSME Sector- Investment, Production and Exports

0200000

400000600000800000

1000000

120000014000001600000

18000002000000

2001-02 2002-03 2003-04 2004-05 2005-06 2006-07 2007-08 2008-09 2009-10 2010-11

Years

Rs. in

Cro

res

Investment Production Exports

0

50

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

2001-02 2002-03 2003-04 2004-05 2005-06 2006-07 2007-08 2008-09 2009-10 2010-11

Years

Pe

rce

nta

ge

s

Total Working MSMEs Employment Fixed InvestmentProduction Exports

Chart-17(d): Percentage Change of the parameters of the MSME Sector

Page 58:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

Chart-17(a) indicates the MSME performance in terms of total working MSMEs

Chart-17(b) indicates the employment in MSME sector. It is observed that from year 2001-2011, total employment is high in total MSME sectors and also there is continuous increasing in the employment for every year in Total MSME sectors.

The chart-17© shows that export services has low amount of growth since the information is not available from year 2008-2011 where as production services has high amount of growth when comparing the MSME performance in Investments, Production and Export services.

The chart-17(d) interprets the percentage growth rate over previous year in total number of working units and other parameters of MSMEs performance in terms of employment, production, investment and exports. In all these lines, it is very clear from the chart that the year 2006-07 indicated higher mode, since the enactment of MSMED act in the country.

Chart-18: Percetage Share of Products of MSME Units in the Country

To capture the complete data on the MSME sector, the 4th Census of MSME sector is being launched.

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

49

Page 59:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

Recently, major initiatives have been taken by the Government to revitalize the MSME sector. They include:

(i) Implementation of the Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises Development (MSMED) Act, 2006

(ii) A “Package for Promotion of Micro and Small Enterprises” was announced in February 2007. This includes measures addressing concerns of credit, fiscal support, cluster-based development, infrastructure, technology, and marketing. Capacity building of MSME Associations and support to women entrepreneurs are the other important features of this package.

(iii) To make the Credit Guarantee Scheme more attractive, the following modifications have been made:

(a) enhancing the eligible loan limit from Rs. 25 lakh to Rs. 50 lakh;

(b) raising the extent of guarantee cover from 75 per cent to 80 per cent for (1) micro enterprises for loans up to Rs. 5 lakh, (2) MSEs operated or owned by women and (3) all loans in the North-East Region; and

(c) reducing one-time guarantee fee from 1.5 per cent to 0.75 per cent for all loans in the North-East Region.

(iv) The phased deletion of products from the list of items reserved for exclusive manufacture by micro and small enterprises is being continued. On March 13, 2007, 125 items were dereserved reducing the number of items reserved for exclusive manufacture in micro and small enterprise sector to 114. Further, 79 items were dereserved through a notification dated February 5, 2008.

Initiatives and measures taken by the Government during the year to enable service MSMEs to enhance their competitive strength, address the challenges of competition and avail of the benefits of the global market include the enforcement of the MSMED Act, 2006.

The main features of the Act are: - It provides the first-ever legal framework for recognition of the concept of

"enterprise" (comprising both manufacturing and services) and integrating the three tiers of these enterprises, viz., micro, small and medium.

- Under the Act, enterprises have been categorised broadly into those engaged in (i) manufacturing and (ii) providing/rendering of services. Both categories have been further classified into micro, small and medium enterprises, based on their investment in plant and machinery (for manufacturing enterprises) or in equipment (in case of enterprises providing or rendering services) as follows:

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

50

Page 60:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

Manufacturing: Micro Enterprises investment up to Rs. 2.5 million; Small enterprises – investment above Rs. 2.5 and up to Rs. 50 million; Medium enterprises – investment above Rs.50 and up to Rs.100 million.

- Services: Micro enterprises – investment up to Rs.1.0 million; Small enterprises investment above Rs.1.0 million; and up to Rs.20 million; Medium enterprises – investment above Rs.20 million and up to Rs.50 million.

- A package for promotion of MSEs has been approved to address most of the concerns in the areas of credit, cluster-based development, infrastructure, technology, and marketing. Capacity building of MSME Associations and support to women entrepreneurs are the other important features of this package.

- Under the Credit Guarantee Scheme, life insurance cover for chief promoters of units provided guarantee cover by the Credit Guarantee Fund Trust for Small Industries (CGTSI) has been introduced. Further, the one-time guarantee fee under the scheme has been reduced from 2.5 per cent to 1.5 per cent with effect from April 1, 2006.

- The Act provides for a statutory consultative mechanism at the national level with wide representation of all sections of stakeholders, particularly the three classes of enterprises, and with a wide range of advisory functions and an Advisory Committee to assist the MSME Board (National Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises Development Board) and the Central/State Governments. The other features include (i) establishment of specific Funds for the promotion, development and enhancement of competitiveness of these enterprises, (ii) notification of schemes/programmes for this purpose, (iii) progressive credit policies and practices, (iv) preference in Government procurements to products and services of the micro and small enterprises, (v) more effective mechanisms for mitigating the problems of delayed payments to micro and small enterprises and (vi) simplification of the process of closure of business by all three categories of enterprises.

- A new 'Package for Promotion of Micro and Small Enterprises' is being formulated to include supplementary measures to encourage adequate credit flow, provide further incentives for technology upgradation, infrastructure and marketing facilities, capacity building of micro and small enterprises, and support to women entrepreneurs.

Informal estimates suggest the contribution of the MSME sector to be much thhigher than those based on the 4 All-India Census conducted in 2007. According

to the census, out of 24.1 lakh enterprises, 67.1 per cent units were under the category of manufacturing, followed by services (16.78%) and repairing and

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

51

Page 61:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

87%

7%6%

Manufacturing Services Repair and Maintenance

67%

17%

16%

Manufacturing Services Repair and Maintenance

maintenance (16. 13%). These enterprises provide employment to 93.05 lakh persons with the following percentage shares of the categories.

thThe select indicators according to the All India 4 Census of these enterprises are presented in the following table (Table-21)

thTable-21: Select Indicators of MSME in All India 4 Census

Sl. No Activity Manufacturing Services Repair and Maintenance

1. No. of units( in Lakhs) 16.17 4.04 3.89 (67.1) (16.78) (16.13)

2. Employment (in Lakhs) 80.83 6.28 5.98 (86.83) (6.75) (6.42)

3. Fixed Investment 390459 30208 28471 (in Rs. Crore) (86.94) (6.72) (6.34)

4. Gross Output 290686 11665 10622 (in Rs.Crore) (92.88) (3.73) (3.39)

Source: Final report - 4th All India Census of MSME (Registered Units)

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

52

Chart-19: Pie Chart for Percentage of Indicators of MSME in India

No. of Units Rs. in Lakhs Employment (No. of Persons in Lakhs)

Page 62:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

93%

4%3%

Manufacturing Services Repair and Maintenance

87%

7%

6%

Manufacturing Services Repair and Maintenance

Chart- 19 indicates through the pie diagrams, the performance of MSME in activities of Manufacturing, Services and Repair and Maintenance in terms of number of units, employment, investment and gross output . The above table and

thcharts are prepared based on the 4 census data given in the final report by the Ministry of MSME

VIII. Conclusion In terms of annual average rate of growth, world exports of commercial services not only increased faster (7%) than that of merchandise (5%) between 2000 and 2003, but also increased from 7 per cent in 2002 to 13 per cent in 2003. Reflecting the importance of services in their overall economic activities, the industrial countries dominate global exports of services. Nearly two-thirds of global trade in services is by the EU, USA and Japan. India accounted for 1.4 per cent of total exports and 1.2 per cent of world imports of services in 2003. India's exports of services increased from US $ 4.9 billion to US $ 25 billion over the period 1992 to 2003. A sharp rise in earnings from tourism and increased earnings from IT and ITES, including software exports account for the enhanced services exports from India.

For India, services account for 55.1 per cent of GDP and 31 per cent of total exports. The growth potential continues to be large. There was an upward shift in the trend of growth of services exports (in US dollar terms) from 7.9 per cent in the first half of the decade of the 1990s to 26 per cent during 2006-07. Software and other miscellaneous services (including professional, business and technical) have emerged as the main categories in India's exports of services. The relative share of travel and transportation in India's services exports have declined over the years, while the share of software exports has gone up to 49 per cent in 2006-07. The buoyant growth of professional, technical and business services has provided a

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

53

Fixed Investment Rs. in Crore Gross Output Rs. in crore

Page 63:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

cushion against the slowing down of traditional services such as travel and transportation.

The growing share of services sector in the GDP has the following implications, mostly beneficial, for the economy.

Given an appropriate policy conducive to greater competition and efficiency, which the economic reforms aim at, the service sector can be expected to contribute a lot more raising and sustaining a higher growth rate for economy, as also of exports in such items as software. This development also opens up the doors for the employment of people who will shift from agriculture and industry as a consequence of rise in productivity in these commodity sectors on account of technological progress.

Another consequence of this change in the sectoral composition of domestic product will be reflecting in the consumption pattern of people. An increasing proportion of people's expenditures will shift from commodities to services.

Yet another important implication relates to government budgets. The expanding services sector indicates a big increase in tax revenue through an expanded tax base.

The government has decided to peg foreign direct investment limit in credit information services companies at 49 per cent, and is adopting a cautious approach with regard to these companies as they would be handling highly sensitive credit data. However, limiting the FDI to 49 per cent will make it difficult for domestic investors to bring in funds and expertise for the venture.

The constraints on potential opportunities in services trade include lack of a set-up like the export promotion council other than for computer software; various visible and invisible barriers to service trade, and selective preferential market access through regional initiatives. Despite the constraints, there is a scope for widening the diversification into a variety of areas such as consultancy and R&D services, health care, entertainment services, ship repair services, satellite mapping services, telecom, educational services, accounting services and hospitality services, and also beyond the major markets of the globe. The policy measures announced in the foreign trade policy 2004-09 to promote services exports should help it along with proper synergy between economic policies and trade strategies.

SUGGESTIONS For the purpose of developing the suggested classification, it is necessary to first

identify the variety of services already in existence in India by considering all

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

54

Page 64:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

available sources. Once the new but important activities are identified, the next task would be to classify them appropriately to suit the requirements of the users. It may be mentioned that at the international level, including WTO, UN systems, IMF and World Bank, an effort is being initiated for proper coding of commercial trading in services. They have already been classified into 12 categories and 155 sub-categories in the WTO's list (Appendix-2).

A constructive partnership between the private and public sectors has to be established and sustained for growth. There is a need to establish innovative products and world-class infrastructure. Thrust is required to be given to inland water navigation, hotels, communication, and entertainment and tourist promotion. The private sector and the state and central government agencies have to work together to create the right environment and act as proactive facilitators and catalysts to promoting sustainable tourism.

Tourist management leaders should be trained to create a people friendly approach among the tourists so that he/she becomes a promoter of business through word of mouth and experience sharing.

While various sectors within manufacturing/services registered an impressive increase in the volume of production and exports, this was largely input driven and the growth in total factor productivity was hardly noticeable. Sustained efforts to remove bottlenecks hindering the productivity and efficiency of the manufacturing sector would boost the performance of the manufacturing sector substantially.

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

55

Page 65:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

56

Appendix-1

Distribution of NIC 1998 codes for different tabulation categories

Source: National Industrial Classification [All Economic Activities], 1998

Tabulation Category Corres-ponding

Section Code (1-digit Codes)

Total number of Divisions

(2-digit Codes)

Total number of Groups

(3-digit Codes)

Total number of Classes

(4-digit Codes)

Total number of Sub-classes (5-digit Codes)

1 2 3 4 5 6

A. Agriculture, Hunting and 0 2 6 9 41 ForestryB. Fishing 0 1 1 1 5 C. Mining and Quarrying 1 5 10 12 42 D. Manufacturing 2 & 3 23 61 127 611 E. Electricity, Gas and Water 4 2 4 4 12 Supply F. Construction 5 1 5 5 19 G. Wholesale and Retail trade; 6 3 17 29 110 Repair of motor vehicle, motor cycle and personal & household goods H. Hotels and Restaurants 6 1 2 2 11 I. Transport, Storage and 7 5 10 17 28 Communication J. Financial intermediation 8 3 5 12 19 K. Real estate, Renting and 8 5 17 31 43 Business activities L. Public administration and 9 1 3 8 19 Defence, Compulsory social security M. Education 9 1 4 5 12 N. Health and Social work 9 1 3 6 12 O. Other community, Social and Personal Services 9 4 9 22 35 P. Private household with 9 1 1 1 1employed persons Q. Extra territorial organisations 9 1 1 1 1 and bodies

All 60 159 292 1021

Page 66:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

57

Appendix-2

1. BUSINESS SERVICES A. Professional Services a. Legal services 74110 b. Accounting, auditing and book-keeping 74120 Clubbed with1Ac. services c. Taxation services 74120 Clubbed with 1Ab. d. Architectural services 74210 Clubbed with 1Aefg. e. Engineering services 74210 Clubbed with 1Adfg. f. Integrated engineering services 74210 Clubbed with 1Adeg. g. Urban planning and landscape 74210 Clubbed with 1Adef. architectural services h. Medical and dental services 85120 i. Veterinary services 85200 j. Services provided by midwives, 85194 nurses, physiotherapists and paramedical personnel k. Others B. Computer and Related Services 72 a. Consultancy services related to the installation of computer hardware 72100 b. Software Implementation services 72200 c. Data processing services 72300 d. Database services e. Others 72400 C. Research and Development Services 73 a. R&D services on natural sciences 73100 Clubbed with 1Cc. b. R&D services on social sciences and 73200 humanities c. Interdisciplinary R&D services 73100 Clubbed with 1Ca. D. Real Estate Services 70 T h i s a c t i v i t y i s elaborated more in NIC-98. a. Involving own or leased property 7010 -do- b. On a fee or contract basis 70200 E. Rental/Leasing Services Without Operators 71 T h i s a c t i v i t y i s elaborated more in NIC-98.

World Trade Organisation's list of services

Description as per WTO's list of services Status as per NIC-98 Code Remarks

Page 67:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

58

Appendix-2

a. Relating to ships 71120 Clubbed with other wa t e r t r a n s p o r t equipments. b. Relating to aircraft 71130 c. Relating to other transport equipment 71110 N I C - 9 8 i s m o r e detailed. d. Others F. Other Business Services 74 a. Advertising services 74300 b. Market research and public opinion 74130 polling services c. Management consulting service 74140 Clubbed with 1Fd. d. Services related to management consulting 74140 Clubbed with 1Fc. e. Technical testing and analysis services 74220 f. Services incidental to agricultural, hunting 0140, N I C - 9 8 h a s and forestry 01500, elaborated more on & 0200 this activity. g. Services incidental to fishing 05005 ------do------ h. Services incidental to mining NIC-98 has elaborated more on this activity. i. Services incidental to manufacturing ------do------ j. Services incidental to energy distribution ------do------ k. Placement and supply services of personnel No such activity l. Investigation and security 74920 m. Related scientific and technical consulting No such activity services n. Maintenance and repair of equipment NIC-98 has elaborated more (not including maritime vessels, aircraft on this activity. or other transport equipment) o. Building-cleaning services 74930 p. Photographic services 74940 q. Packing services 74950 r. Printing, publishing Th i s ac t iv i t y has been elaborated more in Division 22 of NIC-98. s. Convention services No such activity t. Others

World Trade Organisation's list of services

Description as per WTO's list of services Status as per NIC-98 Code Remarks

Page 68:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

59

Appendix-2

2. COMMUNICATION SERVICES A. Postal Services 64110 B. Courier Services 64120 C. Telecommunication Services 6420 a. Voice telephone services 64201 Clubbed with other activities under Code 642. b. Packet-switched data transmission services No such activity c. Circuit-switched data transmission services No such activity d. Telex services 64201 Clubbed with other activities under Code 642. e. Telegraph services 64201 ------do------ f. Facsimile services 64201 ------do------ g. Private leased circuit services 64204 h. Electronic mail 64202 Clubbed with other activities under Code 642. i. Voice mail 64202 ------do------ j. On-line information and data base retrieval 64202 ------do------ k. Electronic data interchange (EDI) 64202 ------do------ l. Enhanced/value-added facsimile 64201 ------do------ services including store and forward, store and retrieve m. Code and protocol conversion No such activity n. On-line information and/or data processing No such activity (including transaction processing) o. Others Maintenance of telecom network is available under NIC-98 as 64203. D. Audiovisual Services a. Motion picture and video tape production 9211 Class 9211 of NIC-98 and distribution service has further elaborated on this activity. b. Motion picture projection service 92120 c. Radio and television services 9213 92131-Radio activities, 92132-Te lev i s ion activities.

World Trade Organisation's list of services

Description as per WTO's list of services Status as per NIC-98 Code Remarks

Page 69:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

60

Appendix-2

d. Radio and television transmission services 9213 e. Sound recording 9214 Clubbed with other activities. f. Others E. Others 3 CONSTRUCTION AND RELATED ENGINEERING SERVICES a. General construction work for building 45201, 45202 4 5 2 0 1 f o r residential buildings and 45202 for non residential buildings b. General construction work for civil 4520 NIC-98 has further engineering elaborated on this activity. c. Installation and assembly work 4530 d. Building completion and finishing work 4540 ------do------- e. Others 4. DISTRIBUTION SERVICES a. Commission agents' services 5110 Class 5110 of NIC 98 is more elaborate. b. Wholesale trade services 512 to Group 512 to 519 of 519 NIC-98 is more elaborate. c. Retailing services Group Group 521 to 525 of 521 to NIC-98 is more 525 elaborate. d. Franchising No such activity e. Others 5. EDUCATIONAL SERVICES 80 a. Primary education services 8010 NIC-98 is more elaborate. b. Secondary education services 802 NIC-98 is more elaborate. c. Higher education services 8030 NIC-98 is more elaborate. d. Adult education 80901 e. Other educational services 6. ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES

World Trade Organisation's list of services

Description as per WTO's list of services Status as per NIC-98 Code Remarks

Page 70:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

61

Appendix-2

a. Sewage services 9000 Codes 90001, 90002 and 90009 are provided. b. Refuse disposal services 9000 c. Sanitation and similar services 9000 d. Others 7. FINANCIAL SERVICES A. All Insurance and Insurance-Related Services a. Life, accident and health insurance services 66010 b. Non-life insurance services 66030 c. Reinsurance and retrocession No such activity d. Services auxiliary to insurance (including 67200 brokering and agency services) B. Banking and other Financial Services (excluding insurance) a. Acceptance of deposits and other repayable D e s c r i p t i o n s o f services and funds from the public activities as per the two lists b. Lending of all types, including consumer do not generally match. NIC credit, mortgage credit, factoring and 98 provides quite a few 5 financing of commercial transaction digit codes for the related services under NIC Divisions 65 to 67. f. commercial transaction c. Financial leasing d. All payment and money transmission services e. Guarantees and commitments f. Trading for own account or for account of consumer, whether on an exchange, in an over-the-counter market or otherwise, the following: - Money market instruments (cheques, bills, certificates of deposits, etc.) - Derivative products including, but not limited to, futures and options - Exchange rate and interest rate instruments, including products such as swaps, forward rate agreements, etc. transferable securities

World Trade Organisation's list of services

Description as per WTO's list of services Status as per NIC-98 Code Remarks

Page 71:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

62

Appendix-2

- Other negotiable instruments and financial assets, including bullion g. Participation in issue of all kinds of securities, including under writing and placement as agent (whether publicly or privately) and provision of service related to such issues h. Money binding i. Asset management, such as cash or portfolio management, all forms of collective investment management, pension fund management, ustodial depository and trust services j. Settlement and clearing services for financial assets, including securities, derivation products and other negotiable instruments k. Advisory and other auxiliary financial services on all the activities listed in article 1B of MTN.TNC/W/50, including credit reference and analysis, investment and portfolio research and advice, on acquisitions and own corporate restructuring and strategy l. Provision and transfer of financial information and financial data procession and related software by providers of other financial services C. Other 8. HEALTH-RELATED AND SOCIAL SERVICES (OTHER THAN THOSE LISTED UNDER 1. A. H-J) a. Hospital services 85110 b. Other human health services 8519 NIC-98 i s more elaborate and has p r o v i d e d c o d e s 85191 to 85196 and 85199. c. Social services 85310, NIC-98 i s more 85320 elaborate. d. Others 9. TOURISM AND TRAVEL-RELATED SERVICES

World Trade Organisation's list of services

Description as per WTO's list of services Status as per NIC-98 Code Remarks

Page 72:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

63

Appendix-2

a. Hotels and restaurants (including catering) 5510, NIC-98 is more 5520 elaborate and a total number of eleven 5 d i g i t c o d e s a r e provided. b. Travel agencies and tour operators services 63040 Clubbed with 9c. c. Tourist guide services 63040 Clubbed with 9b. d. Others 10. RECREATIONAL, CULTURAL AND 92 SPORTING SERVICES (OTHER THAN AUDIOVISUAL SERVICES) a. Entertainment services (including theatre, 921 Group 921 under NIC live bands and circus services) -98 is more elaborate for this activity. b. News agency services 92200 c. Libraries, archives, museums and other 923 Group 923 under NIC cultural services -98 is more elaborate for this activity. d. Sporting and other recreational services 924 Group 924 under NIC -98 is more elaborate for this activity. e. Others 11. TRANSPORT SERVICES A. Maritime Transport services a. Passenger transportation Not WTO's List is more available elaborate. NIC-98 (N.A.) does not distinguish between Passenger T r a n s p o r t a n d Freight Transport. b. Freight transportation N.A. c. Rental of vessels with crew N.A. d. Maintenance and repair of vessels N.A. e. Pushing and towing services 63090 f. Supporting services for maritime transport 63032 B. Internal Waterways Transport 61200 Same remarks as above

World Trade Organisation's list of services

Description as per WTO's list of services Status as per NIC-98 Code Remarks

Page 73:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

64

Appendix-2

a. Passenger transportation N.A. b. Freight transportation N.A. c. Rental of vessels with crew N.A. d. Maintenance and towing services 63090 e. Supporting services for internal 63032 waterways transport C. Air Transport Services 62 Same remarks as above a. Passenger transportation N.A. b. Freight transportation N.A. c. Rental of aircraft with crew N.A. d. Maintenance and repair of aircraft N.A. e. Supporting services for air transport 63033 D. Space Transport Covered under 11C in NIC-98. E. Rail Transport Services 6010 a. Passenger transportation 60100 WTO's List is elaborate. b. Freight transportation 60100 c. Pushing and towing services 60100 d. Maintenance and repair of rail transport N.A. equipment e. Supporting services for rail transport 63031 Clubbed with 11Fe. services F. Road Transport Services 602 a. Passenger transportation 6021 b. Freight transportation 60231 c. Rental of commercial vehicles with operator N.A. d. Maintenance and repair of road transport N.A. equipment e. Supporting services for road transportation 63031 Clubbed with 11Ee. services G. Pipeline Transport 6030 a. Transportation of fuels 60300 Clubbed with 11Gb. b. Transportation of other goods 60300 Clubbed with 11Ga. H. Services Auxiliary to all Modes of Transport 63 Division 63 of NIC 98 is more elaborate. a. Cargo-handling services 6301 b. Storage and warehouse services 6302

World Trade Organisation's list of services

Description as per WTO's list of services Status as per NIC-98 Code Remarks

Page 74:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

Ministry of Commerce and Industry, Government of India, with a view to give proper direction, guidance and encouragement to the Services Sector, has set up an exclusive Export Promotion Council for Services in the name of Services Export Promotion Council (SEPC). SEPC was registered under the Societies Registration Act in November, 2006. DGFT, vide Gazette Notification dated 5/3/2007, included SEPC in the list of the recognised Export Promotion Councils. SEPC has been mandated to promote export of services in the following sectors:-

1 Healthcare services including 8 Environmental Services services by nurses, physiotherapist and paramedical personnel

2 Educational Services 9 Maritime Transport Services

3 Entertainment services including 10 Advertising Services Audio-visual services

4 Consultancy Services 11 Marketing Research and Public Opinion Polling Services/Management Services

5 Architectural Services and related 12 Printing & Publishing Services services

6 Distribution Services 13 Legal Services

7 Accounting/Auditing and Book 14 Hotel and Tourism related services Keeping Services

Ministry of Commerce & Industry administers a scheme known as Market Development Assistance (MDA) Scheme for the promotion of exports including services exports. Service Exporters, who are members of SEPC, are eligible for financial assistance under MDA scheme for participating overseas “Buyer Seller Meet” or in any international conference to showcase their service capability.

With the new Foreign Trade Policy (2009-14), the Government of India has aimed to accelerate growth in export of services so as to create a powerful and unique 'Served from India' brand. All services providers who have a total foreign exchange earnings or earning in Indian rupees which are otherwise considered as

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

65

Appendix- 3

SERVICES EXPORT PROMOTION COUNCIL (SEPC)

Set up by Ministry of Commerce & Industry, Government of India

Page 75:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

having been paid for in free foreign exchange by RBI, of at least Indian rupee 10 lakhs in the preceding or current financial year shall be eligible to qualify for duty credit scrip. They shall be entitled to duty credit equivalent to 10 percent of the foreign exchange earned by them in the preceding financial year. Duty credit entitlement may be used for import of any capital goods including spares, office equipment and professional equipment, office furniture and consumables, provided it is part of their main line of business. In addition to this all service exporters are also entitled for EPCG and other benefits as provided under

Management of Council The management of the SEPC vests with the Central Governing Council elected by member. Eminent personalities, Shri Lalit Bhasin, reknowned advocate, is the Chairman and Dr. Naresh Trehan, reknowned cardiologist, is the Vice-Chairman of the Council. Shri Rajesh Sharma has been appointed by the Central Government, who is the Director General and CEO of the Council.

Aims and Objective for which Services Export Promotion Council is establishes are:

(A) To promote exports of Services from India by such methods as may be necessary or expedient and without prejudice to the generality of the premises by:-

Undertaking market studies in individual foreign countries on regular as well as an ad-hoc basis.

Organizing visits of delegations of members to explore opportunities for Services

Organizing, participation in seminars, conferences and meets in India and abroad, trade fairs/exhibitions/buyer-seller meets.

Disseminating information regularly and continuously in foreign countries regarding the potential image of Indian Services sector and informing the public in foreign countries the advantages of availing Services from India.

Compiling statistics and other relevant information regarding international trade in Services.

Providing commercially useful information and assistance to members in developing and increasing export of Services.

Disseminating information useful to members by literatures, discussions, books, correspondence or otherwise.

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

66

Page 76:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

Offering professional advise to members in areas such as technology upgradation, quality and design improving, standards and specifications of the products and Services;

Maintaining liaison with agencies dealing in international trade and Services so as to promote export of Services from India.

Communicating with the chambers of commerce and other mercantile chambers of commerce, professional bodies, other mercantile and public bodies in India and abroad for promoting measures for the advancement of exports of Services from India.

To take up various issues/problems and suggestions connecting with Services, with government and International agencies to promote interest of Services Providers.

(B) Promoting interaction between Services providers and government both at central and state levels.

(C) To channelize financial assistance rendered by the central government to members for assisting their export market development efforts.

(D) To collaborate in kindered activities with the other export promotion councils/export promotion organisations in India and similar bodies in foreign countries and with international organizations working in the field.

(E) To enter into contracts

(F) To draw, make, accept, endorse, discount and execute negotiable instruments.

(G) To invest the money of the Council in any Bank approved by the Governing Council and the money received from the Central government as per directions of that government.

(H) To subscribe for, become a member of and cooperate with any other Association, whether incorporate or not, whose objects are, altogether or in part, similar to those contained in this Memorandum and to obtain from and to communicate to any such Association such information as may be likely to fulfill the objects of this Council.

(I) To obtain from the members and to prepare for the Council as a whole, action plans for promotion of exports of Services, development of exports markets, generation of production for exports, setting of export target, generally and in relation to specific countries and sectors, on an annual basis and for such

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

67

Page 77:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

medium and long terms as may be considered desirable and to ensure/undertake execution of such plans.

(J) To construct building(s) and to furnish security by way of mortgage, charge, etc of the Council's properties and assets.

(K) To avail of loans and financial facilities from banks, Financial Institutions, Companies or Corporations for construction of building(s) and to furnish Companies or Corporations for construction of building(s) and to furnish security by way of mortgage, charge, etc. of the Council's properties and assets.

(L) To do all such other lawful acts as would be conducive for the promotion of exports and to the interests of the Council or incidental to the attainment of the above objects or of any of them.

References: 1. Economic Survey Reports 1999-2000 to 2012-13

2. Annual Reports of Reserve Bank of India

3. Enterprise Surveys of Economic Census conducted by the MoS&PI

4. Follow-up Enterprise Surveys (FuS) on the Services Sector, carried out by the MoS&PI

5. National Industrial Classification [All Economic Activities], 1998

6. Indian newspapers like Economic Times, Financial Express and The Hindu

7. Reports of Federation of Indian Chambers of Commerce and Industry (FICCI)

8. “Administrative and Service Sector of the Economy” – Williamson and Lindent, Harvard University Press,1980

9. General Agreement and Trade in Services (GATS), 1994

10. Service Sector :- Scope, Steps, Categories, Incentives by FIEO

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

68

Page 78:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

2. SERVICE SECTOR: POLICIES & PROGRAMMES SUPPORT MECHANISM

- DR.BHAGWAN PRASAD*

Although promotional measures for SSI were initiated in mid fiftees, the emergence of service sector cropped up and was linked with the Tiny sector. The concept of tiny sector was introduced in the Sixth plan for SSI when, based in the data of the First Census of SSI, it was found that 91% of SSI units had an investment of less than Rs.One lakh in plant and machinery. Subsequently, industry related services were included in the tiny sector (Table –I). With the upward definition of tiny sector to Rs.25 lakh, the upward limit of service type of enterprises was raised to Rs.10 lakh. Thus a new sub-sector in the tiny sector emerged, known as Small Scale Service and Business Enterprises (SSSBE). Since then, it has been the contention of the author to enlarge the scope of SSI and term it as SSE.

Agrarian economies throughout the world have been feeling the strain on agricultural sector largely because of population explosion and secondly due to limited land available for Agriculture sector. In the process of development, developing economies have been rightly initiating the process of industrialization. Phase one, if one could term it that way, comprises of a phenomenon where the share of industrial sector as a percentage of GDP goes up. However, one significant trend in phase two implies the relative share of service sector going up. This is obvious as the growth of economy warrants support of a host of services for primary as well as secondary sectors. In fact instances are not lacking where the share of agriculture is almost nil some economies have found it more effective to concentrate on secondary and tertiary sectors one. (Table-1)

* Formerly: Principal Director, ni-msme, Hyderabad. Currently: Visiting Faculty, University of Hyderabad.. Also Founder Director and President, Association for small Enterprises & Rural Technology (ASSERT).

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

69

Page 79:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

TABLE - IGDP - % DISTRIBUTION

Agriculture Industry Services 1965 2007 1965 2007 1965 2007

India 47 17 22 27 31 56

China 39 12 38 49 23 39

Bangladesh 53 22 11 26 36 52

Japan 09 02 43 27 48 71

Singapore - - 0 - 29 71

UK 03 01 46 26 51 73

USA 03 01 38 21 59 79

It is in the fitness of things that the MSME Act, 2006 for the first time has recognized the role of Service sector and has included service sector as an integral part of MSMEs. However, the upper investment limit has been kept lower compared to manufacturing sector in each of the micro, small enterprises, the assumption being that their requirements would be less compared to the manufacturing sector. Thus the upper investment limit for micro enterprises is Rs.10 lakh compared to Rs.25 lakh for manufacturing sector, Rs.10 lakh to Rs.2 crore compared to Rs.2-5 crore for manufacturing sector in the Small Scale Sector and Rs.2-5 crore for medium enterprises compared to Rs.5-10 Crore for medium enterprises for manufacturing sector.

It may not be out of place to consider the findings of IIIrd census of SSI to enable development agencies to decide the approach to be adopted for promoting service type of Enterprises. The Third census reveals that 89% of enterprises have an investment of less than Rs.2 lakh, another 5% have an investment in the range of Rs.2 to Rs.5 lakh, another 3% in the range of Rs.5 to Rs.10 lakh and another 2% in the investment range of Rs.10-20 lakh, and only 1% have an investment of Rs.20 lakh and above. (Table – 2). Thus 99% of SSI enterprises fell in the category of the then Tiny sector. It is, therefore, obvious that if development organizations have to orientate themselves to the promotion of service sector, concentration has to be on hitherto known as tiny sector and currently renamed as micro sector. Promotional organizations would have to devise a mechanism where they have necessary

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

70

Page 80:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

expertise on service sector. An attempt therefore has been made to highlight the role of organizations at National, State and District levels vis-à-vis the service sector

I. NATIONAL LEVEL :A) DC (MSME) : Since the office of the DC (MSME) formulates the policies and programmes, a senior officer could be assigned to evolve ways and means to accelerate the growth of services sector and suggest in consultation with states, steps to accelerate the process of developing enterprises in the services sector. It could also identify the nodal agency at State level which could develop expertise in the field of services sector. The State agency could, in the light of the direction of development ot the state concerned formulate a service enterprises oriented action plan.

B) National Small Industries Corporation : It has been the sole agency for Government purchase programme as well as for promoting exports through SSIs. It could promote such of the enterprises which market products and services. Further, it could network with the nodal agency at the State level to promote marketing enterprises at the state level as well as the district level.

C) Small Industries Development Bank of India : As the main agency for the refinancing of SSIs, it could, with the help of State Financial Corporation, strengthen the process of promoting Financial enterprises.

D) NI-MSME, NIES BUD & EDII : Training of Personnel With the emergence of services sector, the growing need for personnel to be trained for promoting service type of enterprises would be a specialized job. Training institutions at national level could form a realistic Training module which could be used by training institutions at state and district levels. These institutions could also dwell upon as to what type of information need to be documented which could be used by prospective entrepreneurs. Further, EDPs could be specially organized for the service sector.

II. STATE LEVEL

A) Office of Industries Commissionerate : This could act as a nodal agency for Service sector as a whole.

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

71

Page 81:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

B) State Small Scale Industrial Development Corporation could specifically promote Marketing Services and Marketing Entrepreneurs and derive strength from NSIC.

C) State Financial Corporations or a leading Banking Organization could accept the assignment of promoting Financial Services.

III DISTRICT LEVELA) District industries centre (DICs) : It may not be out of place to mention the origin of DICs. It was in the midst of Sixth plan that it was visualized that an agency should be set up at district level which would meet all the requirements of prospective as well as existing entrepreneurs. This implied that on one hand the agency would have necessary expertise (project formulation etc.) and on the other would be armed with necessary powers so that various types of sanctions could be granted to an entrepreneur at the district rather than making an entrepreneur shuttle from his place to state headquarters. In order to achieve the same, the head of this agency known as General Manager would be sufficiently senior so that necessary powers could be delegated to him. It must be mentioned to the credit of SIET faculty (later on known as NISIET and now as NIMSME) that they were not only instrumental in spelling out the structure of DICs in the Sixth plan but were instrumental in organizing a series of training programme for General Managers but also for functional Managers. Over the period, DICs have undergone changes varying from one state to another. Yet this being the sole agency at the grass roots level, its importance cannot be undermined. It is with this background that it can be suggested that there could be a Functional Manager in a DIC who could be wholly responsible for promoting entrepreneurship for services sector. The Functional Manager could also document potential for various services in the district

B) District Rural Development Agency: The DRDA, which is basically concerned with the schemes for the Rural poor, could identify avocations in the services sector. In fact, when TRYSEM was introduced, it covered Industry, Services and Business (ISB). With the growing focus on rural industrialization, services sector could be given a greater push if expertise for this sector can be developed in this agency. Also with rural-urban areas which could imply strengthening of service type of enterprises. in rural areas.(the author had stressed this point as Director (RIE) at NIRD which was based on the finding of study of Humnabad Block).

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

72

Page 82:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

To sum up the task of promoting entrepreneurship in the Service sector is an enormous one and nodal agency (ies) can identify specialized agencies to cover various fields of Health, education, insurance, recreation, transport, tourism, event management etc. And EDP could be conducted for promoting Entrepreneurship in specific segments of services sectors (Annexure I).

1) The author was associated with the formulation of sixth plan for Small Industry. Figures for developing the concept of Tiny sector were worked out based on data of the Ist census of SSI.

Also refer to author's article on “Writer Tiny Sector”, published in the Economic Times, dated, May 7,1993.

The Author advocated the concept of Micro Sector, having an investment of thless than Rs. 5 lakh (Economic Times, February 28 , 1998)

2) Refer to author's article on “Institutional Infrastructure for Service Sector”. Science Tech Entrepreneur, May – June, 1999.

3) The concept of District Industries Centres was developed in the Sixth Plan. The author not only was instrumental in drafting its role but also formulated training programmes for General Managers and Functional Managers in association with the faculty.

TABLE – IIrd3 CENSUS OF SS UNITS

Original Value Employment of No. Of. Units P & M Slabs (In Lakhs) (%) (%)

< 2 89 64

2 – 5 05 10

5 – 25 05 14

25 – 100 01 09

100 above 0.2 03

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

73

Page 83:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

74

ANNEXURE – 1

TINY SECTOR – SERVICES: INDICATIVE LIST

- ADVERTISING - MARKETING CONSULTANCY - INDUSTRIAL CONSULTANCY - EQUIPMENT RENTAL & LEASING - STENOGRAPHY, ZEROXING - COMMERCIAL PHOTOGRAPHY - R & D LABS, TESTING - DATA BASE FOR FOREIGN & INDIAN MARKETS - COMPUTERISED DESIGN, SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT - AUTO REPAIR - DOCUMENTARY FILMS

EXTENDED LIST

- MARKETING

- FINANCIAL SERVICES

- HEALTH

- EDUCATION

- INSURANCE

- RECREATIONS

- CONSULTANCY

- TRANSPORT

- TOURISM

- KNOWLEDGE BASED

- RETAILING

- TRADEFAIRS

- EXHIBITIONS

- AIR TRAVEL AGENTS

- BEAUTY PARLOURS

- BROADCASTING SERVICES

Page 84:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

- CABLE OPERATORS

- COMMERCIAL COACHING & TRAINING

- SERVICES

- CONVENTION SERVICE

- COURIERS

- CREDIT RATING AGENCIES

- DRY CLEANERS

- FAX SERVICES

- FASHION DESIGNERS

- HEALTH CLUBS & FITNESS CENTERS

- INTERNET CAFÉ

- MAINTENANCE OR REPAIR SERVICES

- MAN POWER RECRUITMENT AGENCIES

- MANDAP KEEPERS

- PHOTOGRAPHY SERVICES

- PRVATE SECURITY AGENCIES

- REAL ESTATE AGENTS

- RENT – A CAB OPERATORS

- SOUND RECORDING SERVICES

- STOCK BROKERS

- TOUR OPERATORS

- VIDEO TAPE PRODUCTION SERVICES

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

75

Page 85:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the
Page 86:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

3. PROMOTION OF RURAL SERVICE ENTERPRISES

R.S. Singh*

Introduction As is the experience with the developing economies, the share of the primary sector i.e. the agriculture sector in the GDP of India which was about 55% in 70's has slipped to 18% in the year 2007-08 with the secondary and tertiary sectors forging ahead. As the Country is gradually getting industrialized and the economy is getting increasingly industrialized and service oriented, the share of agriculture sector is set to climb down. The economies of most of the developed countries in the World have emerged as industrialised and service economies and Indian Economy is following the same trend.

2. The share of various Sectors in the GDP and growth rates are given in the following table:

Share and sectoral growth rates of real GDP

Sectors 2004-05 2005-06 2006-07

Agriculture & Allied 20.8 (-) 19.9 (6.0) 18.5 (2.7)

Industry 26.0 (9.8) 26.1 (9.6) 26.4 (12.3)

Services 53.2 (9.6) 54.0 (9.8) 55.1 (11.0)

Note: Figures in brackets indicate the growth rates

This shows that apart from the shares in the GDP, the growth rates in the secondary and tertiary sectors of the economy are comparatively higher and services sector is fast emerging as the driver of growth. During the period 2002-07, the share of agriculture and allied activities declined by 3.4 percentage point, with industry and services sectors surging ahead.

The paradox is that although the share of agriculture in the GDP is on decline, the percentage of population dependent on agriculture continues to be high at about 65%. With almost a stagnant share in the work force depending on agriculture and allied activities, the declining share of agriculture sector in GDP is a ______________________________________________________________* Assistant General Manager, DPD-NFS, NABARD (H.O), Mumbai

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

77

Page 87:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

pointer to the growing disequilibrium in the economy. There is pressure on land and pressure on agriculture. The size of holdings is continuously diminishing and the number of marginal farmers and landless labourers is continuously rising. Against the scenario of limited agricultural resources catering to a disproportionately high population depending on it, the sector is marked by unemployment, under-employment and disguised employment. The solution lies in siphoning of labour from agriculture to the secondary and tertiary sectors. Non-farm sector comprising the industry and services sectors therefore, provides the alternative route for absorbing the surplus work force.

In view of the importance of the non-farm sector, NABARD as the premier agency with a mandate for rural development has recognized the rural non-farm sector as a thrust area. NABARD has been extending enormous amount of credit support by way of refinance as well as promotional support for development of the rural non-farm sector.

With the emergence of the services sector as a predominant sector, the non-farm sector has been broad-based to include all activities in rural areas or benefiting the rural areas that are income generating and/or employment generating as constituting the rural non-farm sector. Illustratively, the following sectors, most of them being in the nature of services activities are recognized as non-farm sector activities eligible for credit by the financing institutions:

Sectors Activities

Educational services Educational Institutions such as schools, colleges set up privately. Educational loan to students

Health services Hospitals / clinics Healthcare Units (both human / animals) Mobile hospital vans with necessary equipments, para-health services etc.

Construction sector Building material supply

Marketing Shops marketing outlets

Tourism services Theaters, eco-tourism, fairs/ exhibitions

Vehicles/ transport services Tow wheeler/ 3 wheeler/ 4 wheelers

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

78

Page 88:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

Information technology All activities providing information & technology to the users

Infrastructures Rural Industrial estates, Growth Centres, Communication Networks, Providing safe drinking water

Housing Construction of houses

In the Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises Development (MSMED) Act, 2006 the classifications of service sector enterprises have been separately made with a view to removing the blurring of boundaries between 'industries' and 'services' sectors. The classifications are as under:

In case of enterprises engaged in manufacturing or production of goods pertaining to any industry:

(i) a micro-enterprise is one where the investments in plant and machinery does not exceed Rs 25 lakh

(ii) a small enterprise is one where the investment in plant and machinery is more than Rs 25 lakh but does not exceed Rs 500 lakh

(iii) a medium enterprise is one where the investment in plant and machinery is more than Rs 500 lakh but does not exceed Rs 1000 lakh.

In case of enterprises engaged in providing or rendering Services:

(i) a micro-enterprise is one where the investments in equipments does not exceed Rs 10 lakh

(ii) a small enterprise is one where the investment in equipments is more than Rs 10 lakh but does not exceed Rs 200 lakh

(iii) a medium enterprise is one where the investment in equipments is more than Rs 200 lakh but does not exceed Rs 500 lakh.

The promotion of the services sector, especially in the rural areas has to be examined through two critical lenses; one credit related and the other, in regard to the support measures. The promoters of the service enterprises have generally a weak capital base and as such, do not have easy access to capital market nor can they raise substantial equity. Therefore, assured flow of timely credit at reasonable cost is a primary requisite.

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

79

Page 89:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

While emphasizing the importance of easy access to need based credit, there is a need to provide credit plus services which would comprise:

Development of entrepreneurial qualities, Transfer of technology Provision of infrastructure Dissemination of market information Provision of infrastructure, etc.

Alongside the credit which is crucial for any enterprise, the importance of non-finance inputs can hardly be over-emphasized. We invite the attention of all concerned to such issues, especially in regard to the services sector in the rural context.The rural service sector is a large spectrum. Illustratively, it will comprise:

Agriculture and animal husbandry related extension services Exposure to new technology Repairs and maintenance of agricultural implements Extension of rural health care/ hygiene services, beauty parlour, fashion

designs etc. Provision of construction services, cost effective building materials Extension of drinking water, sanitation, water harvesting Maintenance of environment and eco-system Provision of hospitality, rural tourism, etc. Provision of transport services Extension of marketing services like organizing village melas, exhibitions,

fairs etc., administration of village service infrastructure

Entrepreneurship and Skill Up-gradation Success of any enterprise crucially hinges on the Entrepreneur. Creation of entrepreneurship with right attitude, aptitude, and entrepreneurial traits is important. NABARD extends grant support to the resource NGOs / specialised institutions to conduct entrepreneurship development programmes ( EDPs) for the rural youth. A few examples of such programmes seem relevant:

(a) EDPs/skill development programmes are conducted for repair of pumpsets, tractors. These programmes are conducted through ITIs, poly-technique and engineering colleges in many places. In several of these programmes, the auto-manufacturing companies extend their faculty and resources support. After the training, most of the trainees either get employment in the auto-service outlets of the auto manufactures or set up their own units.

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

80

Page 90:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

(b) Under the agri-business and agri clinic scheme being implemented by the Govt of India which is facilitated by NABARD, extensive training and entrepreneurship inputs are given to the agriculture graduates who extend agri-input and extension services in the rural areas. Custom hiring of agricultural implements, supply of seeds, fertilizers, pesticides , extension of artificial insemination (AI) facilities for development of better breed , veterinary facilities, etc. are the services required by the rural sector which the ABAC scheme can cater to by way of private participation.

Exposure to new Technologies The farmers have to have exposure to the new technologies for adopting the same for higher productivity of their resources. Farmers Clubs are being organized in the rural areas in increasing numbers to act as a bridge for acquisition of knowledge and technological inputs. The programme for capacity building for adoption of technology (CAT) for farmers being organized under the auspices of the farmers club has proved to be an effective tool for augmenting rural services, especially for the farmers. NABARD extends sizable amount of grant assistance every year to the farmers clubs for technology up-gradation.

Common service centre ( CSC) scheme / village knowledge centre The GOI is implementing the common service centre scheme, in pursuance of the recommendations of the National Knowledge Commission to set up 1,00,000 Village Knowledge Centres (VKC) to cover all the 6,00,000 villages in the Country. These knowledge centres will provide information to the farmers on the agricultural practices, climate conditions, cost of inputs and prices of commodities in the markets etc. This ambitious scheme will be immense help to the farming communities. A number of educated rural youth will emerge as entrepreneurs for setting up the VKCs and providing services to the farming communities. NABARD has been extending promotional support for the conduct of such entrepreneurship development programmes in Jharkhand, UP, MP, etc.

Development of software / setting up of touch screen kiosksWith a view to bringing the technology near to the doorstep of the farmers and put the information within easy reach of the farming community, there is a need for evolving dedicated software and setting up of kiosks at convenient locations. The enterprising farmers also need guidance for formulation of agri-based schemes which could be passed to the banks for credit support. NABARD has assisted a few professional agencies (Vanarai Trust in Pune) to develop dedicated software and set up touch screen kiosks (Pasighat in Arunachal Pradesh) which will go a long way

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

81

Page 91:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

in providing knowledge services to the farmers. Once successful, these innovations could be replicated for pan-India adoption.

Fashion design / beauty care With economic prosperity striking the rural hinterland, the rural population is getting increasingly concerned about health care , fashion designs, etc. Experience has it that entrepreneurship in beauty care / establishing beauty parlours is a much demanded service in the country side. Expansion is where the demand is. These services need to be facilitated.

Construction ServicesConstruction of houses is a thriving activity not in the cities and urban areas alone, but in rural areas also. Demand for masons, plumbers, electricians, brick layers etc. is enormous. Skill development training on such construction services will help in income generation capacity of the rural youth, who with such acquired skills can also head for urban centers for better incomes. Increasingly, a number of construction companies are getting themselves associated with such skill development training, not with the consideration of charity or philanthropy, but on account of the fact that, it makes a tremendous business sense.

Low cost building technology is the need of the hour

There are low cost technologies using eco-friendly materials. NIRD, Hyderabad has developed as many as 17 different technology models and displayed the same in its Technology Park. These should be seen, examined and adopted. When less costly, more efficient and environment friendly technology is available, why to load the house-seekers with heavy burden of loans ? Such knowledge and services should be available in the rural areas.

Use of non-conventional energy is another plank. Solar Home lighting with LED ( light emitting diodes) which is not costly can be introduced with advantage and economy in the rural areas. NABARD has extended support to a few agencies for propagation of solar energy home lighting systems.

There is need for Rural Building Material Centres at nearby towns. NABARD has extended grant support to a few NGOs to give a try. The rural building material centres will help not only make available the necessary building materials but also pushing the technology for adoption.

Health care services Need for health care, especially in the rural areas can hardly be exaggerated. It has therefore, been rightly stipulated that the doctors during the course of their

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

82

Page 92:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

service, must have a rural stint for a definite number of years. Paucity of health care facilities in rural areas is a common matter. The rural populace is prepared to pay for the health services, if timely and quality services could be extended. The entry of private sector in rural health care is emerging. These efforts need patronage and financial support. Even venture funding for such enterprises is the need of the hour. A premier rural micro-venture capital fund ( Aavishkaar Microfinance Venture Capital Fund) has extended venture capital support to “Vatsalya”, a rural health service provider entity which has set out on a mission to extend quality health services in the country side by opening 20 bed hospitals in rural areas. Such initiatives need encouragement and support.

Growth of Rural Tourism / eco-tourism Rural tourism is catching up. In Kerala, Sikkim, north eastern states, West Bengal and Chatisgarh, a number of rural tourism clusters have emerged. There is a need for service providers impinging on various facets of rural tourism, particularly providing home stay facilities, extending bed and breakfast services, sight seeing and tour guides, trekking, catering, providing local cuisine, organizing local cultural shows and folk dances etc. Clusters on eco-tourism/ rural tourism are being formed in various States. Such services need to be given support.

Extension of marketing services Marketing is a big challenge, especially in agriculture sector in view of the sensitivity of the agri products and their perishable nature. How the farmers are denied of fair prices for their farm produce with the middleman calling the shots is a common phenomenon. Provision of marketing services, right from aggregating, storing, price discovery, effective marketing and realization of price so that the producers and consumers in the rural areas do not fall prey to the unhealthy practices are the need of the hour. Managing, regulating the rural haats, organizing sale events, holding of fairs and exhibitions have to be on the Agenda of the PRIs, and the NGOs. These organizations have to be sensitized about their role on the matter.

Efforts towards Value Addition Innovations for capacity building of rural migrants – Rajasthan experiment The migration of rural population to the urban areas is a difficult task to check. A unique experiment is being successfully conducted by an NGO in Rajasthan which involves (i) preparing an inventory and profile of the jobs and job seekers in the particular block / district (ii) arranging skill training in such jobs for

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

83

Page 93:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

the job-seekers and (iii) ensuring that such trained job seekers are engaged in such jobs. Such initiatives directed towards providing services to the migrant rural youth are innovative mechanisms which need to be encouraged.

Certification Many professional institutions and resource NGOs are imparting skill and entrepreneurship training for the rural youth. There is a need for quality standardization and certification of these courses. The Rural Development & Self Employment Institutions (RUDSETIs) could take a lead in this direction to standardize the programmes and award necessary certification which should be recognized by the concerned industry.

Extending venture support The rural sector / rural enterprises are prone to many a risk. Therefore, there is a need for venture support mechanism , especially for highly profitable but risky rural ventures. Unfortunately, such venture capital funds for promoting rural micro enterprises / ventures are either non-starters or few in number. There is a need for such support mechanism.

Incubation support The rural service enterprises need incubation support, at least in the initial phases to get rid of the teething problems and infrastructural bottlenecks. The institutes which are extending mentoring services to such enterprises / entrepreneurs could also extend incubation services. As for example, the RUDSETIs, ITIs, DICs could provide such facilities so that the start-up of rural enterprises can economise on their cost. After the incubation phase is over, the individual enterprises can have their own regular support infrastructure.

Provision of social security The rural service enterprises which are mostly tiny and in the unorganized sector need to be extended social security by way of life insurance coverage to the entrepreneurs, since these enterprises are mostly single entrepreneur-run units.

Conclusion Financial support is the most critical input for any enterprise to come up and sustain and this is far more critical for rural service sector. This paper has not dwelt on the financial aspects. Efforts have been made in this paper to underscore the role of supportive measures for growth and sustenance of rural service enterprises.

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

84

Page 94:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

4. Business Trends in IT / ITeS Industries in India

India as an emerging market offers a large pool of IT savvy resources. IDC India and NASSCOM predict that Indian Domestic IT/ITeS industry will grow from 99,254 INR crores in 2008 to 2,06,398 INR crores in 2013 which constitutes 39% of total revenue. The IT/ITeS Exports Revenue constitutes remaining 61% of revenue share by 2013.

As of today, in India IT/ITeS industries are highly localized and clustered in seven Indian cities. These places include Bangalore, Hyderabad. Chennai, Gurgaon/Noida/New Delhi, Kolkata, Mumbai and Pune. Due to infrastructure limitations and scarcity of land the geographical spread is gradually expanding to cover Ahmedabad, Bhubaneshwar, Chandigarh, Coimbatore, Jaipur, Kochi, Madurai, Mangalore, Mysore and Trivandrum. It is estimated that over 80% of IT units in India are SMEs and they constitute only 30% of the entire IT exports from India. Access to high quality education has created a growing pool of resources. Further economic liberalization and initiatives at central and state levels to improve the case of doing businesses have catalyzed Entrepreneurship. The spread of e-governance and improvement in infrastructural capabilities has resulted in significant growth in entrepreneurial activities.

The IT/ITeS industry has a major impact on the labor market in India. It is estimated that nearly 8 to 10 million employees directly or indirectly support the IT/ITeS industry in India. In contrast to this, India saw the highest attrition rate of 23% in first quarter of 2010-2011 in IT industry. Some of the challenges faced by mid-sized companies in current market scenario include competition from low cost countries, growing attrition rates along with employability issues, increasing cost of operations, high client concentration to deliver services (52%), higher cost of acquiring new clients and changes in structure of demand. Alternative means of adopting new technology that incurs lesser cost is rampant. With this cloud computing once again plays an important role. However this is with reference to mid-tier companies.

The larger companies do rely on clients, but the extent of client concentration is lower and is about 28% (PwC, 2011). Migrating legacy systems and transformations

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

85

Page 95:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

86

reflecting changes in processes are of very high priority to them. With the advent of entrepreneurs, competition increases as innovations increase. This has created way for incubation centers and venture capital creation to help emerging businesses get the funds required and collaborate with them to gain first-mover advantage in local and global market.

Source : Ms. Suma Reddy | February 6, 2012 | Technology Trends

Page 96:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

87

5. IT & ITeS Industry in India

Introduction The information technology (IT) and information technology enabled services (ITeS) industry has been one of the key driving forces fuelling India's economic growth. India is one of the fastest-growing IT services markets in the world, with three-quarters of large Indian enterprises planning to increase IT spending in 2013, with an average IT budget of US$ 12.2 million, according to a survey by Gartner.

The Indian IT-business process outsourcing (BPO) sector including the domestic and exports segments continue to grow from strength to strength, witnessing high levels of activity both onshore as well as offshore. The companies continue to move up the value-chain to offer higher end research and analytics services to their clients. India's leadership position in the global IT and BPO industries are based primarily on the following advantages.

Market Size The Indian IT and ITeS industry has continued to perform its role as the most consistent growth driver for the economy. Service, software exports and BPO remain the mainstay of the sector. Over the last five years, the IT and ITeS industry has grown at a remarkable pace. A majority of the Fortune 500 and Global 2000 corporations are sourcing IT and ITeS from India and it is the premier destination for the global sourcing of IT and ITeS accounting for 55 per cent of the global market in offshore IT services and garnering 35 per cent of the ITeS/BPO market.

India's IT and BPO sector exports are expected to grow by 12-14 per cent in FY 14 to touch US$ 84 billion - US$ 87 billion, according to Nasscom. The Indian IT infrastructure market is projected to grow by 9.7 per cent y-o-y to reach US$ 2.1 billion in 2013. Nasscom has created a separate unit to drive its newfound enthusiasm for software products, and has set a target of US$ 10 billion in revenues from software products by 2020.

Investments EMC Corporation's investment in India is expected to reach US$ 1.5 billion by 2014. The company started its journey in India with a modest investment of US$ 100 million in 2005.

Page 97:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

Some of the major investments in the sector are as follows : D-Link plans to set up a testing lab in India in the second half of this year to

ensure better localisation, said Mr A P Chen, Chairman, D-Link Hexaware Technologies has set up an onshore delivery centre in Texas, US. The

centre is its third onshore delivery centre in the US

NIIT Technologies has won a multi-year contract from the Airports Authority of India (AAI) worth Rs 344 crore (US$ 61.84 million) for the implementation of Airport Operations Control Centres (AOCC)

The Software Technology Parks of India (STPI) plans to set up a data centre in Hyderabad. The centre will address the storage and cloud needs of small and medium enterprises (SME)

Wipro has signed an agreement to acquire a minority stake in Opera Solutions, a global big data and analytics company, for about US$ 30 million

Government Initiatives FDI up to 100 per cent under the automatic route in allowed in Data processing, software development and computer consultancy services; Software supply services; Business and management consultancy services, Market Research Services, Technical testing & Analysis services.

The Government of India's move to do away with the mandatory requirement of 10 hectares of minimum land area for setting up an IT and ITeS special economic zones (SEZ) is expected to provide a major boost to the real estate and IT sector.

Some of the najor initiatives taken by the Government to promote IT and ITeS sector in India are :

The Government of West Bengal plans to spend Rs 41 crore (US$ 7.37 million) to roll out citizen-centric services electronically across 19 districts including Kolkata

Kerala has set an ambitious target of becoming a cent per cent digital state in governance, said Mr P K Kunhalikutty, Minister for Industries and Information Technology, Government of Kerala. The State has around 600 small, medium and large IT firms employing over 80,000 professionals directly and nearly three times the number indirectly

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

88

Page 98:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

The Cabinet has recently approved the National Policy on Information Technology 2012. The Policy aims to increase revenues of IT and ITeS industry from US$ 100 billion to US$ 300 billion by 2020 and expand exports from US$ 69 billion to US$ 200 billion by 2020

The Government of India plans to set up 15 new laboratories for testing hardware and software products under public-private partnership (PPP) model

The Ministry of Finance has issued a circular to chairman of public sector banks and regional rural banks, that all payments to customers, staff, vendors and suppliers as well as disbursement of loans and payments towards investments should be made only through the electronic mode

Road Ahead Globalisation has a profound impact in shaping the Indian IT industry over the years with India capturing a sizeable chunk of the global market for technology sourcing and business services. Over the years the growth drivers for this sector have been the verticals of manufacturing, telecommunication, insurance, banking, finance and of late the fledgling retail revolution. As the new scenario unfolds it is getting clear that the future growth of IT and ITeS will be fuelled by the verticals of climate change, mobile applications, healthcare, energy efficiency and sustainable energy. Traditional business strongholds would make way for new geographies, there would be new customers and more and more of SMEs will go for IT application and services.

Demand from emerging countries is expected to show strong growth going forward. Tax holidays are also extended to IT sector for STPI and SEZs. Further, the country is providing procedural ease and single window clearance for settign up facilities.

Growth in offshoring is expected to outclass the growth in overall IT spend across the various verticals. Offshoring as a per cent of total spend is also expected to rise across the various verticals. India has the opportunity to tap the growing offshoring market with its cost advantage, expertise and huge talent pool.

Exchange Rate Used : INR 1 = US$ 0.018 as on May 24, 2013

References : Media Reports, Press Releases, Department of Industrial Policy and Promotion (DIPP) statistics, Department of Information and Technology

Source : IBEF : May 2013

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

89

Page 99:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the
Page 100:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

6. IT ENABLED SERVICES IN POWER DISTRIBUTIONSM. V. S. Birinchi *

Power distribution systems have grown in size and complexity in the last two decades. The consumer base has more than doubled since 1990s. With increase in the volume of workload, the technologies also should change. Continuance with conventional manual systems are going to prove a luxury in terms of cost apart from resulting in consumer dissatisfaction at the quality of service rendered.

This is the right time to start 'distribution automation”, starting with metros and rolling it out gradually to towns and villages. A clear road map towards achieving distribution automation is to be laid down with no further delay and its implementation started forthwith.

The automation system can be designed using the available technology in computer systems, control systems and metering systems and dovetailing the same into the existing power systems. All the tools required such as computers, remote terminal units (RTUs), breakers, switched capacitor banks, OLTCs of transformers, auto reclosures, sectionalisers, AMR systems and communication systems are available.

An integrated distribution automation system enables the utilities to have real time control over the costly energy sold. The improved efficiency results in lower costs, better reliability in power supply, planned control actions, optimum power factor and reduction in losses. It enables online energy audit (AMR Systems), which is now receiving the focused attention of all utilities.

An integrated distribution control system is mainly comprised of systems necessary for data acquisition, voltage & reactive power controls, system reconfiguration & load control. The components used for these are primarily distribution remote terminal units, pole top units and distribution control receivers.

AP Experimental Projects - SCADAIn 1992, a completely indigenous micro-processor based su-station supervisory system called INSYST 33 was commissioned at Indira Park, Greenlands and______________________________________________________________* Dr M V S Birinchi, Formerly Director / Tech of AP TRANSCO is presently Advisor & Head, Power & Energy Division, Gachibowli, Engineering Staff College of India, Hyderabad – 500 032. Tel Ph No.040-23000465 / 466, Fax No.040-23000336, E-mail : [email protected]

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

91

Page 101:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

Kalyannagar Substations where RTUs were erected. The interfacing work with CTs, PTs and auxiliary switches of circuit breakers, etc was done by the Master Plan Circle. The RTU was rigged up by a team of Engineers of BHEL (R&D) and Master Plan Circle, who had worked hand in hand to put the precept into practice. Remote acquisition of data and remote control of the substations from the Vidyut Soudha were achieved. It was then decided to draw up a scheme for comprehensive supervisory control and data acquisition (SCADA) covering 120 nos substations in and around Hyderabad and to control all of them from a Host Station. The scheme was implemented and has been in operation for the last eight years.

This scheme provides for real time monitoring of operating parameters of Amps, MW, MVAR, PF, Frequency, Voltages, etc at all points of the substation, status of circuit breakers, remote operation of circuit breakers and archiving of historical data, audio alarm and annunciation for limit violations and breaker tripping, recording of sequence of events, recording of maxima and minima of operating parameters with time of occurrence, cumulative energy fed, etc. This is now integrated with the computerised trouble call system, which receives all fuse off calls in twin cities.

This distribution automation system (DAS) aims at achieving

- Control of DTRs, HT services and individual loads apart from 11KV feeders.

- Operation of lines sectionalisers, motorized isolators, auto Reclosures

- Data acquisition from load end CTs and PTs

- Operation of CBs for switched capacitors banks

- Use of customized EMS software packages with real time data collected through RTUs

- Issue, control and receiving back of line clears, introduce interlock and safety algorithm, password protected operating environment.

- Real time logging of data / archived records of hours of service.

- Equipment data base

- Integration with Automated Mapping (AM) and Geographical Information System (GIS) Software packages

- Integration with Distribution system engineering software for network planning

The other functions achievable through distribution automation are:Network- Distribution Transformer control

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

92

Page 102:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

- Monitoring and Control of LV breakers- Trouble call management

Consumer Interface- Load monitoring and control- Voltage monitoring- Metering and Billing through AMR- Immediate detection of attempts for meter tampering- DSM objectives (Individual pump control or group of pumps or DTRs)- Monitoring of captive generation when synchronized with system network

A distribution automation system is basically comprised of a distribution control center (DCC), devices to be monitored / controlled like sub-stations, switching capacitors banks, line equipment and a reliable communication system that forms the backbone for successful operation.

Distribution Control Centre (DCC)

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

93

Modem Modem

Communication Interface

Data Acquisition Tele Control System

Long Term

Data Storage

Computer Hardware and Software

Operation and Supervision

Disc

Storage

Mimic

Board

Alphanumeri

c VDU

System

Console

Page 103:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

The distribution control centre consists of computer system with software for data acquisition and applications, storage media for storing the data, visual display units (VDUs) for displaying the data to the operators and to issue control commands and communication interfaces.

Communication OptionsThe communication options for achieving Distribution Automation are:- Radio (UHF)

- DLCC uses the power lines for transmission of data (where commercially available)

- Optic Fibre

- Public switched telephone network and paging services for auto dial-up schemes (where wide coverage is available)

One-way VHF radio can be used for load control because low cost load control switches are available for this technology. VHF radio switches can also be used for capacitor control on the distribution network, in lieu of more expensive RTUs with remote MARS radios, if monitoring is not essential at the capacitor banks.

Communication Selected for Hyderabad SCADA The Radio Technology based communication system is chosen for Hyderabad SCADA project. In this a TDM / TDMA System operating in 2 GHz band is chosen as the primary communication. The Central Station for this system is located at the DCC, which has 60 trunks of 64 Kbps capacity to provide high quality Data and Voice Communication. Connectivity from the DCC is provided by this system up to the EHV sub-stations which are nodal points of the Power System by installing TDMA outstations. Two TDMA Repeaters are also provided to overcome line of sight problems and to ensure better coverage. At the 33/11 KV substations MAR remotes are installed. These are connected to EHV substation by co-locating MARs Master Stations at nodal points and by connecting them back to back to TDMA outstations. MAR remotes at 33/11KV substations or at any field locations will be polled by the MARs Master Station. Thus data acquisition / sending control commands to the controlled equipment is ensured in this project.

Sub-Station Telemetry Equipment RTU are to be provided in each of the sub-stations for the acquisition of substation data parameters and transmitting them to the control centre. The RTUs

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

94

Page 104:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

will be rugged, intelligent and microprocessor based. All activities including I/O data processing and communication will be done using the micro processors. A typical RTU is a self-contained unit with CPU, RAM, EEPROM, RS 232 communication ports, power supply, protective circuitry, analogue and digital I/O channels with signal conditioning. The I/O modules will be selectable to achieve the quantity and mix of I/O needs for each substation. The RTU gives priority to tele commands from the control centre over its data acquisition tasks and, at the same time, ensures that the background scan of all the events at the controlled sub-stations are carried out and no event is lost. A typical schematic RTU is given below.

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

95

Real Time Clock

A/D Converte

EEPROM Memory

Program PROM

Data

R

&

Interface Card (Rs.232)

Central Processor

Modem Communication

equipment

Analog I/O

Digital

Interface Module

CircuitBreaker

RTU at sub-stations The functional capabilities of the DAS (Distribution Automation System) for distribution operation are:

Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA)

Historical Accounting and Reporting

Load Control of HT consumers

Automatic Meter Reading

Feeder SCADA including fault localization, restorations of supply and load balancing

Integrated volt/VAR control

Automatic Mapping and Facilities Management

Trouble Call Management System

D

Page 105:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

Pole – Top RTUs Functions in the field are performed through pole top RTUs. They are similar in functionality to the RTUs except that their I/O handling capacity is small. These are installed on distribution poles to control the equipment online, such as line AB switches, capacitor banks and voltage regulators, etc. To obtain information from pole top RTUs when needed, the operators shall be able to manually request the polling of any specific pole top RTU. It would be possible to issue polling requests for an RTU by selecting a cursor target from any display, tabular schematic, on which that RTU is displayed. Manual polling requests shall be processed on a higher priority than any periodic scan activities. Scanning of pole-top RTUs shall be distributed over time in order to minimize the impact on the faster substation scan.

Distribution Automation – Operational Methodology Voltage Control A pole top RTU with a MARS remote is installed at each voltage regulator / capacitor bank location and interfaced with it for getting input data of feeder voltage at the monitored point, reactive loading, current tap position of the voltage regulators, on/off status of the capacitor banks and to do switching operations of capacitors and voltage regulators.

The location and capacity of capacitors / voltage regulators shall be decided using an optimal strategy. The switching schedule of capacitor banks is to be obtained for minimal loss strategy while simultaneously satisfying the maximum /minimum voltage constraints on the feeder. A similar method is required for determining the voltage regulator taps also. Here, the regulator tap position is placed in maximum possible position as long as the voltage at the maximum affected node does not exceed maximum permissible voltage limit. The on / off switching commands for capacitor banks and raise / lower commands for voltage regulators shall be issued to pole top RTUs either through supervisory control automatically or through manual control by the operator. A feedback of the change in status due to control commands have to be obtained, and the results has to be displayed with any alarm / even messages as required.

Trouble Call Management System (TCMS) The outage of supply is reported by the consumers to a centralized Fuse Off Call Centre. The TCMS helps analyze the reasons for outage reported by the consumer and take remedial action to restorethe supply speedily using this function. For instance, when outage of supply is reported by a large number of consumers in one area, it may be probable to trace the reason to the blowing off of a sectional fuse of the distribution transformer. By maintaining database of consumers connected

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

96

Page 106:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

to each transformer or feeder, such an analysis could be made easily. By providing SCADA connectivity to fuse off call centres, the operator at DCC will be able to analyze the fault and send rectificationteams for speedy restoration. This function helps to reduce losses due to long interruptions and improve customer relations.

Integrated Customer Care Centres: Customer Care Centres can be networked with GIS, SCADA and Energy revenue offices for better customer service.

Conclusions

Implementation of Distribution Automation cannot be delayed anymore. Infact delay in automation may prove to be a luxury.

Substation Automation, 11KV feeder controls, LV System controls, AMR, DSM, Online Energy Audit can be achieved.

The cost towards Automation is generally recoverable in two to three years of pay back period.

Distribution networks provide an interface between the consumers and the utility and any amount of sophistication on the upstream side with a less efficient distribution system cannot provide satisfaction to the consumers.

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

97

Page 107:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the
Page 108:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

7. MULTIMEDIA DEVELOPING AS IMPORTANT SERVICE ENTERPRISE

Mr. Srinivas Goud*

Introduction The world of multimedia is a gold mine of career opportunities for those who have an aptitude for combining their creative talent with technological skills.

It is a world in which such creative people use text, graphics, animation, audio and video with computer interactivity to create new visual and virtual worlds. The work could be great fun so much so that you simply lose track of time while conjuring up those worlds on your PC. Multimedia tools span a wide spectrum from video and sound editing to special effects, virtual reality, animation, games and interactive multimedia programming.

Learning multimedia and working as a professional in this challenging field could be an enjoyable experience. But it requires hard work, ability to visualise and understand the concept of design logically, and implement it with a clear head. Above all else, prepared to persevere. The different areas where you could plan a career in multimedia are:

Publishing industry : Print media is one of the oldest areas of work and forms the biggest chunk of the Indian, Asian and global media market. And it is likely to remain dominant for years to come. However, publishing has acquired newer and broader dimensions now owing to networking. There are a number of Government and private institutions in India where one could learn the art of designing and handling printing technology, and digital print media.

Entertainment industry The boom in the IT industry, and the emergence of cable TV and convergent entertainment segments have made this a medium with a great deal of potential for growth and creativity, particularly taking the emerging international markets into consideration. Graphic designers, cameramen, sound recordists, compositors, games design specialists and animators are an integral part of this happening sector. ______________________________________________________________*CEO, Prism Multimedia, Ameerpet, Hyerabad-38.Since 1998 in to Multimedia Training, Development and Services.

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

99

Page 109:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

A number of Government and private institutions are offering training in media and mass communication. A beginner could easily earn up to Rs. 20,000 per month within two years, and sky is the limit if you can make the grade.

Interactive multimedia and web industry Talk of multimedia and it is often the Internet that springs to one's mind. Apart from the Internet, creation of interactive CDs has contributed significantly to the growth of the multimedia industry. Career opportunities are aplenty. There are plenty of institutions that provide training in web designing and engineering. But one must be cautious and choose an institute that has credibility in the industry, and that can assist you in finding a suitable job. A fresher in this area could earn approximately Rs. 7,000 per month and after a year or two it could go up to Rs. 15,000. An entrepreneur could earn much more.

Fashion and interior designing industry Fashion industry in India is supported by the Department of Textiles of the Government of India and also by various garment and textile organisations. Although there are a plethora of institutes that claim to be teaching fashion designing, one must choose an institution that is closely linked with the fashion industry. Experts in the field should be associated with the training. This is a lucrative career and a talented trainee could earn about Rs.15,000 per month.Interior designing :With the advent of design tools, interior designing has captured the imagination of one and all. Static 3-D, modelling of objects and scene designing through computer graphics have given a boost to this segment.

Animation industry : Animation is one of the fastest growing IT-enabled services in India. About 3,00,000 professionals are expected to be in this industry by end 2008. Animation application areas include entertainment (films and television), business (marketing demonstrations, product promotions), sales (presentations), education, tourism, publishing (graphics and printing), web design and virtual reality for simulation in defence, engineering, advertising (commercials and advertisements), interior and fashion designing. Visualisers, ink-and-paint artists, people specialising in special effects, character animators and modelling artists are some of the professionals required in this industry. The starting salary of an animator may be around Rs. 6,000 per month.

Special effects : Although special effects (SFX) may be part of other industries such as entertainment, advertising and animation, its increasing use in all forms of interactive presentation has earned for it a special place in today's

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

100

Page 110:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

multimedia-savvy world. Advertisement films, games, CBTs and a wide range of other media use special effects to spice up their content.

You could learn SFX from good high-end animation institutes. Those who are talented can make it big in this industry. Think of any film, be it `Matrix Reloaded' or `Shrek', or Hindi films such as `Raju Chacha', `Devdas' and `Mohabattein', special effects form an integral part . For a SFX person being salary could be between Rs. 3,000 and Rs. 10,000 per month.

Gaming industry India has a huge potential for developing games for domestic and international markets. There are five main departments in the average game company: art, design, programming, sound, and support. Many companies divide each into sub-categories. Given the huge demand for trained games developers in India, salaries for trainees may range from Rs. 6,000 to Rs. 10,000 per month.

Advertising industry The field of advertising, both on-line and off-line, has been one of the key beneficiaries of multimedia technology, and digital advertising is being used extensively by organisations today. Multimedia specialists use multiple types of media, text, graphics, sound, animation, and video, in various combinations in advertisements. Salary for beginners ranges from Rs. 5,000 to Rs. 8,000 per month and could go up to Rs. 20,000 with a couple of years of experience.

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

101

Page 111:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the
Page 112:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

8. RETAIL SERVICES SECTOR IN INDIA

Dr. G.U.K. Rao*

"The presence of more than one retailer for every hundred persons is indicative of the lack of economic opportunities that is forcing people into this form of self-employment, even though much of it is marginal".

"It's inevitable, there is no way that an open market for retailing will be stopped." - Dr Mohan Kaul, chairman of the Commonwealth Business Council.

Introduction Service sector forms the backbone of social and economic development of a region. In recent times, it has emerged as the largest and fastest-growing sectors in the world economy, making higher contributions to the global output and employment. Its growth rate has been higher than that of agriculture and manufacturing sectors. It is a large and most dynamic part of the Indian economy both in terms of employment potential and contribution to national income. Besides, it covers a wide range of activities, such as trading, transportation and communication, financial, real estate and business services, as well as community, social and personal services. The retail sector has been at the helm of India's growth story. The sector has evolved dramatically from traditional village fairs, street hawkers to resplendent malls and plush outlets, growing from strength to strength. According to the Indian Council for Research on International Economic Relations (ICRIER), India is the seventh-largest retail market in the world, and is expected to grow at a CAGR of over 13% till FY12. According to the Central Statistical Organisation (CSO) estimates, the total domestic trade (both retail and wholesale) constituted 13.0% of country's GDP in 1999-2000, which has gone up to 15.1% in FY07.

Industry experts predict that the next phase of growth in the retail sector will emerge from the rural markets. The total number of shopping malls is expected to expand at a compound annual growth rate of over 18.9 per cent by 2015. The retail sector in the nation of 1.2 billion people is estimated to have annual sales of $500 billion, with nearly 90 percent of the market controlled by tiny family-run shops. The retail industry in India is currently growing at a great pace and is expected to go up to US$ 833 billion by the year 2013. It is further expected to reach US$ 1.3 trillion by the year 2018 at a CAGR of 10%.

______________________________________________________________*Director, SED, ni-msme, Yousufguda, Hyderabad

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

103

Page 113:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

As the country has got a high growth rates, the consumer spending has also gone up and is also expected to go up further in the future. In the last four year, the consumer spending in India climbed up to 75%. As a result, the India retail industry is expected to grow further in the future days. By the year 2013, the organized sector is also expected to grow at a CAGR of 40%. With rising disposable incomes, expansion of stores and supporting economic factors, India's retail sector is expected to grow to about $ 900 billion by 2014, according to a report by global consultancy and research firm PricewaterhouseCoopers.

Organised retail, or large chains, makes up less than 10 percent of the market, but is expanding at 20 percent a year. This is driven by the emergence of shopping centres and malls, and a middle class of close to 300 million people that is growing at nearly 2 percent a year.

Among the service enterprises, retailing is the largest private sector industry in the world economy with the global industry size exceeding $6.6 trillion and a latest survey has projected India as the top destination for retail investors. The retail sector of Indian economy is categorized into organized retail and unorganized retail sectors with the latter holding the larger share of the retail market. At present the organized retail sector is catching up very fast. The impact of the alterations in the format of the retail sector has changed the lifestyle of the Indian consumers drastically. With the onset of a globalized economy in India, the Indian consumer's psyche has been changed. People have become aware of the value of money. Nowadays the Indian consumers are well acquainted with the concepts of quality of products and services.

Retailing has played a major role in the global economy. In developed markets, retailing is one of the most prominent industries. In 2008, the US retail sector contributed 31% to the GDP at current market prices. In developed economies, organised retail has a 75-80% share in total retail as compared with developing economies, where un-organised retail has a dominant share. The retail sector accounts for over 10 per cent of the country's GDP and around 8 per cent of the employment. Being the most dynamic and fast paced. The sector in India attracting several players entering the market. But all of them have not yet tasted success because of the heavy initial investments that are required to break even with other companies and compete with them.

The total concept and idea of shopping has undergone an attention drawing change in terms of format and consumer buying behaviour, ushering in a revolution in shopping in India. Modern retailing has entered into the retail market in India as is

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

104

Page 114:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

observed in the form of bustling shopping centers, multi-storied malls and the huge complexes that offer shopping, entertainment and food all under one roof. A large young working population with median age of 24 years, nuclus families in urban areas, along with increasing workingwomen population and emerging opportunities in the services sector are going to be the key factors in the growth of the organized retail sector in India. The growth pattern in organized retailing and in the consumption made by the Indian population will follow a rising graph helping the newer businessmen to enter the India Retail Industry.

The Indian retail industry is the fifth largest in the world. Comprising of organized and unorganized sectors, India retail industry is one of the fastest growing industries in India, especially over the last few years. The retail scenario is one of the fastest growing industries in India over the last couple of years. According to Government of India estimate the retail sector is likely to grow to a value of Rs 2,00,000 crore (US$45 billion) and could yield 10 to 15 million retail jobs in the coming five years; currently this industry employs 8% of the working population. The sector is estimated to be US$ 200 billion, of which organized retailing (i.e. modern trade) makes up 3 percent or US$ 6.4 billion, which is a serious concern for all the authorities and governments.

Traditionally the retail market in India was largely unorganized; however with changing consumer preferences, organized retail is gradually becoming popular. Unorganized retailing consists of small and medium grocery store, medicine stores, subzi mandi, kirana stores, paan shops etc. More than 90% of retailing in India fall into the unorganized sector, the organized sector is largely concentrated in big cities. Organized retail in India is expected to grow 25-30 per cent yearly and is expected to increase from Rs 35, 000 crore in 2004-05 to Rs 109, 000 crore ($24 billion) by 2010

More than 80% of the retail sector in the country is concentrated in the large cities. A study reveals that among the more than 20 locations, for organized retail in India, Mumbai was found to be the most preferred location followed closely by Bengaluru in the second position.

In the Indian retailing industry, food is the most dominating sector and is growing at a rate of 9% annually. The branded food industry is trying to enter the India retail industry and convert Indian consumers to branded food. Since at present 60% of the Indian grocery basket consists of non- branded items.______________________________________________________________

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

105

Page 115:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

An Overview of Retail Sector Retailing is defined to include all the business activities relating to selling of goods and services to the final consumers. It is the final link in a product supply chain. In India, retailing is one of the fastest growing enterprises. It is estimated to be the largest single sector (after agriculture) both in terms of turnover as well as employment. After leading the IT bandwagon, India is poised to grow as a retail hub.

The growth factors of the retail sector of Indian economy include:

Increase in per capita income which in turn increases the household consumption

Demographical changes and improvements in the standard of living

Change in patterns of consumption and availability of low-cost consumer credit

Improvements in infrastructure and enhanced availability of retail space

Entry to various sources of financing : the most encouraging format now to be the hyper-markets

The hypermarket format to be further encouraged with the entry of the TNC's

Growth of Indian Retail The country is favourable for the growth of the sector because of the these drivers leading to a consumption boom: Favorable demographics specially in urban areas; Growth in income by having households double income; Increasing population of women and Raising aspirations for quality products and services.

As per a report by KPMG the annual growth of department stores is estimated at 24% Ranked second in a Global Retail Development Index of 30 developing countries drawn up by AT Kearney. According to the 8th Annual Global Retail Development Index (GRDI) of AT Kearney, India retail industry is the most promising emerging market for investment. In 2007, the retail trade in India had a share of 8-10% in the GDP (Gross Domestic Product) of the country. In 2009, it rose to 12%. It is also expected to reach 22% by 2010.

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

106

Page 116:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

Indian retail is expected to grow 25 per cent annually. Modern retail in India could be worth US$ 175-200 billion by 2016. The Food Retail Industry in India dominates the shopping basket. The Mobile phone Retail Industry is already a US$ 16.7 billion business, growing at over 20 per cent per year. The future of the India Retail Industry looks promising with the growing of the market, with the government policies becoming more favorable and the emerging technologies facilitating their operations.

In India the vast middle class and its almost untapped retail industry are the key attractive forces for global retail giants wanting to enter into newer markets, which in turn will help the India Retail Industry to grow faster. Many national and global players have been investing in the retail segment and are making all efforts to further expand the sector. Out of the total retail outlets in the country, may are related to food items.

Rural markets emerging as a huge opportunity for retailers reflected in the share of the rural market across most categories of consumption. The ITC is experimenting with retailing through its e-Choupal and Choupal Sagar in rural hypermarkets. IT is a tool that has been used by retailers ranging from Amazon.com to eBay to radically change buying behavior across the globe. The E-tailing is slowly making its presence felt. Mahamaza is leveraging technology and network marketing concepts to act as an aggregator and serve the rural markets.

The infrastructure of the retail sector will evolve radically. The emergence of shopping malls is going steady in the metros and there are further plans of expansion which would lead to 150 new ones soon. As the count of super markets is going up much faster than the rate of growth in retail sector, it is taking the lions share in food trade. The non-food sector, segments comprising apparel, accessories, fashion

and lifestyle felt the significant change with the emergence of new stores formats like convenience stores, mini marts, mini supermarkets, large supermarkets, and hyper marts. Even food retailing has became an important retail business in the national arena, with large format retail stores establishing outlets all over India. With the entry of packaged foods brands like MTR, ITC Ashirwad, fast food chains

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

107

Page 117:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

like McDonald's, KFC, beverage parlours like Nescafe, Tata Tea, Café Coffee and Barista, the Indian food habits have been altered. These stores have earned the reputation of being 'super saver locations'.

With the arrival of the transnational companies (TNC), the Indian retail sector will confront the following round of alterations. At present the Foreign Direct Investments (FDI) is not encouraged in the Indian organized retail sector but once the TNCs get in they would try to muscle out their Indian counterparts. This would be challenging to the retail sector in India

The future trend of the retail sector of Indian economy indicates a growth up to 10 per cent of total retail by the year 2015.

No one single format can be assumed as there is a huge difference in regional cultures. India's booming economy, growing middle class and increasing disposable incomeares fuelling a retail boom in the country. And, following close on the heels of this boom are cold-chain suppliers, software providers and educational institutes that are expected to benefit directly from it. The rapid growth of modern retailing, especially in food and groceries, calls for an organised cold chain infrastructure. India is one of the largest producers of fruits and vegetables in the world. Moreover, India's food market is valued at $70 billion, which is doubling every three years.

The Indian retail sector is highly fragmented with over 12 million retail outlets with average size of less than 500 sq.ft. Out of the total retail outlets in the country, nearly 40 per cent relate to food items. There are about nine million small grocery shops in India Whichever way you measure it, retail business in India is booming. And as the economy grows, so does India's middle class. It is estimated that 70 million Indians in a population of about 1 billion now earn a salary of $18,000 a year, a figure that is set to rise to 140 million by 2011. Many of these people are looking for more choice in where to spend their new-found wealth.

Unorganised service sector The Indian retail sector is highly fragmented and the unorganised sector has around 13 million retail outlets that account for around 95-96% of the total Indian retail industry. However, going forward, the organised sector's growth potential will increase due to globalisation, high economic growth, and changing lifestyle. Moreover, high consumer spending over the years by the young population (more than 31% of the country is below 14 years) and sharp rise in disposable income are

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

108

Page 118:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

driving the Indian organised retail sector's growth. Even small towns and cities are witnessing a major shift in consumer lifestyle and preferences, and have thus emerged as attractive markets for retailers to expand their presence.

The Indian retail market is estimated to be worth Rs 1,330,000 crore (US $332.8 billion) in 2007 at current prices, as per the Food For Thought - India Food Report 2008. Out of this, food & grocery retail is the single largest block estimated to be worth Rs.7,43,900 crore, but the share of organised sector in this is miniscule. Clothing, textiles and fashion accessories constitute the second largest block, but the largest segment as far as organised retailing is concerned is the time wear sector with nearly 46 per cent share of the segment being organised. Today, organised retail constitutes approximately 3 per cent of the total retail sales in the country and is growing up at a fast rate due to the entry of corporates into the sector. It is expected to reach $100 billion by 2015 and is likely to account for 12-15 per cent of the total retail sales by 2015. This growth in modern retailing is linked to several factors particularly, the increasing purchasing power; rapid global interaction and integration as well as the changing consumer needs, lifestyle and attitude.

In the retail sector of India, the main services prominent are: Clothing and accessories; Food and grocery; Footwear; Electronics; Catering Services; Home and office improvement; Telecom; Entertainment; Jewellery; Books, music and gifts; Watches; Pharmaceuticals and Beauty & wellness.

In the overall retail pie, food and grocery is the dominant category with 59.5 percent share, followed by clothing and accessories with a 9.9 percent share . Interestingly, out-of-home food (catering) services (Rs 71,300 crore / US $17.8 billion) has overtaken jewellery (Rs 69,400 crore) to become the third largest retail category, with a 5.4 percent market share - this largely reflects the massive employment opportunities for youngsters in the services sector, larger number of nucleus families where normally both male and female partners are employed, and accompanying changes in consumer lifestyles.

Organized retail sector In the organised retail segment, the picture is different altogether. Clothing and fashion accessories is the largest category with 38.1 percent of the market share, valued at Rs 29,800 crore (US $7.5 billion), followed by food and grocery accounting for 11.5 per cent of the organised retail market at Rs 9,000 crore (US $2.3 billion), footwear with 9.9 per cent at Rs 7,750 crore (US $1.9 billion), consumer durables with 9.1 per cent market share in the fourth place (Rs 7,100

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

109

Page 119:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

crore), and out-of-home food (catering) services and furniture, furnishings and kitchenware follow in that order.

The mobile and accessories retail market had shown the fastest growth in 2007 (25.6%) from the previous year; the other two prominent categories being out-of-home food (catering) services where growth was 25.1 per cent and books, music gifts and leisure category which achieved 23.3 per cent growth.

In the organised retail segment, however, the fastest growth was recorded in the tiny health and beauty care services category (Rs 660 crore), which grew at the rate of 65 percent in 2007 over the previous year - again a reflection of rise in services sector employment that demands proper grooming. The second fastest growing organised retail category is that of entertainment (53.8 percent), followed by the mobile phones and accessories and the food and grocery retail categories, both of which achieved 55.2 percent growth in 2007.

Much of the growth opportunity in catering services (25.1 percent) category was utilised by the unorganised retailers because organised players could not keep up with the desired growth momentum. A closer study of the retail growth story at constant prices shows that in this category, growth of organised retail was higher in 2006 (41.7 percent) as compared to 2007 (37 percent).

Besides, the large organised retail segment, using sophisticated technology and communication network, offers several benefits to the consumers in the form of availability of quality products at lower prices; wider choice to the customers; shopping with convenience, space and entertainment; etc. It is also beneficial for the growth of the economy as a whole because it provides forward linkages for mass-marketing of processed and packaged goods. Its expanded reach and increased volume translates into more manufacturing, more jobs, better standard of living and hence more prosperity.

Key Players in Indian Orgainsed Retail sector Since liberalisation in early 1990s, many Indian players like Shoppers Stop, Pantaloon Retail India Ltd (PRIL), Spencer Retail ventured into the organised retail sector and have grown by many folds since then. During the last few years, the Indian retail market has seen considerable growth in the organised segment. Major domestic players have entered the retail arena and have ambitious plans to expand in the future years across verticals, formats, and cities. For example, companies like Reliance, Tata, Bharti, Adani Enterprise, have been investing considerably in the

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

110

Page 120:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

booming Indian retail sector. Besides, a number of transnational corporations have also set up retail chains in collaboration with big Indian companies.

AV Birla Group has a strong presence in apparel retail and showcases renowned brands like Allen Solly, Louis Phillipe, Trouser Town, Van Heusen and Peter England. The company has investment plans to the tune of ` 8000 – 9000 crores till 2010.

Tata group is another major player in Indian retail industry with its subsidiary Trent, which operates Westside and Star India Bazaar. Established in 1998, it also acquired the largest book and music retailer in India 'Landmark' in 2005. Trent owns over 4 lakh sq. ft retail space across the country. Trent is a subsidiary of the Tata group; it operates lifestyle retail chain, book and music retail chain, consumer electronic chain etc. Westside, the lifestyle retail chain registered a turnover of ̀ 3.58 mn in 2006. Landmark Group invested Rs 300 crores to expand Max chain, and Rs 100 crores on Citymax 3 star hotel chain. Lifestyle International is their international brand business.

K Raheja Corp Group has a turnover of Rs 6.75 billion which is expected to cross US$100 million mark by 2010. Segments include books, music and gifts, apparel, entertainment etc.

Reliance has more than 300 Reliance Fresh stores; they have multiple formats and their sale is expected to be Rs 90,000 crores ($20 billion) by 2009-10. RPG Group is one of the earlier entrants in the Indian retail market, when it came into food & grocery retailing in 1996 with its retail Foodworld stores.

Pantaloon Retail has 450 stores across the country and revenue of over Rs 20 billion and is expected to touch 30 million by 2010. It has more than 5 million sq. ft retail space located across the country. It's growing at an enviable pace and is expected to reach 30 million sq. ft by the year 2010. In 2001, Pantaloon launched country's first hypermarket 'Big Bazaar'. Segments include Food & grocery, e-tailing, home solutions, consumer electronics, entertainment, shoes, books, music & gifts, health & beauty care services. Pantaloon Retail India (PRIL) plans to invest US$ 77.88 million this fiscal to add up to existing 2.4 million sq ft retail space. PRIL intends to set up 155 Big Bazaar stores by 2014, raising its total network to 275 stores.

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

111

Page 121:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

. It has the following retail segments: Food & Grocery: Big Bazaar, Food Bazaar Home Solutions: Hometown, Furniture Bazaar, Collection Consumer Electronics: e-zone Shoes: Shoe Factory Books, Music & Gifts: Depot Health & Beauty Care: Star, Sitara E-tailing: Futurebazaar.com Entertainment: Bowling Co.

Lifestyle International, a division of Landmark Group, plans to have more than 50 stores across India by 2012–13.

Shoppers Stop has plans to invest ̀ 250 crore to open 15 new supermarkets in the coming three years.

Timex India will open another 52 stores by March 2011 at an investment of US$ 1.3 million taking its total store count to 120. In the first six months of the current fiscal ending September 30, 2009, the company has recorded a net profit of US$ 1.2 million.

Australia's Retail Food Group is planning to enter the Indian market in 2010. It has plans to clock US$ 87 million revenue in five years. In 20 years they expect the India operations to be larger than the Australia operations.

The retail revolution in rural areas Earlier on retailing in India was mostly done through family-owned small stores with limited merchandise, popularly known as kirana or mom-and-pop

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

112

Supermarkets/Convenience stores

16%

Hypermarkets10%

Discount stores5%

Specialty stores53%

Separtment stores16%

Chart-1: Share of formats in organized retail space in India

Page 122:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

stores. In those times, food and grocery were shopped from clusters of open kiosks and stalls called mandis. There were also occasional fairs and festivals where people went to shop. In the twentieth century, infusion of western concepts brought about changes in the structure of retailing.

There were some traditional retail chains like Nilgiri and Akbarallys that were set up on the lines of western retail concepts of supermarkets. The government set up the public distribution system (PDS) outlets to sell subsidised food and started the Khadi Gram Udyog to sell clothes made of cotton fabric. During this time, high streets like Linking Road and Fashion Street emerged in Mumbai. Some manufacturers like Bombay Dyeing started forward integrating to sell their own merchandise. Shopping centres or complex came into existence, which was a primitive form of today's malls.

With several states in the country permitting retailers to purchase produce directly from farmers, the farmers too are adapting to the new opportunity to cultivate assigned crops and take special care of the same. This gets them instant credit at higher prices than what they used to receive from the erstwhile traders/middlemen. Corporate retailers like ITC, Godrej, reliance, AV Birla and many others have already established the farm linkages. The Indian government too has chipped in with a massive loan waiver worth Rs 60,000 crore to lighten the farmers' debt burden.

India's rural markets offer a sea of an opportunity for the retail sector. The urban-rural split in consumer spending stands at 9:11, with rural India accounting for 55 per cent of private retail consumption. Currently the Indian retail market is estimated at Rs 1,330,000 crore, and almost half of this growing retail market at present lies in rural India, which is a tremendous growth sector that needs to be tapped with care.

According to the National Council of Applied Economic Research (NCAER) reports, rural India is home to 720 million consumers across 627,000 villages. Seventeen per cent of these villages account for 50 per cent of the rural population, as well as 60 per cent of rural wealth. This implies that reaching out to just 100,000 plus villages will ensure access to most of the rural opportunity.

The retail revolution in urban areas The urban market undoubtedly continues to grow but with most of the retail initiatives concentrated in the metropolitan, and tier-I and tier-II cities, these

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

113

Page 123:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

markets are fast becoming saturated. Realising this, most of the big retail companies have started targeting the tier-III cities and the rural towns to spur their growth. The 'bottom of the pyramid' market is now looking attractive for companies wanting to explore new turf. DCM Hariyali Kisan Bazaars and Godrej Aadhars have already set up rural retail hubs, ITC Choupal Sagar has done the same and so have Tata Kisan Sansars, Reliance Fresh, and others like the Naya Yug Bazaar.

Retailing Format in India As mentioned earlier, India has the highest number of retail outlets in the world at over 13 million retail outlets, and the average size of one store is 50-100 square feet. It also has the highest number of outlets (11,903) per million inhabitants. The per capita retail space in India is among the lowest in the world, though the per capita retail store is the highest. Majority of these stores are located in rural areas.

Even though the organised retail segment has a minuscule share in the total industry, it has enormous potential considering the rising urbanisation, the efficient supply-chain, the readily-available retail space, and modern technology, which help in reducing consumer prices to a great extent.

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

114

square feet. It also has the highest number of outlets (11,903) per million inhabitants. The per capita retail space in India is among the lowest in the world, though the per capita retail store is the highest. Majority of these stores are located in rural areas.

Even though the organised retail segment has a minuscule share in the total industry, it has enormous potential considering the rising urbanisation, the efficient supply-chain, the readily-available retail space, and modern technology, which help in reducing consumer prices to a great extent.

Format No. ofstores

area('000 sq ft)

Share in totalspace (%)

Supermarkets / convenience stores 4,751 4,751 15.5

Hypermarkets 75 3,000 9.8

Discount stores 1,472 1,472 4.8

Speciality stores 20,612 16,490 53.7

Department stores 166 4,980 16.2

Total

Source : ICRIER and Technopak Advisers Pvt Ltd

27,076 30,693 100

Share of formats in organized retail space in India by area

Page 124:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

Share of formats in organized retail space in India by type of merchandise & Size

Channel/Format

Type ofmerchandise

Pricing Size (sq ft) Location Example

Averagestock-

keepingunits (SKUs)

Store

Supercenter

Hypermarket

Supermarket

Cash and carry

Discount store

Speciality store

Category killer

Non-store

Kiosks/stalls

Vendingmachines

Order retailing(Catalogue/TV/Website)

Department store

Neighbourhood/co-nvenience store

Door-to-door

All types ofmerchandise

Mostly food &grocery andapparels with focus on value products

Food & grocery

Daily use items

Mostly foodand grocery

Food & grocery and fashion & accessories

Apparel andaccessoriesAny one type ofmerchandise

Any one type ofmerchandise

Small fooditems andaccessories

Small items

Any type ofmerchandise

Mostly low-value items

Discountpricing

Discountpricing

Discountpricing

Discountpricing

Normal

Normal

Normal

Competitive

Bulk buying,heavydiscounts

Heavydiscount

Competitve

Competitve

200,000-300,000

60,000-1,20,000

10,000-30,000

500-3,000

1,00,000-3,00,000

30,000-1,00,000

20-100

-

- - -

- --

NA NA

20,000-1,00,000

500-5,000

2,00,000

80,000

20,000

50,000

1,000

10,000

50

10

4,000

1,50,000

Outskirts

Outskirts

NA

Malls

Malls

Malls

Main markets,Malls

Malls, highstreets

Malls,multiplexes,cinema hallsStations,commercialand officecomplexes

Chocolate andnewspapervendingmachines

all localitieswithin a city

Wal-Martsupercenter

Hypercity,Big Bazaar

Food Bazaar

Subhiksha

Subhiksha

ShoppersStop

MobileStore

Vijay Sales

Popcorn

Argos

Amway

Metro cashand carry

Source : ICRIER and D&B Research

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

115

The space in terms of area of Square feet of the organized retail sector has been depicted in the above chart. The figure describes the Pie diagram for Percentage of share in total space of Formats Organized Retail Space in India. It is evident from the chart that Specialty stores has high percentage of share in total space and Discount stores has low percentage comparing to other formats in organized retail space in India

Page 125:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

INVESTMENT OPPORTUNITIES At the heart of Indi's growth story is its population, the generators of wealth, both as producers and consumers. With the largest young population in the world - over 8900 million people below 45 years of age, India indeed makes a resplendent market. The country has more English-speaking people than in the whole of Europe taken together. Its 300 million-odd middle class, the 'real' consumers, has attracted the attention of the world, and as the economy grows so does India's middle class. It is estimated that 700 million Indians earn a salary of over US $19,500 a year, a figure that is set to rise to 1400 million by 2011. The number of effective consumers is expected to swell to over 6000 million by this time - sufficient to establish India as one of the largest consumer markets of the world.

India is one of the most attractive destinations for retailers from all across the globe. Thanks to the entry of corporate, changing consumer behavior & lifestyle, increasing influence of western culture and rising income, the Indian retail industry has seen phenomenal growth in the last five years and organized retailing has finally emerged from the shadows of unorganized retailing and is contributing significantly to the growth of the overall retail sector, according to “Booming Retail Sector in India”, a new market research report by RNCOS.

The Government of India, on November 24, 2011 approved 51 percent foreign ownership in multi-brand retail, with conditions, and full ownership in single-brand retail, paving the way in for foreign retailers such as Wal-Mart Stores Inc. Previously, India allowed 51 percent FDI in single-brand retail and 100 percent in wholesale operations, but no ownership in multi-brand retail. In recent budget, 2012, India also allows FDI in cash-and-carry, or wholesale, ventures. Government opened up doors for foreign direct investment (FDI) in $28 billion retail sector in India (Nov 2011). The condition is that the foreign companies owning more than 51 percent of their shops in India source a minimum of 30 percent of their products from small-scale local "cottage industry" suppliers. Major Western brands such as Adidas already own shops in the booming retail centres and shopping malls of major cities, but they are currently obliged to operate with a local partner.

The key growth areas include the urban, luxury segment on one end of the spectrum and serving the rural sector on the other. In addition, government policy encouraging FDI in the segment has resulted in a plethora of international retailers keen on entering the market; American retail giant Wal-Mart has tied-up with Bharti Enterprises and global coffee giant Starbucks' has tied up with PVR Limited. In addition, Carrefour, Boots and others are also expected to come in. With so much

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

116

Page 126:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

action, it is natural that there is a huge scope for employment opportunities, and experts estimate that the sector will generate employment for ~ 2.5 million people in 2010. The top retail companies in India include the Raheja Group, Reliance Retail, Tata Trent, Future Group, RPG Retail, and Ebony Retail Holdings.

The country's dynamic retail landscape presents a unique opportunity to investors from across the globe, to use India as a strategic business hub. Currently, the India retail market is US $332.8 billion (Rs1,330,000 crore) strong, growing at the rate of 10.8 percent per annum, as per Images F&R Research estimates. Of this, the share of organised retail in 2007 was estimated to be only 5.9 percent, which was US $19.6 billion (Rs 78,300 crore) only. However this modern retail segment grew at the rate of 26.2 percent in 2010, and is expected to maintain a faster growth rate over the next three years, especially in view of the fact that major global players and Indian corporate houses are seen entering the fray in a big way. Even at the going rate, organised retail is expected to touch US $57.5 billion (Rs 2,300 crore) by 2015, constituting roughly 14 percent of the total retail market.

Given the present scenario, India is one of the most attractive markets for retail investment. Many national and global players have been investing in the retail segment and have ambitious plans for further expansion. The vast middle class with rising purchasing power is attracting global retail giants into the almost untapped retail industry. According to a study undertaken by the NCAER “The Growing Indian Middle Class”, the upper middle and high-income urban households in India will touch 3.8 crore by 2007 (from 1.46 crore in 2000). Besides the number advantage, the purchasing power of Indian middle class is also growing substantially with a year-on-year growth rate of 5 per cent in its household income. According to NCAER, the 9.2 crore strong Indian middle class (whose annual income ranges between Rs 2 lakh and Rs 10 lakh) is expected to cross 15.3 crore by 2009.

Undoubtedly, such healthy trends corroborate that the retail sector boom is here to stay in India on sustained basis. Going by trends in consumer spending, the food and grocery segment is the biggest growth driver. Footwear and clothing categories have also seen a higher organised retail penetration (ORP). Footwear has a 22% ORP which is driven by high levels of franchising activities. Some of the international players already present in the Indian market include fast food chains like McDonalds and Pizza Huts; Dominos; Levis; Lee; Nike; Adidas; Benetton; Sony; Sharp and Kodak.

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

117

Page 127:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

In recent times, with the opening up of foreign direct investment in single-brand retail and cash–and-carry formats, a new chapter unfolded in the retail space. Many single-brand retailers like Louis Vuitton and Tommy Hilfiger took advantage of this opportunity. The cash-and-carry format has proved to be an entry route for global multichannel retailing giants like Metro, Wal-Mart and Tesco. Since the 1990s big industrial houses like Rahejas, Piramals and Tatas have started entering the retail industry. Besides, several Indian and foreign companies have been franchising for establishing exclusive outlets for their brands, both within the country and overseas. For instance, 'Bharati Group' has entered into a joint venture with the world's largest retail chain the 'Wal-Mart'.

The retail opportunity in our country is expected to increase to $440 billion by 2010 from the existing $300 billion, while investments in the sector are slated to go up nearly 10 times to $25 billion over the next five years. Some of the big players such as Reliance and Bharti Enterprises have already announced plans to foray into the sector, while foreign retail chains are eyeing the huge opportunity.

As a result, the Indian retail sector has been undergoing a rapid transformation in the past few years. The traditional formats of kirana stores, hawkers, grocers, etc., are being gradually taken over by the modern formats of department stores, discount stores, malls, supermarkets, convenience stores, fast food outlets, specialty stores, warehouse retailers, hyper-markets, etc.

For example, Pantaloon started the 'Big Bazaar' discount stores in 2002; Reliance opened its first supermarket named 'Reliance Fresh' outlet in Hyderabad and has since fanned out to several States; Subhiksha outlets have been fast spreading across the nation. Thus, the current face of Indian retail comprising the unorganised small and medium retailers is slowly changing into a more organised form of retailing.

The hyper-market route has emerged as one of the most preferred formats for global retailers entering India. Foreign direct investment into the retail sector would further improve its productivity, competitiveness and efficiency. Such investments from abroad are a means to supplement and complement the domestic efforts for providing opportunities for technological upgradation and access to global managerial skills and practices; optimal utilisation of human and natural resources; opening up export markets; generating backward and forward linkages; providing access to international quality goods and services; etc.

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

118

Page 128:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

The investment opportunities in the domestic retail industry lay in most of the product categories, particularly food and grocery (the largest category); home improvement & consumer durables; apparel and eating out; supply chain infrastructure (cold chain and logistics); etc. India also has significant potential to emerge as a sourcing base for a wide variety of goods for international retail companies.

The Tata group announced an alliance with the Australian retail major Woolworths, to start a specialised retail chain for consumer durables, while the Dubai -based Landmark group — which runs Lifestyle stores in India is trying to acquire its franchise with Europe's biggest retailer Carrefour. UK retail major Tesco indicated it will announce its plans for the Indian market. Tata's new venture, Infiniti Retail Limited will be a 100% subsidiary of Tata Sons and offer over 6,000 products across eight categories. "This will be a specialised retail chain for consumer electronics and durables," said Tata Sons' director R K Krishna Kumar. Carrefour is in talks with Landmark Group for opening up to 200 stores in India, Landmark chief executive Micky Jagtiani said.

As foreign investors exploring their potential in the retail sector are keen on developing malls in India, the size of organized retailing is expected to touch $30 billion by 2010 or approximately 10 per cent of the total. This has initiated market entry announcement from some retailers and has signaled to international retailers about India's seriousness in promoting the sector. While there are reports of international retailers like Wal-Mart analyzing business opportunities in India, Reliance, the largest Indian conglomerate is investing $3.4 billion to become India's largest contemporary retailer. There are also reports of investments for 'Hypercity Retail' by K. Raheja Group to establish 55 hyper markets by 2015. All these factors will contribute in taking Indian retail business to unexpected growth based on the consumer preference for shopping in congenial environs and also availability of quality real estate. local companies and joint ventures are expected to be more advantageously positioned than the purely foreign ones in the evolving organized retailing industry in India.

EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIES It's a challenge that some of India's own industrial conglomerates are taking up. Last January, Reliance Industries said it was investing $5bn in creating a chain of hyper-markets and back-end retail services. Its plans called for the creation of a whole new supply chain, with new stores, cold storage facilities, food processing

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

119

Page 129:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

units and contract farming. It will initially launch pilot projects in three Indian states before potentially rolling the strategy out to 500 Indian towns and cities.

The investment could create up to 400,000 jobs, it believes. Elsewhere, consumer goods group ITC has set up its "e-Choupal" scheme to try and improve the productivity of farmers that supply its food processing operations. It has built internet kiosks in rural villages to help give farmers access to the latest information on things like the weather, current market prices and what foods are in demand.

According to the ITC chairman YC Deveshwar "India's greatest need is to take the benefit of retailing to the doorstep of the farmer.There is such potential if we can invest in greater food processing. India has the most irrigated farm land in the world."

Tentative steps So while Indian businesses forge ahead with their own plans to take a big share of Indian consumers' spending, and the Indian government slowly refines its retail roadmap, where does that leave the supermarket giants such as America's Wal-Mart, Germany's Metro and Britain's Tesco? For years, their plans for domination of the Indian retail scene have been gathering dust.

German store group Metro has made tentative steps, via its chain of wholesale cash and carry centres in cities like Bangalore. About 90% of the goods it offers come from local producers and suppliers, which could give it a head-start if the rules on selling to individual shoppers are relaxed in the future.

Tesco and Wal-Mart also have a limited presence in India. German retailer Metro has opened cash & carry stores in India But they are not selling anything to anyone: Wal-Mart's 80 staff in India are there to look after the retail behemoth's purchasing in the region. Even so, it has been lobbying the Indian government to allow it to open an office in Bangalore where it could research the Indian retail market and the possibilities for developing its operations there in future.

Bangalore is also home to Tesco's Indian outpost, an office which looks after some of its back-office finance operations. It says it has no firm plans for the region - it will not open up a wholesale operation like Metro - but admits it is watching for any further relaxation of retail regulations.

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

120

Page 130:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

POTENTIAL OF RETAIL SECTOR Till a few years back, the retail sector in India was more of an unorganized one with petty vendors dominating the chunk of the industry but now the scenario has fast been changing. Finally, the sector is converting into what we call as organized retailing.

Accounting for over 10 per cent of the country's GDP and around eight per cent of the employment retailing in India is gradually inching its way toward becoming the next boom enterprise. The Indian retail sector is now worth about $250 bn (£140bn) a year, but it is still to be developed. Well over 95% of the market is made up of small, uncomputerised family-run stores. Now there are finally signs that the Indian government is dropping its traditionally protectionist stance and opening up its retail market to greater overseas investment.

Now our policy for overseas expansion has changed and hence the retail chains like McDonalds, Marks & Spencer, Body Shop and Ikea can, if they want to, open and control their own operations in India. Previously, many of them had taken the path of working with franchise partners, a policy followed by M&S, which supplies clothes to eight "Planet Sports" stores. They look like M&S stores on the inside, but local retailers own them, and the UK retailer has no plans for that to change.

The Indian retail market is the fifth largest in the world, and it is estimated that by 2015 it will grow to US$637 billion. India has currently 12 million retail outlets, out of which nearly 5 million sells food and other related products. But even with such large number of retail outlets, Indian retail sector contributes only 4% of the total market. Thus there is a huge potential of growth in this sector. The life style of the people is changing very rapidly and this is contributing hugely to the expansion of retail sector. The mall space is expected to touch nearly 60 million square feet by the end of 2008.

As the contemporary retail sector in India is reflected in sprawling shopping centers, multiplex malls and huge complexes offer shopping, entertainment and food all under one roof, the concept of shopping has altered in terms of format and consumer buying behaviour, ushering in a revolution in shopping in India.

Another credible factor in the prospects of the retail sector in India is the increase in the young working population. In India, hefty pay-packets, nucleus families in urban areas, along with increasing working women population and

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

121

Page 131:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

emerging opportunities in the services sector. These key factors have been the growth drivers of the organised retail sector in India. Not only the Indian corporate majors like Reliance, ITC and Pantaloon have entered into the segment but more and more foreign players are also showing interest in USD 350 billion Indian retail market.

India is the second-largest country in the world in terms of population, and is the largest consumer markets in the world owing to its favourable demographics. In 2008 India's working population (in the 15-49 years age group) constituted around 53% of the population as compared with 48.6% in the UK, 49% in the US, and 53% in Russia. Further, the increase in the number of working women has fuelled the growth in sales of discretionary items. There has been a 20% increase in the number of working women in the last decade.

Historically cities and towns have been the driving force of overall economic and social development. Currently over 335 million people of India reside in cities and towns, which translates to around 30% of the total population. This would undeniably emerge as the India's largest market for organised retail, and therefore the challenge for the retail players to leverage the full potential of flourishing urban areas. Furtherance, the annual urban growth in India would touch 2.6% during 2020-25, while globally it would fall consistently to reach 1.6% While the Indian real estate markets boom with organize retailing, the segment ensures a fluffy growth pad for itself. According to the estimations of KSA-Technopark, a retail consulting and research firm, organized retailing in India will grow three-fold in the next 3-years, achieving the size of USD 21.5 billion from the current USD 7.5 billion.

Given the favourable growth patterns, expanding middle class and easing economic policies, India is ranked as one of the most attractive emerging market for retail investment, even above Russia and China.

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

122

70.0 60.0 50.0 40.0 30.0 20.0 10.0 0.0 0.0 10.0 30.0 40.0 50.0 60.0 70.0

FemaleIn mnMale

20202008

India population pyramid 2008-2020

Source : US Census Bureau

80+75-7970-7465-6960-6455-5950-5445-4940-4435-3930-3425-2920-2415-1910-14

5-90-4

Page 132:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

India is being seen as a potential gold mine for retail investors from all over the world, and latest research has rated India as the top destination for retailers. India's vast middle class and its almost untapped retail industry are key attractions for global retail giants wanting to enter newer markets. Even though India has well over 5 million retail outlets, the country lacks anything that can resemble a retailing industry in the modern sense of the term. This presents international retailing specialists with a great opportunity. The organized retail sector is expected to grow stronger than GDP growth in the next five years driven by changing lifestyles, burgeoning income and favourable demographic outline.

Another cap to Indian retailing industry is allowing 51% FDI in single brand outlet. The government is now set to initiate a second wave of reforms in the segment by the liberalizing investment norms further. These will not only favour the retail sector develop in terms of design concept, construction quality and providing modern amenities, but will also help in creating a consumer-friendly environment. Retail industry in India is at the crossroads but the future of the consumer markets is promising as the market is growing, government policies are becoming more favorable and emerging technologies are facilitating operations in India. And this upsurge in the retail industry has made India a promising destination for retail investors and, at the same time, has impelled investments in the real estate sector.

Industry trends for retail sector indicate that organized retailing has major impact on controlling inflation because large organized retailers are able to buy directly from producers at the most competitive prices. World Bank attributes the opening of the retail sector to FDI to be beneficial for India in terms of price and availability of products as it would give a boost to food products, textiles and garments, leather products, etc., to benefit from large-scale procurement by international chains; in turn creating job opportunities at various levels.

Challenges facing Indian retail industry The tax structure in India favors small retail business: Retailers should give up self-defeating beliefs about the profitability of tax evasion and bargaining with customers

Lack of adequate infrastructure facilities: An efficient supply chain linking producers to consumers calls for a commercial code, business relationships, reputation of products and their brands, transportation, warehousing, financing, and software to operate and control the system. All these elements are already present or available in India. Efficient mass merchandising calls for a large scale with

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

123

Page 133:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

hundreds if not thousands of outlets. Control of large networks requires stocking and pricing policies, software for managing logistics and transactions, as well as databases in which all goods and related events throughout the network, including billions of transactions, are captured and permanently recorded in a traceable and auditable manner. Modernization of retail industry, accompanied by integrated and transparent information systems, makes it easier for governments to collect their due.

Dissimilarity in consumer groups: According to the '2012 Outlook:India Retail' report, consumer discretionary income is likely to be lower due to higher inflation and interest rates."However, inflation provides a direct fillip to same-store sales growth. Growth will also be helped by capital expenditure undertaken by retailers," it said.

Restrictions in Foreign Direct Investment: It may take the entry of foreign retailers to alter the beliefs of Indian retailers about their business model. Once that happens, Indian retailers can be expected to develop modern chains of their own; they may even take their business abroad. If they do, Walmart may have to watch out for its own territory.

Shortage of retail study options : A few studies only are taken so far in this sector. It needs concurrent evaluation studies of the schemes, market research and also cluster approach studies to benefit the retailers in abig way.

Shortage of trained manpower : Indian retailers can and should break out of the self-defeating confines of the beliefs about the profitability of tax evasion and bargaining with individual customers. When they do, they can earn much larger total profits on higher sales volume from expanded operations in spite of narrower margins. Narrowed margins, combined with economies of scale of operations, and expanded bargaining power vis-a-vis producers will enable them to lower the price to consumers. Consumers will respond to lower prices by buying more, and increasing total profits of retailers.

Low retail management skill : The system that serves to manage large retail organizations is also convenient for the tax payment and collection. Complete record of goods, cash, and transactions facilitates easy and fast preparation of internal and external financial reports as well as returns for sales, income and any other taxes. The system creates a difficult-to-manipulate audit trail making it easier for management to track any misappropriation of inventories or cash handled by thousands of employees in locations spread across the country.

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

124

Page 134:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

Small and medium business (SMB) in retail sector The study conducted by Zinnov Management Consulting provides a detailed analysis of the Indian SMB market and reveales that the total size of the Indian SMB space today is about 35 million units, with retail contributing 52 percent of the total landscape. The specifics share of IT spend in the segment in 2007-08 was $6.6 billion, which is around 30 percent of the total IT spend in India. Also, Internet has been growing with a CAGR of 46 per cent for the last seven years, according to the study. Growth in Internet and mobile penetration even in tier-3 cities and rural areas has led to awareness and affordability of technology. Globalization in trade is further increasing the pressure for better efficiency with the help of IT, according to the study.

Industry sector wise distribution of SMBs

For giving further boost to the retail segment of the Indian economy, several important steps are being taken. Like, for the first time, under the aegis of the “Indian Retail Forum”, the entire retail industry, Images F&R Research and some of the world's top global research and consulting firms (like AT Kearney, Ernst & Young, Price Waterhouse-Cooper, Technopak, KPMG, ICICI, AC Nielson-ORG Marg, Synovate, Cushman & Wakefield, etc) have come together for a detailed study of the Indian retail sector. The launching of the 'India Retail report 2007' and a portal 'indiaretailing.com' for the retail industry are other related developments in this direction.

Regulatory Framework The Indian government has not focussed on retail as an industry. Until now, there are no specific rules and regulations that are to be followed by retail

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

125

Total= ~ 35.1 million units

Service27%

Manufacturing27%

Retail52%

Page 135:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

companies. However, there are certain laws that the retailers need to follow, which are general in nature and which pertain to the establishment of stores and the conduct of activities. These laws are as follows: Shop and Establishment Act Standards of Weights and Measures Act Provisions of the Contract Labour (Regulations and Abolition) Act The Income Tax Act Customs Act The Companies Act

The small retailers would continue to occupy a niche position as corner-side shops, because with personalised services and at convenient walking distance they are able to provide a special kind of service, which will always be in demand.

Providing a new place and creating new employment opportunities for the street hawkers and vendors in the organised sector is the only way to encourage the unorganised sector and create a booming economy where competition is persistent. With the increasing income of an average Indian household and the changing lifestyles, people are getting more quality-conscious. The whole idea behind growing retail is to make India an organised global market that will be beneficial for the Indian economy as a whole. Although the difference between the organised and unorganised sectors is well marked, with the food streets hopefully getting consolidated, the unorganised sector is going to be clubbed with the organised.

The Potential Over the last few years Indian retail has witnessed rapid transformation in many areas of the business by setting scalable and profitable retail models across categories. When it comes to development of retail space specially the malls, the Tier II cities are no longer behind in the race. Development plans till 2007 it show the projection of 220 shopping malls, with 139 of the metros and the remaining 81 in the Tier II cities. Indian consumers are rapidly evolving and accepting modern retail formats. New and indigenous formats such as departmental stores, hypermarkets, supermarkets, specialty and convenience stores, and malls, multiplexes and fun zones are fast dotting the retail landscape. By 2011, India will have an additional 280 hype-markets, 3,200 supermarkets, 400 department stores, and approximately 1,200 mega speciality stores (the category killers) and 20,000 exclusive brand outlets across the various retail categories. Malls alone will provide an additional 200 million square feet of gross leasable quality retail space (GLA) by the year 2011.

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

126

Page 136:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

The size of India's retail sector is currently estimated at around $450 billion and organised retail accounts for around 5% of the total market.

Despite the fact that India has one of the largest number of retail outlets in the World, organized retail accounts for only 5% of the total market. This makes it especially difficult to apply sophisticated merchandising and sales tools, enhance consumer interaction and also, make very accurate analysis. That said, analysts believe the sector is likely to show significant growth of over 9 % p.a over the next 10 years and also see rapid development in organized retail formats, with the proportion likely to reach a more respectable 25% by 2018.

There are many opportunities for those seeking to enter this sector, and entry level positions such as sales executives don't even require a degree. MBAs are increasingly being recruited, which marks a change of HR policy, from the traditional preference to hire those from the FMCG and hospitality sectors. In fact, senior executives in retail such as operations heads are extremely well looked after, and HR consultants believe they are paid in excess of Rs. 60 lakhs.

Currently, there are about 275 operational malls (including some on the verge of completion), and this number is expected to rise to almost 500 by end-2010. Of the new malls coming up, 40 per cent are concentrated in the smaller cities. According to an ICICI study, malls are estimated to become a Rs 38,447-crore sector by 2010.

By 2011 about 200 million sq ft additional gross leasable area (GLA) will come up within malls. Of these, approximately 15 million sq ft will be devoted to food court/catering services, and approximately 11 million sq ft will be devoted to food and grocery retail which will thrive more as part of hyper-markets or as stand-alone stores.

While Indian telecom major Bharti is all set to foray in the retail segment, a number of companies from the US, England and Australia have laid plans to sell their products directly at the retail outlets. With this there lies an exciting times ahead for the Indian retail markets with almost all the preferences of life - apparel and accessories, appliances, electronics, cosmetics and toiletries, home and office products, travel and leisure and many more. With this the retail sector in India is witnessing a rejuvenation as traditional markets make way for new formats such as departmental stores, hypermarkets, supermarkets and specialty stores.

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

127

Page 137:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

Retailers Association of India (RAI) The 'Retailers Association of India (RAI) is the voice of Indian organised and modern retailers putting forward their demand. Launched by the key retailers of the country, rai has founder membership** of 55 companies starting from Aditya Birla Retail Limited; Bharat Petroleum Corporation Ltd, Reliance Webstore Ltd; RPG Retail; Shoppers' Stop; Subiksha Trading Services Pvt. Ltd; Raymond Ltd., To Unilever India Exports Ltd as leading members. It is governed by a Governing Board consisting of eight members and managed by Mr. Gibson G. Vedamani, CEO. On August 2008, a Retail Summit was organized in New Delhi and their suggestions for faster growth of the sector are given in the Appendix. ___________________________________________________________________________________**RAI Founder Mmebers: Aditya Birla Retail Limited, Arvind Brands Ltd., Avenue Supermarts Pvt. Ltd. (D-Mart), Bharat Petroleum Corporation Ltd. Classic Fashions, Damas Goldfields Jewellery Pvt. Ltd. Ebony Retail Holdings Ltd. G R Thanga Maligai, Gini & Jony, Globus Stores, Guardian Lifecare Ltd., Heritage Foods (India) Ltd. Infiniti Retail Ltd., ITC Ltd – LRBD, Kalanjali Arts & Crafts, Kewal Kiran Clothing Pvt. Ltd., Kirtilal Kalidas & Co., Koutons Retail India Ltd., Lakewood Malls Pvt. Ltd. (Haiko), Levi Strauss (India) Pvt. Ltd., Lifestyle International Pvt. Ltd., L N B Textiles Pvt. Ltd., Madura Garments, Major Brands (India) Pvt. Ltd., Manipal Cure & Care Pvt. Ltd., McDonald's India (West & South), MnM Marketing Private Ltd. (MnM), Nalli , NEXT Retail India Ltd. Odyssey India Ltd., Pantaloon Retail (India) Ltd., Personality Ltd. (Weekender), Piramyd Retail Ltd., Planet M , Provogue India Ltd., Rajmal Lakhichand Jewellers Pvt. Ltd., Raymond Ltd., Reliance Petro Marketing Pvt. Ltd., Reliance Webstore Ltd., RPG Retail , Shoppers' Stop , Subiksha Trading Services Pvt. Ltd., TCS Textile Pvt. Ltd. (The Chennai Silks), The Bombay Dyeing & Manufacturing Co. Ltd, The Mobile Store, Titan Industries Ltd., Trent Ltd., Unilever India Exports Ltd., Vishal Retail Ltd., Vivek Ltd., Wadhawan Food Retail Pvt Ltd, WITCO (India) Ltd., Zodiac Clothing Co. Ltd.

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

128

Page 138:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

CONCLUSION

Unlike the kirana stores that served us for decades, the new breed of retail chains is heavily dependent on IT. The best examples are: Wal-Mart with Bharti Enterprises and Reliance Retail, the retail wing of Reliance, which had planned to establish 10,000 stores by 2010. It had already opened 11 pilot stores under the “Reliance Fresh” format in Hyderabad. All these trends and developments present a great business opportunity for software and hardware vendors from across the globe. For faster growth as expected in the country the following points may be considered

There is a need to find a model that does not displace our existing retailers.

The government should conduct an impact analysis of the super market chains like Tesco and Carrefour, which would hit its retail sector.

Retail reforms are to be introduced by protecting the livelihoods of the small shopkeepers they represent.

At the same time, the government should attract foreign investment to provide the infrastructure - the warehousing, distribution and processing operations - that are needed to upgrade India's chaotic retail industry.

Governmental regulations, lack of funds, and micro markets in India are some of the key reasons for a large SMB sector in India.

Globalization in trade is forcing the SMBs to improve their efficiency in conducting business. As of now, there is no policy for foreign direct investment in retail. The government allows 100 per cent FDI in cash and carry through the automatic route and 51 per cent in the retail trade of single brand products. Besides, the franchise route is available for the big operators.

The government also proposes further liberalisation in the retail sector allowing 51 per cent FDI in consumer electronics, sports goods, stationery and building equipment. The current policy regime also bars foreign retailers from selling multiple brands directly to consumers. Also, this policy framework involves numerous licensing formalities for the retailers and hence there is demand for a single window clearance system, which makes the whole process hassle-free.

As the government is in the process of initiating a second phase of reforms,

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

129

Page 139:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

it is desirable that the Government seek these options keeping in view the existing social framework of India and ensure that the entry of global retail giants does not displace the existing employment in the retail business.

Since the basic objective is to make data available to users and customers, proper IT implementation and superior IT infrastructure are needed to ensure that in spite of getting minimal details, the retailer captures the right information, which flows to everyone from the back office staff to the head office managers.

As the FDI influence on the Indian retail sector sets in, the total size of the retail trade is expected to grow extensively in the coming years and the consumer segments patronising the big malls will create frenzy for organized retailing predicting a growth of 25 to 30 per cent per annum over the next decade. Moreover, Indian retail chains would get integrated with global supply chains since FDI will bring in technology, quality standards and marketing, thereby leading to new economic opportunities and creating more employment generation.

With more foreign companies investing in retail, consumers will get more choices and will have to spend less. That is indeed, a good news - especially when the inflation is bent upon climbing up and up.

Industry trends for retail sector indicate that organized retailing has major impact on controlling inflation because the large organized retailers are able to buy directly from producers at the most competitive prices.

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

130

Page 140:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

Appendix

TiE Retail Summit 2008 initiates Retail sector towards a faster growth trajectory

The TiE Retail Summit, 2008 saw a unanimous thought on combining the best from both the markets-domestic as well as the western markets, to create a sustainable growth for the retail industry in the country.

New Delhi, August 1: The TiE Retail Summit, 2008 saw a unanimous thought on combining the best from both the markets-domestic as well as the western markets, to create a sustainable growth for the retail industry in the country.

In India there are around 15 million retail outlets, which cater to the day-to-day needs of the customers. They are convenient, affordable, provide add on services, which a customer does not find in a big retail shops. Big chains on the other hand enjoy large-scale efficiencies.

The one-day event saw several thought leaders from the retail market in India sharing their experiences and thoughts on the galore of opportunities the Indian retail sector has to offer.

Arvind Singhal, Chairman, Technopak Advisors, talked about the future of large retail chains in India, their strength and weaknesses and what it meant for small and medium retailers in terms of opportunities. In his keynote session on "The India Story", William Bissell, Managing Director, FabIndia shared his experiences on the success of his venture built around an India centric philosophy. He said that, "The opportunities the retail sector has to offer are like never before and the entrepreneurs need to look at them with a fresh perspective."

Elaborating on the "The learnings from Indian and Western retail models", Viney Singh spoke about the distinctive features of the Indian and Western Retail Models.

He went on to emphasize the need to amalgamate the features to suit the consumer patterns in the Indian markets, the key learnings and the way forward to maintain a global perspective, while nurturing the diversity to maintain connection with the local markets.

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

131

Page 141:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

Mark Ashman, CEO, Marks and Spencer India, shared the success story of Marks and Spencer and the knowledge that the Indian market had to offer to the western giant.

Commenting on the boom in the retail sector he said, "India has a huge retail margin. The Indian market is growing and has a room for everyone which in turn leads to greater employment and entrepreneurial opportunities."

TiE platform also showcased several relevant success stories in the retail sector. Ashutosh Garg, Chairman and Managing Director, Guardian Life Care highlighted the essential elements required for a start-up venture. Taking analogy of Guardian Life Care, he explained the factors that come into play to gain a greater foothold within the local and national markets.

Milagrow, a Knowledge Solutions Venture Catalyst firm, presented a white paper during the summit focusing on how small retailers can survive the competition from the bigger retail players from the organized sector.

The white paper throws light on the strengths and weaknesses of smaller players as compared to the big organized chains, the strategies adopted by smaller players and their road ahead.

References1 FDI in Retail Sector – The Hindu Business Line, November 9, 2011

2 “Retail sector all set for intense competition in near future” – The Hindu Business Line, September 15, 2006.

3 “Countdown to India's retail Revolution” - Retail Sector in India - By Toby Poston BBC News business.

4 “India Retail Sector – IT Usage and Trends 2007-2011: Forecast and Analysis – An Overview “ by Arpan Gupta Parijat Chakraborty and Parishesh Mishra, IDC, January 2007.

5 “Report on Impact of big retail on small operations” by Indian Council for Research on International Economic Relations (ICRIER), 2008.

6 “Organized retail to capture 25 pc Markets by 2011” – Indian Reality News May 13, 2008 --- indianrealtynews.com/category/retail-market reporter, August 19,2007.

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

132

Page 142:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

7 TiE Retail Summit 2008 initiates Retail sector towards a faster growth trajectory - Yahoo News, August 1, 2008.

8. Maps of India's.com–Business Directory at business.mapsofindia.com/ sectors/retail

9. “India's Retarted Retail Sector”- Shyam Sunder is J. L. Frank professor of accounting, economics and finance at the Yale School of Management.

10. REUTERS, November 30,2011

11. http://www.rncos.com/Report/IM112.htm

13. “Indian retail sector to grow to about $900 bn by 2014: PwC”, PTI Feb 3, 2011

14. “India opens retail sector to foreign brands like Adidas, Ikea and others” – AFP, 11Jan,2012

15. “India Retail Sector Outlook in 2012 stable: Fitch” – PTI, Jan 18,2012

16. FDI scenario in India, CSO, 2010-11

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

133

Page 143:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the
Page 144:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

9. DEVELOPING SUCCESSFUL MICRO-ENTREPRENEUR IN HEALTH CARE THROUGH MICROFRANCHISING - A GLOBAL EXPERIENCE

Srikanta Kumar Padhi*

Abstract Poverty is the prime hazard in development. Two third of world population is affected by poverty and other related issues like health, education etc. In order to improve their standard of living as well as quality of life, their socio-economic development is necessary. The social environment, livelihood, infrastructural inadequacy, employability source of income etc., are prime factors of socio-economic development. It is the high time to build up entrepreneurship activities among the poor communities in developing countries like India. However exposure to micro-credit and micro enterprise is the need of hour and these enterprises can provide employment opportunity to the people and improve their economic condition.

For the Indian Government, the healthcare sector is a priority area. India is still finds the joint eighth position along with Malaysia as moderately attractive destination in attracting multinational pharmaceutical companies operating in the Asia Pacific region, as published in the report by Business Monitor International (BMI)'s regional Business Environment Rankings table for third quarter of 2008. Key highlights of the Indian market are the absolute market size, strong annual growth indicators, recently introduced healthcare insurance scheme for the poor, and the improving economic as well as intellectual property (IP) environments. If we look at the other side of the mirror, World Health Organization (WHO) criticized India's pharmaceutical regulatory system recently in April 2008. India needs to strengthen its basic economic structure of the poor people.

In this contour, Microfranchising can be act as a sustainable business model for creating and empowering successful micro entrepreneurs in the Health care. This model will provide stimulation for a sustainable entrepreneurial cycle and help

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

135

______________________________________________________________Keywords: Microfranchising, emerging trends, economic self reliance, Economic empower, Microfinance, Sustainable Health care, Base of the Pyramid (BoP)

th* Srikanta Kumar Padhi, Research Associate, Icfai Research Center, 4 Floor, Stellar Sphinx, Road No.1, Banjara Hills, Punjagutta, Hyderabad. Pin-500082, Andhra Pradesh, India , Phone No: +91-9985484938, Email: [email protected]

Page 145:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

towards socio-economic development and act as a catalyst in alleviating poverty to the rural community. Furthermore, microfranchises model can result in mutual benefit for the franchisee and franchisor. This paper tries to decasualize reason that why and how microfranchising can be utilized as an appropriate delivery system, especially when paired up with microfinance institutions and its scope in India. By taking this objective into consideration, this paper explains some successful case experiences namely CFW Shops, VisionSpring (earlier Scojo Foundation), and Bicycling Empowerment Network (BEN) in developing the Health care services for the people living at the base of the pyramid by creating successful and economically self-reliant micro-entrepreneurs.

INTRODUCTION Poverty is one of the stubborn problems in the developing world. As per

1World Bank “Poverty is hunger. Poverty is lack of shelter. Poverty is being sick and not being able to see a doctor. Poverty is not having access to school and not knowing how to read. Poverty is not having a job, is fear for the future, living one day at a time. Poverty is losing a child to illness brought about by unclean water. Poverty is powerlessness, lack of representation and freedom.” The dimensions and face of poverty may vary from country to country, from region to region still, poverty, in all of faces, reasons for a foremost social challenge and a major threat for any country. Therefore it can be explained as an action to change the world, so that more people can access for enough food, shelter, education and health, and other minimum and basic requirements of their communities.

Poverty not only affects individuals or groups, or is not only confined to the developing nations but developed countries are also evident in experiencing the problems of poverty through a set of social problems especially in rural areas. Poverty has been looked at through a number of perspectives by considering various indicators such as income levels, consumption patterns, social indicators,

2and indicators of vulnerability to risks and of socio/political aspects.

However, the foremost reason behind poverty is lack of employment opportunities in rural areas and these communities are the major victims of poverty. There was an interesting declaration by the International Labour Organization (ILO) by emphasizing its objectives and purpose at Philadelphia in, 1944, “Poverty anywhere is a threat to prosperity everywhere”. Likewise, Gandhi called poverty “the worst form of violence.” It is not the sole responsibility of the government to alleviate poverty but also significant contribution must be provided from the corporate world. The corporate world has equal responsibility to initiate the social

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

136

Page 146:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

up-liftment or social business initiatives. In this regards some significant steps were establishment of micro credit and microfinance institutions. Although microfinance has helped many clients improve income and living standards through self-employment, many microfinance institutions have become aware of a new problem for clients that its products do not currently address. The disconcerting trend in their clients' businesses is that a majority of self-employment businesses

3stop growing after several consecutive loans. Therefore, it is realized that there should be a business model with an objective to empower poor by creating successful micro-entrepreneur, who can be economically self-reliant, can improve their living standard, and the business can be sustainable. With this idea the concept of “Microfranchising” as potential socio-economic development form of business model is emerged. The main objective of Microfranchising is to provide sound business opportunities by introducing scaled-down business concepts with successful franchise organizations that does overall improvement of the clients in education, health care, gender equality, child mortality, etc and also promote the environmental sustainable behavior. Therefore, in an easy terminology, we can______________________________________________________________1Understanding Poverty, available athttp://web.worldbank.org/WBSITE/EXTERNAL/TOPICS/EXTPOVERTY/EXTPA/0,,contentMDK:20153855~menuPK:435040~pagePK:148956~piPK:216618~theSitePK:430367,00.html, as accessed on 25th July 2008.

2Understanding Poverty, available athttp://web.worldbank.org/WBSITE/EXTERNAL/TOPICS/EXTPOVERTY/EXTPA/0,,contentMDK

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

137

Fig 1: Rural Poor Community

Poverty is a call to action -- for the poor and the wealthy alike -- a call to change the world so that many more may have enough to eat, adequate shelter, access to education and health, protection from violence, and a voice in what happens in their communities.

Source:http://web.worldbank.org

Page 147:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

define, Microfranchising as the establishment and/or means for establishing sustainable and small or micro entrepreneur by focusing on a successful market using proven operational methods, financial assistance, mentoring and other

4managerial assistance with the support of a brand.

Figure 2 shows that Microfranchising is a step ahead of the concepts of microfinance and micro credit and is the leading choice of modern organization in elevating and empowering the poor along with tapping the Base of Pyramid (BOP) market which has huge potent ia l for business opportunity. Further Microfranchising offers great promise in alleviating poverty by creating successful micro entrepreneurs.

MICROFRANCHISING: A STEP AHEAD Microfranchising is a new buzzword that is catching enough notice in the present decade. It is a new tool designed specifically to assist the rural and small entrepreneurs to become more successful and reach economic self-reliance, along with their overall social development through the assistance of successful business models with the necessary initial and on-going training. It encompasses huge potential in alleviating poverty by combining the soc ia l entrepreneurship wi th bus iness entrepreneurship.

Fig 3 : Jason Fairbourne on Microfranchising There various forms of business franchise models. (APENDIX II). However as per UNDP's Millennium Development Goals initiated from 2004_____________________________________________________________contentMDK:20153855~menuPK:435040~pagePK:148956~piPK:216618~theS

thitePK:430367,00.html, as accessed on 25 July 2008.

3Hatch, John. “Slogging Toward a Poverty-Free World: The Need for Microfinance-Microfranchise Partnership.”January, 2006. Internal document.

4As defined by the author.

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

138

Source: www.marriottschool.byu.edu

Fig 2: Economic Ladder

Source: www.marriottschool.byu.edu

Page 148:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

onwards, UNDP is coming out series of reports to clarify how businesses are creating value in the difficult market conditions chiefly characterized by poverty and how, in the process, they can also create value for the poor. In this contour Microfranchising is one such potential form. Under this model mainly there are two players having business relationship, namely, one is the franchisor and the other is franchisee and both are mutually benefited in the process of promoting, running and developing the business without comprising the overall social development of clients.

It is a common parlance that everyone does not have the entrepreneurial strength to come up with a brilliant business idea or the necessary expertise for the overall activities of a business. But this problem can be solved through Microfranchising business model. In this model, a franchisor can offer to a franchisee financial assistance, a brand for the products for a wider and ready market, and largely a step-by-step guidance that greatly enhances the chances of success and ultimately make them economically independent. Further, it will not only create micro entrepreneurs but sustainable businesses rather these initiatives also takes care the other social parameters of their clients. Thus Social

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

139

EXHIBIT 1: UNDERSTANDING MICROFRANCHISING

The overall objective of Microfranchising is to promote economic development by developing sound business models that can be replicated by entrepreneurs at the base of the pyramid; therefore, the start-up costs of Microfranchises will be minimal. The key principle behind this form of business model is replicating success to scale. It is well known that there is a lack of employment opportunities in developing countries leaving nearly one half of the world's population (3 billion people) living in severe poverty (living on less than two dollars a day). Therefore, many people have no choice but to start micro enterprises in order to survive. According to The International Labor Organization's 2002 report, 72 percent of Sub-Saharan Africa's population operates within the informal sector, survived on a hand-to-mouth basis. Whereas in Latin America it was 51 percent and in Asia it was 65 percent. Furthermore, many of the small businesses operated by people in developing countries fail or exist on subsistence levels, leaving hundreds of millions in poverty. Microfranchising is a new tool designed specifically to assist these entrepreneurs to become more successful and reach economic self-reliance, through the provision of successful business models with the necessary initial and on-going training managerial and other assistance to succeed. Available at http://marriottschool.byu.edu/selfreliance/ wiki/controller.cfm?faqSource: http://marriottschool.byu.edu, Microfranchising Wiki

Page 149:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

entrepreneurs are those who bring positive social change, likewise business entrepreneurs are those who can contribute to the development of the economy. Largely, Microfranchising is a collaborative sustainable business model that fulfills both of the above two objectives.

MICROFRANCHISING: CREATING AND EMPOWERING SUCCESSFUL MICRO ENTREPRENEUR IN HEALTH CARE Most of the people in the informal sector or informal economics in countries like India, Bangladesh, are either self-employed or casual daily wage labours who are engaged in more than one occupation (multiple jobs). Many informal economies have benefited by leveraging microfranchising model to make people come out from poverty to prosperity. Streamlining delivery mechanisms, which is bundled with products and services where involving corporate, MFIs and poor families as clients (beneficiaries of microfranchising) can create a quadruple effect, where overall societal development will take place in the long run with the new forms of financing. This whole initiative can be the solution to global poverty where all the stakeholders are benefited.

Many companies around the globe are exploring their business operations and relationships in a fundamental way in the light of Sustainable Development, seeking to amalgamate their way of profitable growth with safeguarding environmental and rural empowerment and quality of life for present and future generations. These perspectives make some companies to make significant changes in their business strategies, policies, as well as commitments. By looking at the above types of common characteristics, the feasibility of microfranchising form of business model can be an appropriate justification in alleviating poverty and creating successful micro entrepreneurs in with more appropriate in rural communities.

Under this model a franchise package includes any number of the following: operations manual, a training, access to the supply chain, hardware, sales strategies, product sourcing, and credit, branding or marketing. Following are some of very good experiences in creating successful Micro entrepreneur in Health Care through Microfranchising model:

Microfranchising: CFW Shop's Healthcare Services Experience The ®HealthStore Foundation's initiatives makes high-quality, basic healthcare and essential drugs accessible in an affordable way for a majority of the world's poor. Its business-format franchise model can maintain business and

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

140

Page 150:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

5clinical standards and scale geometrically while assuring economies of scale. Under this Business Format Franchising, the business processes follows through a Three

Point Test. Under this format the franchisor that is the HealthStore's under its brand “CFWshops” provides all kinds of assistance franchisor's supply chain, compliance program to financing. This system includes easy-to-follow standards, policies, procedures, and forms that enable franchisees with little to no business experience

6to properly operate their medical outlets. Through this initiative Franchisees can earn a profit by rendering his services and by selling products by either acting as the owner/operator of his or her own business in compliance with franchise norms and standards.

with the growing of the business the franchisee may also hire employees who also earn a living wage. Very often it has been found that franchisees become community______________________________________________________________5Microfranchising Health Care Services to Low Income Communities by Scott D. Hillstrom and Michael H. Seid, Microfranchising – perspectives and experiences by Icfai university Press, 2008,

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

141

EXHIBIT 2: THE HEALTHSTORE FOUNDATION® FOUNDED THE CFW SHOPS

The HealthStore Foundation® founded the CFWshops business-format franchise network in Kenya and operated it from 1999 to 2002 when HealthStore founded the Sustainable Healthcare Foundation (“SHF”), a Kenyan charitable organization (i.e., NGO), to operate as the franchisor entity in Kenya. Presently, SHF operates the CFWshops network in Kenya as a sub-franchisor of The HealthStore Foundation®. As of December 2007, the network is comprised of 65 medical clinics and drug shops, and served approximately 450,000 customers and patients in 2006.

Medical Clinics: Two-thirds of the outlets are medical clinics owned and operated by nurses with at least ten years of professional experience.

Drug Shops: One-third of the outlets are drug stores owned and operated by Community Health Workers (CHWs). CHWs do basic diagnosis and treatment as allowed by law, referring patients they are not qualified to treat to other health providers. They stock over-the-counter drugs such as pain killers, antacids, cough syrups, oral re-hydration solutions, and skin ointments for fungal infections.

Source: Microfranchising Health Care Services to Low Income Communities, by Scott D. Hillstrom and Michael H. Seid

Page 151:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

leaders, as they deliver what may be the only high-quality, affordable medicine in their communities. Some become so dedicated that they stay open seven days a week

7and some choose to serve patients who can't pay for the care they need. If the

franchisee don't follows the norms, the franchisor may revoke the franchise agreement and terminate support, by putting the franchisee out of business. So franchisees can ensure and exercise strong control to comply with clinical and business standards. The major benefits of this model includes 1. Improved medical care and drugs are more effective 2. Outlets are more easily replicated 3. Networks can scale geometrically 4. Economies of scale are achieved.

Healthcare franchises like CFWshops not only improve economic conditions for the whole community but also bring a revolutionary change in health care for children suffering from most common diseases in sub-Saharan Africa like malaria and respiratory infections in an easy to treatment way in local CFW Clinics (APENDIX II) rather going for an overburdened healthcare system (e.g., government dispensaries and hospitals). This allows those healthcare providers to care for patients requiring specialized medical care as a result the entire community

becomes more productive with affordable, easy to access health care system. CFW shops has earned recognition as an award-winning, path-breaking innovation for providing affordable health care services.

In an Interview with Scott Hillstrom, the founder and CEO of The HealthStore Foundation says "The HealthStore Foundation combines microfinance with established, franchising practices to address the simple problem of getting the drugs to sick people when and where they are

8needed".Fig 3: CFW Shop Source: Columbia Business School Social Enterprise Program www.habanahaba.wordpress.com

______________________________________________________________6Step-by-step instructions are provided for things like opening the store each day, hiring and supervising employees, managing inventory, providing customer service, marketing the store to surrounding communities, etc.

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

142

Page 152:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

Microfranchising: BEN Namibia's Bicycle Ambulance BEN Namibia is a non profit organization established in 2005 in Windhoek with the mission to empower disadvantaged Namibians by providing Community

9based, sustainable transport and bicycle-related income generation opportunities. Bicycling Empowerment Network (BEN) Namibia's bicycle ambulance project is the replication of First African Bicycle Information Organization (FABIO) began initially in Uganda that manufactures and distributes bicycle ambulances in Uganda. It is not intended to replace motorized ambulances rather to provide affordable and ultimate means of transport facility for poor community in remote areas, places where tracks are not too sandy and mostly places located within 10 km of a health facility in Namibia, as most of Namibia, do not have public emergency ambulance system, and people often die because they can not afford to pay for private transport. Until Government is able to develop adequate policies and procedures on emergency medical transport, it seems that bicycle ambulances will have a role to

10play. However the major services it facilitate to people suffering from HIV/AIDS-related illness to scorpion bites, in the remote areas.

11 As per BEN Nambia's Network “log book entry with trip details has been made for every trip the ambulance made then a copy of the same has been sent to BEN Namibia on periodic basis to understand its modes Source: www.benbikes.org.zaFig 4: BEN Namibia's bicycle ambulance___________________________________7The HealthStore Foundation® is considering implementing an appropriate 3rd party payment financing mechanism to improve access to drugs and services by very low-income patients, as well as to improve alignment of franchisor, sub-franchisor, and franchisee incentives.8Interview taken by Dilip Dasgupta, and Srikanta Kumar Padhi from Mr. Scott Hillstrom,CEO, CFW Shops on Microfranchising in the Global CEO July 2008 , Icfai University Press

______________________________________________________________9Mission and Objectives of BEN Namibia, available at http://www.benbikes.org.za/namibia/about.html10Emergency healthcare transport, Available athttp://www.benbikes.org.za/namibia/ambulance.html

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

143

Page 153:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

BEN Namibia operates with partnership of community based organizations throughout the country to deliver each bicycle ambulance. It provides Healthcare for training volunteers, maintenance and reporting on the performance of the ambulance through the participatory management session covering issues like storage, access and covering costs of maintenance, etc. This is also a good example of microfranchising form of business model to provide emergency healthcare transport facility simultaneously an income generating opportunity for the local community by joining with BEN Namibia initiative.

MICROFRANCHISING: VISIONSPRING (earlier Scojo Foundation) Vision Spring was founded by Dr. Jordan Kassalow, a practicing optometrist who has dedicated his life to improving vision and economic opportunity in the

12developing world. Jordan's exposure to the following two facts motivated him to thstart Scojo foundation which has been renamed as Vision spring from June 14

2008.These two reasons are:1. Jordan realized that a large number of the patients he treated over 40% simply

needed a pair of non-prescription eyeglasses, the kind found in drugstores all over the US. Yet the people he met were losing their jobs and their livelihoods simply because this affordable, mass-produced product was not available in their area.

2. He examined that, above all, people needed jobs. Without any income, they could not access critical goods and services, such as water, health care, and education.

Without clear vision, millions of the world's poorest people lose income or drop out of the labor force altogether, forcing their families and communities deeper into poverty. However if a simple pair of ready-made eyeglasses made available in every drugstore it can probable restore their vision, productivity, and dignity. By keeping this as his vision, Jordan, started a microfranchise form of

business model “Business in a Bag” concept by creating Vision entrepreneurs. ______________________________________________________________11Emergency healthcare transport, Available athttp://www.benbikes.org.za/namibia/ambulance.html12http://www.visionspring.org/about/our-story.php

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

144

Fig 5: Business in a Bag Source: www.visionspring.org

Page 154:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

This bag is a small business toolkit that allows an entrepreneur (client) with little-to-no previous experience to launch a profitable business. Like microcredit, Vision Spring also provides financial assistance along with training in sales, marketing and business skills, as well as continual support from local staff to clients. The Business in a Bag contains all the products and materials needed for marketing and selling eyeglasses as well as tracking customer information, managing inventory, and running a small business. After selling the glasses, the vision entrepreneurs (clients) pay back the cost of glasses to Vision Spring.

To reach the hundreds of millions in need of eyeglasses worldwide, Vision Spring licenses, partnering with varieties of organizations starting from micro finance institutions to large networks of borrowers to multinational corporations working in some of the poorest regions of the world, to local NGOs providing vital health and economic services in communities. VisionSpring reaches its potential market of over 400 million customers through three channels:1. Direct Sales Channel through which it trains and supports its own network of

entrepreneurs2. Franchise Partner Channel through which it partner with local organizations

to increase its market base;3. Wholesale channel through which it partner with retail organizations to

distribute low-cost glasses to poor communities.

Some of its major partners include Acumen Fund, BASIX, Vedanta, AMS & Co, Drishtee, CEDES, Hindustan Lever Limited, William Davidson Institute, BRAC in various geographic location namely India, Bangladesh, South Africa, Latin America, El Salvador, Guatemala, etc. Franchise Partners allow VisionSpring to reach people in need of eyeglasses in the world's poorest, hardest-to-reach communities. In return, Franchise Partners receive a product with social and economic benefit to their constituents, an additional revenue stream for entrepreneurs and the organization itself, the transfer of VisionSpring's extensive

13knowledge, skills, and experience in Base-of-the-Pyramid sales and marketing.

SUGGESSATIONS FOR FUTURE COURSE OF ACTION For the Indian Government, the healthcare sector is a priority area. India is still finds the joint eighth position along with Malaysia as moderately attractive destination in attracting multinational pharmaceutical companies operating in the Asia Pacific region, as published in the report by Business Monitor International ______________________________________________________________13http://www.visionspring.org/

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

145

Page 155:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

(BMI)'s regional Business Environment Rankings table for third quarter of 2008. Key highlights of the Indian market are the absolute market size, strong annual growth indicators, recently introduced healthcare insurance scheme for the poor, and the improving economic as well as intellectual property (IP) environments. If we look at the other side of the mirror, World Health Organization (WHO) criticized India's pharmaceutical regulatory system recently in April 2008. India needs to strengthen its basic economic structure of the poor people. In this context Microfranchising in India is still an emerging concept with huge potential for many sectors. It's not a hypothetical assumption rather a proven model. If we look into various countries, it can be found that this model has transformed the picture of micro and small entrepreneurs in delivering and improving the health services in countries like Bangaladesh, Ghana, Sub-Saharan Africana Countries, Guatemala, and Latin American Countries etc. It can be successful model if implemented in

14India with proper support from political part along with corporate world.

This can become the next big thing in the list next to microfinance or micro credit. If we glance at the millennium Development goal report as released on July 2008, it has illustrated a lot of success stories through this type of collective and collaborative approach of business enterprise and social enterprise along with government has drastically transformed the life of people living at the base of the pyramid. In this regard some points to be given due considerations in appropriate framing policy agendas may be:

1. Microfinance institutions and NGOs/social enterprises should consider offering Microfranchised business opportunities to their clients. A proven methodology is to become a master franchisee or area developer for one or more reputable brands.

2. Indigenous franchisors should realize that their model works outside the bell jar and create Microfranchise brands to go down market.

3. Domestic companies and multi-national corporations should note that many businesses successfully engaging the BOP are not convoluted cross sector partnerships. Viable Microfranchise networks that leverage core lines of business are often fairly straightforward commercial implementations of a familiar business model.

4. The development community should wean itself away from aid models in favor of genuine enterprise sustainability through pervasive local ownership.

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

146

Page 156:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

5. Governments in the developing world should create franchise-friendly business climates. Franchises from abroad are highly desirable forms of foreign direct investment (FDI) that introduce rare and precious franchise know-how into emerging markets. Problematic government policies include limits or taxes on repatriated royalties and attempts to enact a comprehensive franchise law prematurely before the indigenous franchise economy has gone through a period of florid innovation.

Conclusion: In the words of Jonathan Lash, “empowering solutions” work better than

15 “imposed or donated solutions.” The most efficient way to ignite and fuel this virtuous entrepreneurial cycle on a scale large enough to make a difference in a poor country may be through micro-franchises. Stephen Gibson sees micro-franchises as an efficient way to accelerate local enterprise creation, and that, ultimately, is the

16solution to world poverty. In a Micro-franchised relationship provides a situation where each party emerges as a winner. While the franchising organization/company meets its client requirements in terms of quality and volumes on the other hand the micro entrepreneur acquire increased income, visibility (enhanced profile) as well as enhanced knowledge through various capacity building initiatives. The concept and model of doing business by including the poor in the value chain along with business objective requires significant change. They should progress beyond the conventional dimension of doing business and should act through a sustainable business model, policy and objective to address the challenges of global poverty. Therefore, business as a key partner and solution-provider in this endeavor needs to Handbook, (Provo, UT: The Academy for Creating Enterprise, 2005). A particularly effective poverty intervention may be to link a production facility (shop, ______________________________________________________________14Microfranchises as a Solution to World Poverty, Kirk Magleby, Board of Directors, Ascend, a Humanitarian Alliance, 200615Jonathan Lash, President, World Resources Institute. Presentation at WRI Eradicating Poverty through Profit, San Francisco, December 2004. “Externally imposed development models have not gotten us very far.” Gebreselassie Tesfamichael, “In Africa, Just Help Us to Help Ourselves,” Washington Post, July 24,2005.16Stephen W. Gibson and Jason Fairbourne, Where There Are No Jobs, Volume 4: The MicroFranchise…..

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

147

Page 157:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

148

mill, plant, service center, factory, farm, etc.) with a network of MicroFranchised support enterprises. When the yuan floats, which Tim Layton and others think is inevitable, the price of Chinese goods will rise overnight, and it will become more feasible to locate manufacturing production facilities in many other parts of the world. A second concept that shows enormous promise is to link production overruns, model obsolescence and slow moving inventory clearance with MicroFranchised distribution networks in the developing world. Seed Programs Inc. And Globus Relief are two organizations that currently employ this overstock distribution model enlarge the opportunities for the world's poor people in developing affordable and sustainable services. In this context Microfranchising is a potential business model, which is based on the principle of win-win approach by creating and empowering successful micro entrepreneur as well as the company in terms of revenue and market growth along with a sustainable delivery channel for sustainable Health care services with huge potential for other services too .

Appendix I

CFW Clinics

CFWshops Kenya Statistics

Customers and Patients 2006 2005 2004

Total Visits to ShopsTotal Visits to ClinicsTotal Outreach VIsits

Total Visits by Customers and Patients

Treatments for Prevalent DiseasesMalariaBednets SoldRespiratory InfectionsWormsDiarrheal DiseasesTotal Treatments for All Diseases

*approximate# outreach numbers for 2004 and 2005 are included in the overall totals for these years.Please note: While we are ever striving to improve the accuracy of our data, we are aware ordeficiencies in our system that make the above numbers less than 100% reliable.

121,155269,407

80,086

233,299202,228

#

105,000*72,000*

#

470,648 435,527 177,670

53,31114,54277,76340,03318,064

349,018

63,94820,47584,98031,94433,244

404,501

32,7142,203

45,82417,54416,115

186,037

Page 158:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

149

APPENDIX II

Examples of Global Franchise models

Global Franchise Business Model (variations on franchising)

Business Relationship Examples Characteristics

1. ProductFranchise

Automobile DealershipsProfessional Sports TeamsBotling Plants

Relative AutonomyCapital-intensive

2. Business FormatFranchise

Restaurants, Lodging CFW ShopsPharmacies (Kenya)Cellular City Storefronts (Philippines)

Strict Operating SystemFees, Royalties

3. Informal BusinessFormat

Paleterias La Michoacana(Mexico Multinational)

Loose Affiliation

4. Buyer's Coop Associated Food Stores(Utah Regional)

Member-owned Logistics

5. Producer's Coop Moroni Feed (Utah)Lijat (India)

Member-owned Sales

6. Owner/Operator TruckersCollective Drivers (Latin America)

LogisticsDriver Owns Vehicle(s)

7. Delivery Route Dairy Roundsmen (England)Snack Foods DeliveryD'onofrio Ice Cream Carts (Peru)

Fixed Periodic CircuitFood & Perishables

8. Manufacturer'sRep

Specialized EquipmentSpecialized MaterialUnlever Shakti Amma (India)

Local Sales ConsultantProtected Territaries

9. Joumeyman MechanicsElectricians, Plumbers

Tradesman Owns ToolsIndependent Contractor

10. Piecework Jobber Apparel ManufacturingWorldstock.com (Utah Multinational)

Cottage Industries, Semi-Finished or Finished Goods

11. IndependentOperator

Hair StylistsRetail Market Stalls

Rents Chair or Space

12. Local Agent Insurance AgentsReal Estate Agents

Commissioned Sales

13. Local Distributor Avon LadiesPaper Boys

Open TerritariesInformal Sales

14. Local Purveyor Grameen Phone Ladies (Bangladesh) Scarce Village Resource

15. Local Promoter Cemex Patrimonio Hoy (Mexico) Commissioned AgentOrganizes Self Help Groups

Source : Micro Franchises as a Solution to Global Poverty by risk Magleby

Page 159:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

References:

1. “An Outstanding Example of SME Development via the Franchise Business Model”,(http://www.omidyar.net/group/poverty/file/)

2. Bangasser, P E (2000), 'The ILO and the Informal Sector: An Institutional History', Geneva, ILO Employment Paper.

3. Bracken, Emily et. al. (2006), Microfinance and Microfranchising: A Feasibility Study, Elliott School of International Affairs, The George Washington University.

4. “Critically Ill – Public Health Care in India is in Shambles”, Times of India, November 27, 2007

5. Fairbourne ,Jason et. al., (2007), “Microfranchising: Creating Wealth at the Bottom of the Pyramid”, edited by Edward Elgar Publishing Ltd.

6. Jaya Krishna,S and Agarwal,Naveen Kumar,(2008) Microfranchising-Perspectives and Experiences(2008),Icfai University Press

7. Magleby, Kirk (2006.) “Microfranchise as a Solution to World Poverty, Ascend, a Humanitarian Alliance

8. Magleby, Kirk (2004): “Micro-Franchise as a solution to Global Poverty, (http://go.webassistant.com/4u/upload/users/u1000468/mfsgp.pdf).

9. Ministry of Labour, Government of India, 1999-2000, http://labour.nic.in

10. “Subhasish Roy, “Formal finance for informal sector”, Business Line, December 19, 2006.

WEB REFERENCES:

1. www.ascendalliance.org

2. www.defeatpoverty.com

3. www.knowledge.allianz.com

4. www.microfranchises.org

5. www.marriottschool.byu.edu

6. www.nextbillion.net

7. www.wbcsd.org/web/publications/sl-field- guide.pdf

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

150

Page 160:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

10. INFOTAINMENT

P Udaya Shanker*

Infotainment – concept Infotainment (a portmanteau of information and entertainment) refers to a general type of media broadcast programme which provides a combination of current events news and "feature news", or "features stories".

The term Infotainment also refers to the segments of programming in television news programmes which overall consist of both "hard news" segments and interviews, along with celebrity interviews and human drama stories. Critics have claimed that the combination of the two aspects is a conflict of interest by corporate news outlets — focusing on marketing, not journalism. The term "infotainment" thus may be pejorative among those who hold professional journalistic values in esteem. Infotainment is not documentaries, educational television, or hard news programming. These go more in depth of the subjects they cover and can even provide classroom level instruction in areas such as mathematics, science, biology, or writing.

Infotainment is not only found in broadcast media, but also in retail environments where display material containing information about the features and benefits of various products on display is combined with style, colour, even sound, to provide a shopping "experience". Such "retail infotainment" is often referred to as “retailtainment”.

Usually, Infotainment covers a long term change or point of interest, or a general trend —an aspect of the zeitgeist. Many such stories as those that cover topics such as health tips or gardening tips, exploring television show genres, travel, shopping, yachting or exploring new wines — topics that are not actually "news" at all, in the sense of things that are currently happening. Other stories deal with something that is happening, but is gradual, rather than tied to a single event — a new music genre coming into prominence, a shift in tide in the political views of the nation, a new turn in teen attitudes about sexuality, a commonality among political candidates, the returning appeal of the retro styles and memories of a past decade, crazes like Tamagotchi or Furby, or a common thread among current events that reveals something about the times.______________________________________________________________*Director School of Enterprise Management, ni-msme, Hyderabad

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

151

Page 161:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

Brands and celebrities one and the same Celebrities attract customers to products, often becoming synonymous with not only the brand, but also with that segment of lifestyle and culture. Examples are: Martha Stewart - home and garden, Emeril Lagasse - gourmet food, Dr. Ruth - sex and relationships, and Dr. Phil- self-improvement. Each of these brands/celebrities has a loyal following, with their audience buying nearly anything that person endorses or recommends.

Brand turned into celebrity The concept behind Infotainment is to create a company spokesperson and an entertainment vehicle that revolves around the spokesperson. Infotainment gives the spokesperson a highly visible forum in which to educate and engage the consumers about the company business. It not only allows the company to promote its own products, it positions the business spokesperson as an expert in the industry. Viewers will see these programmes not as advertisements, but as entertaining news programmes which contain useful information about a particular topic of interest, be it fitness, gardening, cooking, or home improvement. Businesses which can deliver the most entertaining and informative content will be the most successful in building brand awareness and loyalty.

Opportunities for automotive OEMs - McKinsey & Company Consumer electronics players have increasingly focused their development power on car infotainment innovations. These players threaten to crowd traditional tier-one suppliers and OEMs out of this lucrative market by offering alternatives to embedded infotainment systems that include similar functionality at lower prices. Furthermore, other fast-paced players from the telecoms and Internet fields, such as Nokia and Google, threaten to replace embedded infotainment devices with GPS-enabled mobile handsets and location-based services.

Beyond the traditional embedded high-end infotainment systems, consumers can now cheaply access GPS-based navigation data via portable navigation devices or GPS-enabled mobile handsets, so why pay to have a redundant system installed in the car? Navigation systems are not the only "take your content everywhere" applications going portable. Everything from iPods to mobile phones and satellite radio players offer take-along capabilities, with the car acting as one of the many physical or wireless docking ports.

McKinsey & Company believes that this consumer electronics driven market disruption not only constitutes a threat to automotive OEMs but, in fact, is an

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

152

Page 162:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

opportunity for additional demand and differentiation. Capturing the car infotainment opportunity may require OEMs to refine their product market strategies and make conscious choices on how to best deploy the new technology. Innovations in automotive infotainment can be leveraged to enhance brand perceptions and foster actual car purchases.

Enhance brand perceptions: To the customer, the development of high-end innovations signals an OEM's technological competence and underlines its brand aspiration and perceptions. One strategy may involve focusing solely on brand enhancement. In this case, innovations do not necessarily have to capture additional sales volumes or profits.

Foster actual purchases: Infotainment leadership can also help the OEMs sell more cars, including low-end/high-volume innovations for which high consumer demand exists or innovations that trigger the final purchase decision.

The OEMs should address a number of important questions in order to craft an appropriate infotainment product market strategy. Regarding products, should OEMs offer low-cost, embedded solutions for the medium-priced car segment? Or, will navigation commoditise and become "standard" on mobile phones? As mobile players seek to integrate navigation with local search and other features, will the "take anywhere" mobile handset make the embedded car system obsolete? Should OEMs strongly push for integration of consumer electronics devices via the standard interfaces in the car? Furthermore, how will the car OEMs achieve high-end differentiation? Regarding pricing issues, how should the OEMs adapt their pricing strategies to best capture customer willingness to pay? Also, what is the trade-off between infotainment system margins and penetration rates, and what is the price elasticity in each segment? Finally, in terms of partnering and technology, how should the automotive OEMs respond to the threat of substitution by after market and consumer electronics infotainment products?

Telematics and Infotainment markets Consumers' safety needs The growing safety, security, convenience, and entertainment needs of the consumers - especially from the passenger vehicle segment - are driving the telematics, navigation, and infotainment markets. The Telematics and navigation markets are in the initial stage of development, whereas the infotainment systems market has been existing since 2001. Sellers offer these systems as value-addition

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

153

Page 163:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

accessories to build brand loyalty and retain customers in the original equipment (OE) market.

Rising new vehicle sales drive Telematics market Availability of low-cost substitutes and limited consumer awareness of product functions and benefits are hindering the growth of the telematics markets. Absence of collaboration between the market participants and reluctance of car accessory dealers to promote telematics are restricting consumer adoption. Nevertheless, the rise in the new vehicle sales especially the high-end ones and the subsequent increase in vehicle population are likely to drive the telematics equipment sales. Diverse factors such as increasing service revenues, product variety induced by technological advancements, rise in the car thefts and hijacks are also boosting the demand for telematics products. The market is further encouraged by the enhanced consumer buying power on account of the growing economy.

In case of in-car navigation systems (ICNSs), factors such as continuous infrastructure development, road construction activities, frequent thunder storms, floods, and the growing product acceptance among the youngsters are encouraging the market growth. Further, the low level of competition presents a lucrative opportunity for early entrants into the ICNS market.

In-car Infotainment vendors target lower-vehicle segments Despite having a limited number of participants, in-car infotainment (ICI) market is a highly competitive one with an influx of inexpensive and unbranded products from China, Taiwan and Korea. To counter this competition, established companies are offering price discounts and have come up with infotainment products with fewer features for lower-vehicle segments.

The growing demand from consumers for superior infotainment quality is initiating a shift toward technologically and functionally superior ICI systems. Additionally, the burgeoning popularity of multi purpose vehicles (MPVs) and sport utility vehicles (SUVs), which are witnessing an introduction of new models, is spurring the demand for the ICI products.

Modern ICT solution - Lindner Hotels Lindner Hotels AG runs four-star and four-star plus hotels in 27 locations in Germany, Austria, Spain and Switzerland. Majority of the hotels' guests are people on business, who value their service and comprehensive conference and

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

154

Page 164:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

communication facilities. This group was the first to equip all its hotels and resorts with hotspots for wireless LAN applications. Internet access from every hotel room has been standardised since the mid 1990s.

In order to further improve its service and exploit new opportunities for turnover, the hotel has awarded T-Systems a contract for the creation, implementation and operation of a future-oriented communications and infotainment concept for all its hotels.

Identical multimedia equipment everywhere The results are striking – with their numerous new services. The hotel can further extend their reputation as a leader in innovation and so attract loyal customers. The Lindner Info Channel, for example, informs guests about what is on offer in their hotel, in the region and at other locations in which Lindner has hotels. By equipping all its hotels with identical multimedia equipment, guests can enjoy a wide selection of TV and video entertainment, with more than 50 films with top quality technology.

At the same time, conventional Pay TV gave way to genuine video-on-demand, where the guest can determine when to start watching and can interrupt the film at any time. And guests can continue watching a film that they started in one hotel in another Lindner hotel.

IP is the heart of the matter The Internet Protocol (IP) is at the heart of this solution.

T-Systems takes on the operation and maintenance of all the technology and the central Internet connection. Furthermore, the hotels' local networks are connected to the ICT service provider's international MPLS (Multi-Protocol Label Switching) platform.

As part of the modernisation process, T-Systems had also merged the formerly separate voice and data networks. This enables the hotel to save administration and running costs.

Fit for the future Everywhere, new hotels are getting themselves equipped with the latest technology. In addition, in a project started by the Fraunhofer Institute “InHaus2”, HOCHTIEF, Lindner and T-Systems are working jointly to develop concepts for

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

155

Page 165:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

the hotel of the future. Because, even after the solution has been set up, T-Systems accompanies customers every step of the way, to achieve an ICT solution covering all the sites. This partnership therefore frees Lindner from tasks that do not form part of its core business, and promotes the group's expansion plans by – among other things – giving it technological advantages over its competitors.

Compact

Multimedia hotel concept

Win new customers and gain loyalty from existing ones

Genuine video-on-demand: determine when to start watching, interrupt a film when you wish and continue watching in the next Lindner Hotel

Info channel notifies guests about services offered in other Lindner Hotels

Real ICT complete solution from a single source one service provider, one contract

ICT solutions assist with rapid expansion

Identical multimedia equipment in all hotels in the chain

Everything based on the Internet Protocol

One network for voice and data

“InHaus2” – developing joint concepts for the hotel of the future

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

156

Page 166:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

11. CONSULTANCY NEEDS FOR SERVICE SECTOR

N R Dattatreya* & Dr. G.U.K.Rao**

Introduction Management consulting has become a huge business, boosted by the chill winds of change, slower growth and tougher competition and the challenge of advancing technology. Management consultants are brought in by organisations needing wider expertise than is available internally, or to provide an objective appraisal, advise on a new strategy, improve the performance, install new systems or equipment, launch new projects, or supply experts to cope with temporary workloads. In every country in the world service sector is playing a wider role in day to day living. Right from aviation to rural areas different types of services are being contemplated. Management consultancy as a service is playing a vital role in many areas.

Counting profits In 2006, leading management consultancy firms had enjoyed their third consecutive year of 12 per cent fee income growth, much of which is attributed to financial services companies and central government. The financial services sector contributed more than a third of their total fee income. Although the most profitable market for consultants, this sector is also the most volatile. When the economy slows, spending on consultants can fall off dramatically.

Fee income from the local government, manufacturing, health care, and the pharmaceutical industry spending on consultancy had increased at well above average rates. The second largest market – central government – has been awash with consultants. But will this continue? After more than a decade, can there be much more improvement under the government's reform agenda? There is clearly more to be done in areas like Health Service and Education.

The third largest market for consultancy has, for some time, been the communications, segment and the fourth largest the manufacturing industry, including aerospace and defence. Many smaller practices offer a strong value proposition and even big clients are using them for service, skills and functional knowledge.______________________________________________________________* Former-Director, Consultancy Dept., ni-msme (Formerly known as nisiet)** Director, School of Enterprise Development, ni-msme

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

157

Page 167:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

But can the profession count on continuing year on year double-digit growth? The more optimistic have few doubts. The pessimists point to key markets for consultancy,, which have learnt some valuable lessons from consultants or appointed, or strengthened their own internal teams of consultants, rather like internal auditors. Management consultants have had a field day, or rather several years of super growth. The question is, can it last? There must be a question mark about future levels of business from the public sector. Can other key markets, like financial services, yield more consultancy projects, following huge demand from banking, notably institutions requiring advice on compliance, besides outsourcing and IT?

Manufacturing has been a profitable source of business. Major multinationals must constantly need to improve their performance, and more SMEs will look for help to achieve profitable growth.

Like many service companies, management consultants have had their share of criticism. Why is management consultancy enjoying explosive growth all over the world, making it one of the most successful businesses to be associated with, a secretive profession which just grows and grows and prospers, charging high fees, promising the blue skies, but not always leaving its clients bubbling over with joy? Consultants must do a lot of things right, or they wouldn't enjoy the success they do. But they are also very good at selling and promising 'to improve your bottom line'.

Good advice can be priceless. Bad advice can be a waste of money, as one of the best books on the subject – 'Dangerous Company' by O'Shea and Madigan, testifies. The dominating consultancies – Accenture, IBM Consulting, Deloitte, Xansa, PWC Boston and McKinsey – operate in many parts of the world. At one point, Accenture's forerunner, Andersen, had 4,000 people in Asia and McKinsey is believed to have played a key role in India's growth record.

If a company ever contemplates bringing in consultants, the question must be how to choose and use them? How does the relationship work and what are the pitfalls to guard against? How wide is service sector? What are the problems in it? Should it be streamlined? Should it have consultancy support? And so on, questions come to mind. How to bring down and reduce failures in services provided by remedy solutions?

Major consultancy services are provided even in the Government and, Quasi-governmentals in our country like:

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

158

Page 168:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

Railway services Transport services Water supply services Power supply services Public distribution services Banking services Postal services Educational services Defence services Maintaining law and order services Industrialization services Employment creation and training services Developmental services Health and medical services Communication services and Many other essential services which are essential for good standard of living

Even in the private sector, one can find a wide range of services like: Private airlines Private transport services Private educational services Private medical services Courier services Entertainment services Banking services Hotel services Labour supply services Export import commercial services and Many other services which are helpful in daily life to public

When there are so many such services are in use, still we find lot of criticism from the end users about these services. Therefore, to analyse properly on these aspects there should be specialized management consultancy services and consultants support are needed.

Challenges in Consultancy Services Invariably the consultants' most senior people make the presentations and if they

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

159

Page 169:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

win the business, stay briefly to reassure the client. Thereafter, younger colleagues, not long out of university or business school, take over. Recent years have also seen a fast-growing demand for consultants who don't only analyse and prescribe solutions to problems but stay to implement their advice. These are referred as interim managers, who can be hired for days or weeks and come with board level experience, a general management background or specific strengths, whether in production, marketing, finance, distribution or sales.

The following check list is designed to help us make the right choice:

- Check with other local businesses, leaders in the section of the market, or trade association, whether they've used consultants for a particular problem and can they make any recommendations.

- Invite two or three consultancy firms or individual consultants to pitch for the business.

- Ask them how many successful assignments they have handled personally, in which industries and over what period and with what level of success. Can these former clients be referred to for a reference?

- How long will the assignment under discussion take and what will it cost? Who will be working on it?

- If you decide to go ahead, reach a clear understanding about costs, expenses and invoicing. Otherwise you might be shocked to receive an invoice for huge amount on account. Expenses and disbursements, as some professions like to call them, can cover a multitude of items that were never mentioned before.

- Insist on stage reports and keep a close eye on progress. Consultants are not infallible. Even the biggest and best have been responsible for some awful howlers in their recommendations, reports and studies.

- Beware of fancy textbook ideas that are more likely to enrich consultants than your business. Bad advice can lead to worse problems that you started with. On the other hand, consultancies aim to build long-term relationships with clients.

- Be wary of the products or services consultants may try to sell you on top of the business you've agreed. They can be quite shrewd in developing so-called packages, for example information technology service, 'hot' market research, new telecom systems or energy-saving schemes.

Methodology to find lacuna and requirement of different service sector groups

1. Send questionnaires to Government and Private sector groups and get feed back

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

160

Page 170:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

2. Survey to be conducted over a period to assess consultancy requirement of service sector

3. Random sampling may be done in case of private similar function doing service sector and develop consultants

If they are good, the risk is that they stay too long, because you come to rely on them. Often the individual on the job may be good at analysis or report writing, but poor at problem solving and getting your own people properly involved.

Remedial Measures A survey has to be conducted in each sector either Government or private sector for finding gaps as lacuna in the functioning of these sectors. Specialized consultants and consultancy agencies are required. Big organizations have their own consultants but other sectors are running haphazardly and controlling sometimes becomes a problem and get out of control and reach. India is an agricultural country and majority of 80% population lives in rural areas, yet many services are not up to the expectations in semi urban/rural areas like:

Transport services to rural areas Communication services Health services and medical facilities Power and water supply services Educational services Shopping services Other services

We should have general and specialized consultants and consultancy agencies to study and evaluate the lacunae, put up to the authorities and streamline and solve the problems and gaps.

Common facility service provider centres in rural, semi urban and urban areas with consultants and services by them may be charged. About 20 villages can have common facility service provider sector agency.

State and Central Government funding may be there to run common facility centers with specialized consultants to tackle problems and improve service sector. Failures in services can be analysed and brought down by 90 per cent though not completely eliminated.

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

161

Page 171:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

Institutes like ni-msme can have trainers training programmes for consultants to manage common facility service support centres. The Learned audience are requested to give points for strengthening the service sector and give opinion whether there should be external consultancy agencies with experienced consultants.

This should be pre-followed by survey of the above cited service sector and find whether consultancy support is required to streamline the services, as a country like ours with a large population will take time for the effective running of service.

A model questionnaire may be developed to assess the external consultants and consultancy services required which can be taken up by ni-msme with the approval of Ministry of MSME, GoI to streamline the services rendered. Advanced countries in the west, China with huge population and the developing countries may be also found out about the methodologies.

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

162

Page 172:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

12. LSCM APPLICATION AS e-BUSINESS FOR MANUFACTURING AND SERVICE SECTOR

ENTERPRISES OF INDIA- SCENARIO & CHALLENGES

- Dr N.Srilakshmi*

Introduction Supply chain management (SCM) is about optimizing the business processes and business value in every corner of the extended enterprise -- from your supplier's supplier to your customer's customer. SCM uses e-business concepts and web technologies to manage beyond the organization - upstream and downstream. Manufacturers and vendors can share sales forecasts, manage the inventories, schedule labour, optimize the deliveries, and improve the productivity. Some of the processes included SCM are:

Procurement

Inventory Management

Forecasting

Warehousing

Logistics

SCM become e-business enabled Companies with a network of suppliers, vendors, and distributors need a fast, efficient way to disseminate information and enable two-way communications. This is done over the web using:

customized extranet sites

Web servers

groupware (e-mail-integrated collaborative software) You can start web-enabling legacy systems to provide visibility to selected partners, suppliers, and customers and to integrate the supply chain into your company's other processes.______________________________________________________________*Registrar Head, Centre for Logistics & Integrated Materials Systems (C-LAIMS),ni-msme and also an UK Certified and approved (IRCA Regs) Lead Auditor & Tutor:ISO 9001:2000/14001:2004,2800,0OHSAS,TQM/Six Sigma/NAAC Assessor.

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

163

Page 173:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

e-business based SCM solutions Lower operating costs through reduced inventory requirements

Improve customer satisfaction by maintaining adequate stock. This will keep your offerings fresh and attuned to market trends and changes.

Improve productivity through better data integrity, fewer order entry errors, less rework, and faster communications. !

Resistance to change by employees is the most commonly cited reason for business project cost overruns and failure. Change Management and Process Adoption is the process of facilitating and accelerating major business initiatives within an organization. This process specifically targets the root causes of resistance and provides the necessary strategies and tools needed to communicate and achieve employee acceptance. Companies that implement effective Change Management can dramatically reduce implementation costs and achieve a rapid return on investment.

The strategic supply chain initiative of an international automotive aftermarket organisation undertaken in 1996-97. Consisted of four distinct stages; a review of the current state: definition of the future vision, development of the operational blueprint, and its implementation. The characteristics of the supply chain in terms of number of players, consolidation, market and customer requirements are given.

Suitable measures of performance (MOPs) are defined and classified as either market qualifiers or order winners. Aggregate MOPs include Quality, service time, service level and total logistics costs. Agriculture, including crop and animal husbandry, forestry and agro-forestry, fisheries, and agro-industries, provides livelihoods to over 70 per cent of the Indian population. Multifunctional - an economic activity (producing goods) and a service to the community (food security, rural employment, and environmental obligations such as soil conservation, sustainable natural resource management and biodiversity protection) - is thus crucial to sustainable agricultural and rural development in our country. Multifunctional agriculture is the bottom line for integrated rural development . Agricultural development, along with village and cottage industries, tiny and micro enterprises, are the cornerstone for promoting sustainable rural livelihoods. Our vision is to realize an economically and socially vibrant agricultural industry i.e. to accelerate commercialization of innovative, alternative and value-added agricultural and farm related enterprises, in rural areas. This development strategy, inter alias, facilitates skill improvement, providing employment in rural areas, transfer of

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

164

Page 174:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

technology, rural industrialization and promoting self-reliance among the people and to build up a strong rural community base. An agricultural knowledge and information system for rural empowerment and improved livelihoods i.e. e-farmer, is the need of the hour.

Major initiatives in information technology sector E-Governnance : One of the areas in which Information and Communication Technologies (ICT) are having a profound impact is the way Governments function and the manner in which government services are made available to citizens. This has had a revolutionary impact on citizen's lives through the computerization of the Railways Reservation System at the national level, and through projects like e-Seva and Bhoomi at the State level. Considering the potential benefits which can accrue to the citizens of this country through the use of ICT, the government has approved the National e-Governance Action Plan.

The plan envisages formulation of certain core policies and strategies to ensure a coordinated approach, creation of core infrastructure required for the long-term growth of e-Governance services and implementation of a number of identified mission mode projects to bring about a citizen-centric and business-centric environment within the government.

The initiative also envisages the provision of necessary guidance and assistance to the state governments for implementing in parallel a set of projects of national priority, as well as a set of integrated services projects, which would help bring these various initiatives onto a common platform for delivery of services in an integrated manner to citizens and businesses. The Government has accordingly identified 22 mission mode projects which would be taken up on a priority basis by the concerned Line Ministries/Departments and the state governments.

Community information centres: Based on the experience of the CICS in the North-Eastern States, it has been decided to set up 139 CICs in all the block Head-quarters of Jammu and Kashmir at an outlay of over Rs 40 crore.

Rural connectivity: An integrated approach for universal rural connectivity is being worked out by dovetailing the initiatives of Community Information Centres, Public Tele-information Centres (PTICs) of the Universal Service Obligation Fund (USO) and the scheme for Providing Urban Amenities in Rural Areas (PURA).

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

165

Page 175:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

Indian computer emergency response team: Internet has emerged as the preferred medium of communication. This open system of sharing information needs a secure environment that prevents prowlers from taking away or compromising digital assets. It is essential to raise the confidence level of our own public so that they can use the network with absolute faith for commerce, communication, entertainment, software development and governance, and ensure the safety of the government network. The Indian Computer Emergency Response Team (CERT) has been set up in Delhi with a mirror location at Bangalore to ensure that India's IT assets are appropriately and adequately protected.

High performance computing: C-DAC has established a Terascale Supercomputing Facility (CTSF) at its Knowldge Park in Bangalore using an indigenously developed high performance interconnect switch and system software tools to extract maximum performance from the supercomputing cluster of nodes. The applications, which run on this system, are in the areas of weather forecasting, seismic data processing, evolutionary computing, structural mechanics, computational fluid dynamics and bioinformatics. This system, PARAM Padma, figures at serial number 171 in the list of World's Top 500 supercomputers, announced by the International Consortium of Top 500 Supercomputers at the International Supercomputing Conference (ISC-2003) held at Heidelburg, Germany.

Braille Transcription: A computerized Braille transcription and embossing system has been developed. This system operates in English and all major Indian languages and enables blind persons to read the files from a computer, using an indigenously developed Tactile Braille Reader.

Task Force on Human Resource Development in IT: A task force on human resource development in IT was constituted in August 2003 to prepare a long-term strategy for significantly increasing the number of trained IT professionals in the country. The task force had finalised its key findings and recommendations and submitted its report in December 2003.

On-line election results, budget and examination results: On-line transmission of Election results for the States are being facilitated through NICNET. The election feedback from the NIC was used by Doordarshan and other channels for providing live transmission of election results to the viewers.

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

166

Page 176:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

On-line transmission of the Union Railway Budget and the General Budget was facilitated through NICNET all over the country and was widely used by the media, industry and other agencies. NIC also published the results of various examinations on its web server (http://results.nic.in). The network also provided the facility of downloading admit cards for certain examinations directly from the net.

The Indian IT industry has the following constituents: Software and services IT enabled services Internet services E-commerce IT hardware IT applications

IT software and services The Indian software and services industry is responsible for placing India on the global map. The world is today looking towards Indian companies for outsourcing their software requirements and Indian software majors are gradually moving up the value chain in terms of capabilities and breadth of solutions offered.

The software and services sector was expected to have employed around 5,22,000 professionals by March 2002. It is estimated that almost 1,70,000 of them are working in the IT software and services export industry, nearly 1,06,000 in the IT-enabled services segment and over 2,20,000 in user organizations.

Apart from the high growth export segment, the domestic software market also continued on its growth path, albeit gradually.

The domestic software and services market had registered revenues of Rs. 9,891 crore during 2000-01, up from Rs. 7,138 crore in the previous year. For the year 2001-02, the domestic software sector was estimated to have grossed Rs. 11,634 crore (US$ 2,449 million).

IT enabled services India is now globally well established as an IT services destination. In fact, it is this success in the IT services sector that has empowered the country to take its initial steps into the IT-enabled outsourcing domain.

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

167

Page 177:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

The Indian IT-enabled outsourcing market has its roots in the mid-1990s when companies such as American Express, British Airways and GE Capital set up captive units for customer support and transaction processing services. Independent BPO vendors began emerging 3 to 4 years ago, though some healthcare BPO and CRM services companies were existing earlier. In the later period, IT services companies have also made a foray into the IT- enabled outsourcing realm.

Over the past decade, then India has emerged as a preferred location for organizations planning to outsource a variety of services ranging from call centers and other customer interaction services, insurance claims processing, pay roll processing, medical transcription, e-CRM and SCM to back-office operations such as accounting, data processing, and data mining.

SUPPORT FROM GOVERNMENT Recognizing the growing importance of the IT- enabled outsourcing sector, the Government of India has introduced various policy concessions and initiatives to accelerate its growth. The Indian software and services industry, spearheaded by associations such as Nasscom has also taken various steps to ensure that India becomes the global hub for IT-enabled outsourcing in the future. Some of the steps take by the Government and industry for the ITES/BPO sectors are as follows:

In the month of May 2002, the Government of India had accepted Nasscom's recommendations and removed certain procedural bottlenecks that were hampering the growth of the Indian call center industry.

The telecom recommendations Allow sharing of bandwidth for disaster recovery and mission critical

applications between multiple entities Permit sharing of bandwidth between multiple locations of a single entity

and also within the same group of companies Call Centre approval should not be customer-specific Allow internet and IPLC connectivity on the same LAN Allow connectivity of a LAN in an international call center to a domestic ISP ITeS companies be allowed to set up their own gateways

The Government of India has allowed total income tax exemption on the export of IT initiative enabled outsourcing services under Sections 10A/10B of the Income Tax Act. They are:

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

168

Page 178:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

Customer interaction Services BPO / back office operations Medical transcription Legal databases Digital content development Engineering & design services Support centres Pay roll/ HR services Web-site services Data digitization/ GIS and online education

Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) for 100 per cent of the equity has been permitted in BPO companies.

Duty-free imports of capital goods are permitted (under the Export Promotion of Capital Goods scheme) for BPO companies.

The Government has promoted several Software Technology Parks (STPs) which provide ready-to-plug IT and telecom infrastructure. The STPs also allow single-window clearance for all regulatory compliance issues. Currently, STPs have been established in 20 locations across India covering most of the major towns/cities.

Various Indian states have introduced regulatory and infrastructure-related initiatives to encourage ITES investments within their territories

India's irresistible and sustainable value proposition India currently offers a strong value proposition of all IT enabled services hubs owing to the following reasons:

India's abundant skilled manpower is drawing corporate hubs to back end their operations in India. The country's English speaking manpower rates high in areas such as qualifications, capabilities, quality of work and work ethics. This places India ahead of competitors such as Singapore, Hong Kong, China, Philippines, Mexico, Ireland, Australia and Holland, among others.

India's telecom and physical infrastructure is approaching parity with other countries.

The regulatory environment, specially relating to ITS and ITES is highly progressive and most of the earlier policy recommendations made to the Government have been accepted and acted upon.

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

169

Page 179:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

Incentives such as income tax holiday until 2010 have been provided for the export of IT enabled services.

The Government of India has announced a special policy for call centers

Many state governments in India are offering incentives and infrastructure for setting up IT enabled services.

A comparison amongst some countries in Asia - Pacific region based on these factors, highlights the following (ratings are on a scale of 1 to 3, with 1 being the lowest and 3 the highest):

Country Workforce Market Local Infra- Cosmo- Cost Access Market structure politan base

New Zealand 2 2 - 2 3 2

Kuala Lumpur 1 2 - 2 2 2

Japan 1 2 1 3 1 3

Hong Kong 1 2 2 2 2 2

India 3 2 2 2 3 1

Source: Mckinsey & Co.

Market segmentsCustomer contact centersCurrently, the hottest growing segment within ITES is the contact center services activity, which accounts for almost over 80 per cent of the revenues generated by the sector. This section takes a detailed look at the contact center services market and the opportunities it offers to existing and potential players.

Contact centers Medical transcription Back office operations, GIS, animation, engineering & design, on-line training.

Contact centers Contact centers have become the catalysts for business transformation, freeing up the businesses to focus on core activities. A contact centre can be any of the following:

A telemarketing centre A tele-servicing centre

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

170

Page 180:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

A help desk, both internal and external

An outsourced center (also known as a service bureau) that uses its large capacity to serve multiple companies

A reservation center for airlines or hotels A catalogue retailer An e-tailing centre A fund raising and collection organization An e-commerce transaction center that handles automated customer

interactions

The contact centre is traditionally defined as a physical location where calls are placed or received, in high volume for the purpose of:

Sales Marketing Tele marketing Customer service Technical support Specialized business activity

Medical transcription The process whereby one accurately and swiftly transcribes medical records dictated by doctors and other medical professionals is thus known. The material transcribed includes, among others, patient history and physical reports, clinic notes, office notes, operative reports, consultation notes, discharge summaries, letters, psychiatric evaluations, laboratory reports, X-ray reports and pathology reports and other similar kinds of medical records of rural dwellers too.

Back office operations, GIS, animation, engineering & design, on-line training The offsite delivery of a range of non-core service functions, including routine administrative tasks, customer service and technical support are called back office operations, thus manage an activity or function on a turnkey basis for their clients. Any aspect of service operations that involves high volume transactions is an opportunity for back office delivery.

Business Process Outsourcing BPO involves turning over an entire function or business process to a back office supplier (for instance the resource management of an organization which may involve payroll and finance, information technology, human resources and

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

171

Page 181:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

inventory management). As corporations merge and consolidate their operations, this trend towards outsourcing basic business processes is becoming a new business model for international corporations

Back office operations evolution Initially, back office operations were created as captives of parent companies and were treated as cost centres. Over the period, they have evolved as profit centres due to:

The emergence of third party back office facilities making it possible for corporations to avail of their services on a flexible or "as required" basis. Corporations are increasingly converting captive back office operations into profit centers by accepting external clients

Types of back office services as e-service activity cover the follo0wing; Administration Tax processing Claims processing Asset management Transcription and translation Document management Other administration Finance Billing services Accounting transactions General accounting Tax consulting and compliance Risk management Financial reporting Financial analysis Financial management Other finance services HR Benefits administration Education and training Recruiting and staffing Payroll services

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

172

Page 182:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

Hiring administration Records management Other HR services Payment services Credit/debit card services Check processing EDI

For other transaction processing to calibrate the feasibility of outsourcing and the cost saving potential of any process, a rigorous four step procedure needs to be followed: Lay out the entire value chain for the process. Break down each segment of the value chain into its constituent activities. Identify the activities that can be performed remotely. Estimate the cost (labour and associated infrastructure) of activities that can be

outsourced to offshore locations.

For example, in claims processing, most activities in origination and closing can be offshored, while others require a physical interface with the claimant and therefore cannot be offshored.

Manufacturing IT finds wide applicability of IT in manufacturing including process control, machining, assembly and simulation.

Other Utilities IT obviously has wide applicability in various utility related activities that may include automation and control, analysis, monitoring, billing etc. With several utilities planning modernization and upgradation of their systems or with privatisation, restructuring and reforms, IT is going to play an increasingly important role.

Other areas Some of the other areas of IT applications include education, medicine, networking of universities and academic & research facilities, high performance computing, multi-lingual applications, entertainment, media, animation, rural networks, government networks, regional networks, agriculture, trading and e-commerce, engineering and material testing, computerisation of records and their

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

173

Page 183:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

analysis. Industries such as banks, insurance, airlines, telecom services require large-scale data processing and data-based decision making capabilities. Raw data and/or paper documents are sent to locations where the back office operations (image retrieval, scrutiny of data, data input, customer reports, internal MIS, reconciliation etc) are carried out. Significant potential exists for cost savings through outsourcing across industry verticals for rural enterprises too

Internet services The Internet has been hyped as a tool as revolutionary as the wheel, the printing press, the telephone and the microchip. It was to enable businesses and customers to conduct commerce virtually without the need for intermediaries or physical assets, and hence to generate significant value for new businesses and incumbents. The Net has virtually become a household name in all parts of India. The sudden splurge in the internet front is in a large way owed to the increasing number of private ISP markets mushrooming all over the country, offering the cyber voyage for more and more competitive prices. In a splash of time, Internet in India has come to be viewed as the most vital medium for information, entertainment, communication and the sole means for electronic commerce. Some of the key industries that have high potential for early adoption of e-commerce are financial (stock exchanges and banks), automobiles, retail, travel, IT and manufacturing.

Hardware industry The IT revolution in India rests on four pillars: hardware, software, service and training. It is imperative that there is uniform growth in all these sectors. The Wireless Tag & Base Station developed by the National Informatics Centre (NIC) has applications potential in the monitoring vehicles for traffic control as well as verification in various state government check-posts located through out the country.

IT Applications can triggered of accessibility to Communication and Broadcasting, Power Electronics including Power Semi-Conductor Devices. State of the Art digital control system, System studies using computer and simulators

Transport Automated vehicle tracking counting traffic assessment as an activity which will be on demand with privatization progressing in the rural road sector. MIS programmes using web technology have been implemented for rural areas of Andhra Pradesh state viz,

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

174

Page 184:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

a) Monitoring rakes and wagon positions b) Movement of essential commodities c) Monitoring passenger complaints d) Movement of trains and Government Buses

However, over the past 25 years, the types of service activities being outsourced have changed considerably. Outsourcing, as we know it today, began in the 1980s, when organizations took to contracting out specialized functions that were not part of their core business. The availability of more cost efficient telecommunications had supported corporate decisions to scan globally for the technical skills they needed and hence optimise their use of talent. The growth of the Internet and on-line connectivity made possible the provision of technical support and problem resolution for customers from remote locations. And the contact center activity began to accelerate it.

Finally, this was followed by entire support processes getting outsourced (business process outsourcing), as corporations began to focus primarily or exclusively on their core businesses. Pay roll processing and credit card processing/ATM centers

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

175

Page 185:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the
Page 186:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

13. WOMEN IN SERVICE ENTERPRISES

Dr. C. Rani*

Introduction Women have emerged as dynamic and vibrant entrepreneurs in the industrial sector playing a key role as the driving force behind the revitalization of Indian economy, generating revenue, creating employment, contributing to empowerment of women in socio-economic and political spheres, while shouldering multiple roles as mother, home maker, working women, providing stability and progress to home and society. Women can achieve anything if they make up their mind to succeed.

Though bearing and raising children for women is a biologically determined shortcoming that imposes certain limitations on their work, they show tremendous leadership qualities, including the uneducated. They are no more confined to kitchen or caged at home, but demonstrated the ability to soar to heights of glory.

However, the emergence of women as successful entrepreneurs remained a saga of adventure and trauma. Because men still continue to hold all the formal lever of power and domination – continue to be the driving ordained authority. Women tend to be sentimental and emotional in their work, which makes them stand at the crossroads of life where making clear choices is very difficult. But bright future awaits women entrepreneurs as agents of social change, performing their two demanding roles at home and enterprise retaining traditional heritage of ethical, spiritual and human values.

Rationale There are several research studies on women entrepreneurship, but unfortunately there is no concrete data on the percentage of women entrepreneurs in different sectors, hence a need is felt to examine women entrepreneurship in India.______________________________________________________________Director, School of Entrepreneurship and Extension, ni-msme

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

177

Page 187:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

A dispassionate study without favour and fear of consequences, aiming at in-depth information with authentic data and presentation of facts with honesty is essential in research, focusing on important indicators for identification of gaps and other aspects of motivation and impedimental factors in the development of women entrepreneurs for their empowerment. The feed back with output data analysis will help the government in policy framework to eliminate potential impediments in the way of women entrepreneurship development.

There is also a need for concrete evidence to claim that women can even be better entrepreneurs in view of their capabilities in managing enterprises effectively. The Government at state level is on the look out for appropriate policy decisions and programmes to be formulated for identification, promotion and development of women entrepreneurs.

The study aims to suggest a significant indication of what is happening in the women enterprises with regards to policies, programmes, procedures and services rendered by the regulatory departments and financial institutions. Besides, may also help the government to re-look into its policies and incorporate desired modifications for monitoring the growth of women enterprises as generators of employment, and structure appropriate programmes. The experiences of women entrepreneurs in various sectors in selecting, starting and running their enterprises will aid in the formulation of schemes and implementation of the desired policies for industrialization through women entrepreneurs.

Methodology A sample of 2,500 successful women entrepreneurs was decided upon, drawing a hundred from each district in Andhra Pradesh covering the above mentioned sectors. Since the required number of women entrepreneurs were not available in every sector, the number varied from district to district in different sectors, and a total sample of 2,234 entrepreneurs was finally identified for the study.

Observations of the study The portrait of women entrepreneurs that had evolved during the study, on the basis of observation and interaction by the research team, presents a composite profile. The findings and recommendations are listed below:

1. Entrepreneurship is not gender specific. It depends on the attitude of the individual and support from the family. But it should not disturb the social system.

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

178

Page 188:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

2. Women entrepreneurs constitute a miniscule segment, yet the demonstrative effect on the women entrepreneurs to prompt them towards this adventure and step in the domain of men.

3. Women entrepreneurs are a blend of tradition and modern, inheriting the old time cultural heritage and tolerance.

4. It is construed that only 12% of the women entrepreneurs were literally dynamic and vibrant with long cherished ambition to recognize themselves and be recognized by others. Her multi-dimensional abilities are a matter of identity that drives especially the upper middle class women to undertake entrepreneurial adventure to express their innovative and creative and management abilities, and prove that women can achieve anything if they are determined to be successful. Women empowerment and women's liberation have become synonymous with the changing the attitude of women.

5. Only 12% of the women were managing their own enterprises while 38% of the women enterprises are run with active support of their husbands and family members. Some of the enterprises were registered in the name of women by their men for enjoying the concessions from the government and other agencies. Five per cent of the women were unaware of their name being used as proprietor and 10% did not dare to respond to the questionnaire before their husbands though they were non-existing or non-performing enterprises and sold away.

6. It is inherent in any growth process that some enterprises may age stagnate and fall sick, while others might be shut down because of careless or adventurous management.

7. Some women entrepreneurs feel proud that they are performing their multiple responsibilities: as housewife preparing their children for school in the morning, looking after the needs of in-laws and husbands and so forth, about their needs. Some had frankly expressed that they too had undergone agonizing moments of domestic shackles, facing displeasure from the husband at being a career woman.

8. As a matter of fact one striking feature is that few women entrepreneurs had shown tremendous leadership qualities managing different sections of instinct timing, courage, resistance and stamina of a brilliant entrepreneur who knows how to succeed in the fierce competition of business environment despite personal adversity.

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

179

Page 189:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

9. Some had maintained good rapport with regulatory authorities and financing agencies, keeping harmonious atmosphere in the industry. Credibility of quality and supply with time consciousness and speed of response to the customers are the prime factors of their success in their business.

10. The phenomenon of the conspicuous growth of corruption and collapse of value system had eroded the concept of “single window system”. It has not converted the menace (plight) into joy overnight.

Women entrepreneurs are very receptive to new business ideas and technologies to improve the performance of their enterprise if they are really beneficial and helpful in luring the competitive edge. They are very keen to learn new things that enhance their creativity and innovativeness, with good demand in the market.

11. It is the long cherished desire for empowerment through self-reliance and economic independence that drives the women towards entrepreneurial adventure besides the financial needs of their families and a craving for recognition of their status.

12. A strong growth momentum has created greater opportunities for women in the Information Technologies and Software Sectors in A.P. Women are ready to capture the full potential of the IT and outsourcing trends.

13. A.P is at the threshold to being a content development centre in India for the world, and women entrepreneurs are forging ahead in their mission to succeed in the IT sector and promote themselves with A.P. as an entrepreneurial destination in the IT sector.

14. Modern egalitarian ideologies have led to a process of questioning by the lower castes about their legitimate rights for equality of opportunities in the business sector in the interest of their family welfare. But they have not broken the hold of hierarchy and hypocrisy on the minds of women.

15. ALEAP has earned a unique distinction in A.P. with a strong support base and counselling, motivating, training the women entrepreneurs in identification of the products based on their skills, and even providing support in the marketing of their products inviting potential buyer's Agencies.

16. Successful women entrepreneurs have started to meet the competition in the global market with international quality and perceiving the need for reinventing innovations besides reconnecting with the potential customers, and redesigning their work culture.

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

180

Page 190:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

17. In spite of all fierce competition in the market, our women entrepreneurs remain hopeful of catching up with enhanced new orders from the domestic channels and other states. Some have already entered the global market facing the challenges and competition.

18. Women in A.P had started business in traditionally indigenous industrial field while the technically qualified women ventured into non-traditional and market driven ventures.

19. The greatest asset of women has been their ability to adapt to different circumstances with a hope struggle of hope to solve the problems with patience creating peace at home and enterprise.

20. The interaction with some women entrepreneurs has revealed that high growth women entrepreneurs had selected strategies that focused on market expansion and new technologies to compete in the global markets and are committed to business ownership. Their style of management is a team based approach to business. They are more concerned about quality and credibility and image. They have started on rethinking of competition in the global market and the need for reinventing the innovations, besides reconnecting with potential customers and redesigning the work culture. There has been a visible difference in the quality of enterprises managed by women.

21. Some women entrepreneurs had boldly expressed their problem of corruption in obtaining permission and initial financial support for capital investment for start up funds, which is a discouraging factor and liability to discourage women's entrepreneurial adventure.

22. The regulatory authorities and financial agencies are overlooking the use of name of woman/wife by the husband as the entrepreneur for obtaining the benefits and concessions from the Government and the Banks. They never bother to observe the norms or monitor the performance of the enterprise whether it is really managed by women or men and deliberately sanction and recommend for all the concession accruable to a woman enterprise. There is political or bureaucratic pressures if not corruption, which is not a healthy sign for the development of women entrepreneurs.

23. Some women owned enterprises were found to face higher odds of discontinuation due to household problems, lower scales of volume and lower income, if not loss resulting in closure of the enterprise and sale of the unit.

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

181

Page 191:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

24. Women desire to become their own boss in the business and profitability is of paramount importance and is an entrepreneurial necessity to sustain its growth. They had realized that emotions should not be allowed in the business and an entrepreneur should remain an entrepreneur to achieve the growth of the enterprise.

25. Some women entrepreneurs seem to be bold enough and frank in expressing their views. During the discussion on motivational factors and the dark side of women entrepreneurship, one woman had said while her husband and in-laws were sitting nearby that she had full support and encouragement from her husband and family members, but village politics had delayed the starting up of the enterprise. Men and women are two elements of a society. They should have equal rights to march shoulder to shoulder.

26. No society can progress if it does not give women their due rights and respect. Man is the only stabilizing factor in the life of a woman. There is misapprehension that woman, while seeking her individuality is neglecting her family, which is not true at all.

30. The women entrepreneurs are marching ahead with firm confidence anticipating the possible trends and changes, and the demand to stay in the global market. They have realized that gone are the days when Indian enterprises could live in cocoons, totally unaware of global developments and sure of a protective umbrella from the government.

31. There has been a visible change in the quality of enterprise managed by technically qualified women. They do not like to surrender their power of making decisions.

32. Women entrepreneurs have been found to be logical, practical and emotional. They take care of their employees better, especially the women employees, because they have the intuitive power, which comes in handy when they are in a position of authority.

33. However, the future of women entrepreneurs is reasonably secure and is capable of facing the emerging issues and the challenge before them through their associations and training. Associations like ALEAP are making sincere efforts with priorities of consolidating the strength of women entrepreneurs and streamlining its sensitive areas to emerge stronger to face the impact of global marketing.

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

182

Page 192:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

34. There is nothing wrong in a married couple running a business together, with the enterprise in the name of wife. Two sets of talents, two people's time and two pools of labour, the wife earns, the husband manages, the wife invests judiciously and the husband earns.

Recommendations1. The mindset of regulatory machinery and financial agencies supporting

women entrepreneurs need to be changed and reoriented to an environment conducive to rapid and sustained growth.

2. The change in the system with dedicated men at the helm of the implementation of policy is the need of the hour to reduce the frustration sufferings of more potential entrepreneurs for creating employment. The trouble is that we take this normally for granted, in a casual manner, but it cause a huge damage to the enthusiasm of new entrepreneurs. There is a need to frame a policy on women entrepreneurship with a mechanism for proper implementation and follow-up.

3. To really enhance the image of women entrepreneurs in A.P. efforts should begin with tailor-made training modules aimed at potential women entrepreneurs for skill enhancement in specific areas housing the competitive edge both in the existing and emerging requirements (to compete with global market, as there will be considerable learning for every one. Thrust should be on new technology, new business models, value addition and rural marketing.

4. A.P has silently achieved a steady foothold in the world of women entrepreneurship with growth and consolidation. Percolations of new technologies and business models have not touched the lowest levels in every nook and corner of the state, besides the accessibility of facilities. More training programmes on awareness of new technologies need to be organized. They should be assisted in accessing, assessing and adopting the latest technologies

5. Some women entrepreneurs had informed that the lending agencies perceived them as risk-takers in respect of advancing loan for capital, and less credit-worthy than their male counterparts and insisted on collateral security. Inspite of guidelines from the RBI, the bankers are still insisting on security. RBI should issue further orders on this, so that more and more women would be willing to start up a business.

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

183

Page 193:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

5. Fluctuations in production or price are not unknown in business, but the performance of some women entrepreneurs is a grim scenario: sick due to lack of vision and management failures, besides the influx of large foreign retaile chains. The revival of six units cell in the financial institutions, banks and the industries department need to be strengthened and revitalized to help women entrepreneurs in diagnosing the problems and finding sustenance.

6. Access to capital is a major challenge and inhibiting factor for starting an enterprise and sometimes had treated the old financial agencies. Women entrepreneurs had felt that they with gender bias and doubt their capability. Gender sensitization programmes may be organised for understanding the credit needs of women entrepreneurs.

7. The garment industry that holds high potential in terms of volume is facing tremendous challenges of upgrading its quality standards in tune with the desired demand, because of intense competition both within the state and outside. Since most of the women are in this sector, they should be encouraged to go for quality certification, and special incentives may be provided to them.

8. Bio-informatics had received tremendous hype in A.P with the emergence of Knowledge Park as bio-cluster with CCMB, ICRISAT and Osmania University. Contract research has been the service model opted for at the start up stage. Export of tissue culture has been a remarkable development by women entrepreneurs. These centres are engaged in molecular and recombinant bio-technology and are poised for exponential growth. More and more women should be encouraged to enter this sector. Awareness programmes need to be organized to make them understand the potential of this sector.

9. Pharma industry has shown excellent growth and maturity among women entrepreneurs unparalleled in any other industrial segment. It will have better acceptability in the export market. More incentives may be provided to attract women to this sector.

10. Cluster development scheme may be formulated exclusively for women entrepreneur. ALEAP and ni-msme should jointly implement the scheme in Andhra Pradesh.

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

184

Page 194:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

14. DEVELOPMENT OF TOURISM INDUSTRY THROUGH CLUSTER APPROACH

*K. Suryaprakash Goud

Abstract Tourism is the world's largest service industry and one of the fastest growing and as such has exciting opportunities and faces tough challenges in a fast-changing and increasingly competitive global market. It provides immense employment opportunities in addition to foreign exchange. Tourism in India is booming for the last few years. Reasons are many but growing rate of Indian economy is one of the main issues, which has helped in income levels of middle class people. Also Indian Information Technology industry has been doing very well and India has become focal point in the world for Information Technology. Hence many people from middle class families along with business people prompting to spend money on vacations at home as well abroad. But the entrepreneurs of the sector feel that India is not grabbing the opportunities and missing for various reasons. The gap in the physical and social infrastructure is one of the main reasons, which is upholding the sectoral growth. The present paper discuss on suitability of cluster development strategy for development of tourism sector in the country.

Introduction: The charm and uniqueness of India have been attracting travelers since ages. India has got very good tourism potential and attractions to hold interests of all types of tourists. Whether it is adventure tour, cultural exploration, pilgrimages tour, beach combing tour or relaxing amidst the scenic mountains, tourism in India has everything for the tourists. The tourists are flowing from Europe, Africa, Southeast Asia and Australia to spend their vacation here. At the same time, the number of Indians travelling internally also has been increased. Some tourists from the Middle East countries come just to witness the drenching monsoon rains in India. India has now become a sought after tourist destination in the world. ______________________________________________________________* Faculty Member, NRCD, ni-msme.

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

185

Page 195:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

As per the World Travel and Tourism Council (WTTC), Tourism in India could contribute Rs 8,50,500 crore to the GDP by 2020. In other words, every man, woman and child could become richer by Rs 7000. India has yet to realize its full potential of tourism.

India's travel and tourism industry is one of the most profitable industries in the country, and also accounts for a substantial share of foreign exchange. There are several reasons for the growth and prosperity of Indian tourism industry.

The Indian tourism industry has been creating jobs directly and indirectly in other related sectors also. It has been helping growth on other sectors like horticulture, handicrafts, agriculture, construction and even poultry. At present above 20 million people are now working in the country's tourism industry.

The raise in income levels of the middle class families is driving the domestic tourism growth. Disposable income in India had grown by 10.11% annually between 2001-2006, and much of it has been spent on travel. The same trend is expected to continue.

The growth of the tourism industry is due to the rise in the arrival of more and more foreign tourists as well as an increase in the number of domestic tourists. Tourists from Africa, Australia, Lain America, Europe, South-east Asia, etc are visiting India numbers are growing by the thousands every year. The rate of growth of tourism sector in India has been way above the world average in the last few years. In 2006-07 approximately 4.63 million foreign tourists had visited India, thereby registering a growth of 13 per cent over the previous year.

The booming IT industry is also contributing to tourism industry. As part of their business many foreigners have been visiting India continuously, and the number is increasing day by day. Most of them generally add a weekend break or a longer holiday to their trips. The increase projected in the number of tourist arrivals is over 22% by 2010.

The tourism ministry is playing an important role in the development of the industry. Advertising campaigns such as the “Incredible India” campaign have promoted India's culture and tourist attractions in a fresh and memorable way. The campaign has helped create a colorful image of India in the minds of travel enthusiasts all over the world. The state governments have also made a significant impact on tourism. Each and every state of India has a corporation to administer support issues related to tourism.

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

186

Page 196:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

Indian tourism offers a potpourri of different cultures, traditions, festivals, and places of interest. There are a number of options for the tourists. India is a country with rich cultural and traditional diversity. This aspect is even reflected in its tourism. The different parts of the country offer a wide variety of interesting places to visit. Ministry of Tourism, and the organizations/ Institutes like Indian Institute of Tourism and Travel Management, National Council for Hotel Management and Catering Technology, India Tourism Development Corporation Limited, Indian Institute of Skiing and Mountaineering and National Institute of Water Sports are deeply involved in development of Indian tourism industry.

The Ministry of Tourism in India has 20 field offices and 13 offices in other countries to undertake both developmental and promotional activities. While the overseas offices are in constant contact with tourists, travel intermediaries and the media to promote tourism in India, the field offices in India provide facilitation services to tourists and co-ordinate with the State Governments on tourism infrastructure development. The main objectives of the overseas tourist offices are to position India in the tourism generating markets as a preferred tourism destination, to promote various Indian tourism products vis-à-vis the competition faced from various destinations and to increase India's share of the global tourism market. These objectives are met through an integrated marketing strategy and synergised promotional activities undertaken in association with the travel trade and state governments.

Present Constraints India is probably the only country that offers various categories of tourism. These include history tourism, adventure tourism, medical tourism (Ayurveda and other forms of Indian medications), spiritual tourism, beach tourism (India has the longest coastline in the East) etc. Surprisingly, despite the winds of liberalization blowing across the country, tourism seems to have been the least affected. Even now, setting up a resort means getting as many as 72 clearances from different authorities!

One of the most vociferous demands is to declare tourism an infrastructure industry, which will help it attract low cost funds, so important to keep any industry globally competitive. Despite being the largest net foreign exchange earner and the second largest gross foreign exchange earner after the IT industry, tourism is not supported as per the requirements. Insufficient air seating capacity, pathetic road and airport conditions, poor rail infrastructure, inadequate economical hotel accommodation and relatively high level of taxation continue to be the bane of an average international traveller.

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

187

Page 197:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

Procedural hassles in getting visas and poor infrastructure (including roads which are potholed, dusty and narrow to say the least) are some of the major problems that need to be attended to. Against the present requirement of about 130,000 hotel rooms, India offers just about 60,000. Our antiquated land laws, which make land acquisition a very cumbersome process, are doing precious little to solve this problem. They render the cost of putting up a hotel very high. There is a big gap between five star and lower categories of hotels. The government needs to create separate zones and then give liberal floor space index or FSI for setting up two and three star hotels. This will dramatically and drastically changes the economics of the hotel industry. The industry is also worried about airline seating capacity. Against a demand of 10 million seats in the international segment the supply is just about 5.3 million and in the domestic segment against a demand of 19 million supply is just about 9.79 million.

Visa facilitation is yet another process, which needs to be rationalized urgently. Stringent eligibility requirements and cumbersome procedure put off many travelers from visiting India. One of our major policy restrictive to the growth of tourism is "reciprocity", under which we give visas to citizens of only those countries which give to Indians. Countries like Bhutan, Nepal, Singapore, Seychelles, Maldives, Thailand, Turkey, Taiwan and Indonesia give visas on arrival without reciprocity as a condition. Thailand has a visa-on-arrival policy for over 140 countries and there is no reciprocity in every case.

The advantages of tourism are plenty. It remains confined not just to urban agglomerations, but spreads its benefits deep and wide into the rural countryside providing significant gains for the economy. Further, by its very nature tourism is conducive to protecting the environment.

It is time therefore that the government pulled up its socks and pushed tourism ahead. Else, it will be one more case of missed opportunities.

Cluster approach for development of tourism industry The importance and contribution of the MSME sector to the economic growth and prosperity is well established in most of the developed and developing countries. The role of MSME sector in terms of employment creation, upholding the entrepreneurial spirit and innovation has been crucial in fostering competitiveness in the economy. To support, encourage and strengthen small enterprise sector, the Government of India has been taking many proactive steps. It is proved all over the world that MSME sector can boost the competitiveness

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

188

Page 198:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

through networking, and this process is easier and more sustainable if they work very closely with one another in clusters. Also they can build their competitive strength through cost reduction, up-gradation in the value chain and utilization of collective economies of scale when they co-operate with each other and build linkages with private or /and public service providers. The application of cluster approach has given very good results and sustainable development of MSME sector in both developed and developing nations.

By observing the success of MSME sector at global level, India has taken up cluster development methodology a decade ago to support and encourage small and, medium enterprises. UNIDO had initiated the implementation of cluster approach in industrial clusters with the support of the then Ministry of Small Scale Industries. Later this approach was adopted by State Bank Of India, National Small Industries Corporation, Development commissioner (Handlooms), Development Commissioner (Handicrafts), Small Industries Development Bank of India, National Bank for Agriculture and Rural Development, Textile Committee of India, Department of Science & Technology, Government of Andhra Pradesh, Government of Madhya Pradesh, Government of Gujarat, Government of Kerala, Khadi & Village Industries Commission, Coir Board and other organizations like the Grameen Development Services, Rajastan Chamber of Commerce and Industry actively supporting and encouraging many industrial, rural and artisan based clusters. Now, as a marketing strategy or because of huge business opportunities, many commercial banks are also seriously thinking and coming forward to support cluster development projects, especially in the creation of common facility centres and providing funds for bulk purchase of raw materials, etc.

The cluster concept was applied in different models across the world. In USA and the European Union nations, the approach was used/is being used to develop select regions (particular area) whereas in countries like Thailand, Bangladesh and Srilanka the focus is on the development of a few select sectors (handlooms). The same concept with different objectives like poverty alleviation and employment generation is being applied in India.

The cluster development methodology consists of identification and selection of the cluster, conducting a diagnostic study to identify major issues of the cluster, scope for social, financial, marketing and technical interventions, preparing an action plan as per the diagnosis, implementation and then monitoring of the project.

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

189

Page 199:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

The tourism cluster generally consists of stakeholders like hotels, restaurants, airlines, tour operators, resorts, shopping malls, food grain suppliers, furniture suppliers, construction industry, local, transporters, media and advertising, training institutes, hotel management institutes, Ministry of Tourism, State Tourism Development Corporations and other related organizations/ Institutes/ enterprises.

To develop the tourism industry the Government has to first identify the potential clusters and then analyze the same for taking up developmental activities.

Methodology:Phase I: The phase involves the collection of secondary data from various government departments, development organizations, technical and management training and educational institutes, commercial banks, and NGOs in the country.

The information related to world-class tourism clusters of both developed and developing countries would also be collected. Countries like UK, New Zealand, Germany, Canada, Scotland, Jamaica, Thailand, Jordan, and Lebanon have successfully implemented the cluster approach for the development of tourism clusters. A few clusters from the above nations may be selected as benchmark clusters for our Indian tourism clusters.

The information related to Indian tourist destinations like Kerala, Agra, Khajuraho, Goa and a few rural tourism destinations would also be collected to analyze the status of the industry and its dynamics.

Also supporting activities like training, catering, finance, medical, insurance, information and advertising will have to be collected to take suggestions for improvement of the industry. The required information would also be collected from the tourists dividing them into different segments like individuals, families, and other organized tour groups. The tour operators and travel agents would also be covered. This particular exercise would help in the mapping of all the and identifying a few clusters, which can be taken up for development.

Phase II: Based on the information from selection of clusters phase I, clusters may be selected for development. The following factors must be taken into account while selecting the clusters.

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

190

Page 200:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

Geographical concentration of the enterprises

Level of present activity in the cluster

Size of the cluster enterprises

Scope for growth

Position in the lifecycle of the “product”

Status of present networks

Presence of key players

Capabilities of the stakeholders in the cluster

Existence and sophistication of the physical infrastructure

Degree to which the intervention requires the collaboration of different government departments

Phase III: preparation of Diagnostic Study & Action Plan The international tourism clusters experienced that Infrastructure development, Innovative Product development, government and industry coordination, public private partnerships, human resource management and development, privatization and regulatory environment are the main areas one must concentrate upon for the development of tourism clusters.

A detailed diagnostic study will have to be conducted to design strategies for the development of the tourism clusters. The objectives of the study would be: To take stock of the present status of tourism industry.

To analyze the socio- economic conditions of rural people who are into rural tourism

To identify dynamic groups/ organization/ institutes in the identified tourism destinations.

To identify the sectors for strengthening backward and forward linkages

To analyze the gaps in inputs like man power, equipment and other infrastructure

To analyze the current markets and identify new business opportunities

To identify the aspects that need capacity building for entrepreneurs/ officials/ workers

To analyze the impact of various schemes being implemented by the Ministry of tourism

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

191

Page 201:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

To analyze the impact of various schemes being implemented by various government departments besides the Ministry of tourism

To find linkages/gaps among different cluster actors

To identify the scope for joint activities by various ministries such as tourism development, rural development, industry and commerce.

An implementable action plan is to be prepared for taking up cluster development activities in the identified cluster. Financial support from the Ministry of Tourism and also the active involvement of cluster stakeholders are essential to developing the cluster.

Phase IV: Implementation The Ministry with the help of national agencies having expertise in cluster development, Consultancy organizations, NGOs and cluster stakeholders will undertake to implement the activities suggested in the action plan.

Phase V: Monitoring & Evaluation Like other concepts, cluster approach is flexible. Regular monitoring of implementation and supply of cluster demands is to be ensured. If required the action plan may also be revised in consultation with the Ministry. A suitable mechanism for monitoring the project may be designed at various levels like policy level and cluster level.

Outcome The approach would lead to the development of internationally competitive tourism clusters in the country. The application of international experiences and investments helps sustainable development of the sector. Both state and central government departments will join hands for synergizing various government schemes designed for development of the tourism sector. A converging model may evolve suitable for the over all development of Indian tourism sector. Some of the major expected results may be: Improved publicity Enhanced image for the tourism destination Active participation of various institutions Augmented facilities Additional employment generation Integration of services offered by different service providers

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

192

Page 202:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

193

Local Transporters

Media &Advertising

Gardening

Other service providers

Food Grain Suppliers

Furniture Suppliers

Construction Industry

Souvenir Suppliers

Banks, BDS Providers

Hotels Restaurants

Airlines

Tour operators

Shopping malls Entertainment

Training institutes,tourism department

Page 203:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the
Page 204:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

15. SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT OF INNOVATIVE TOURISM

RSRC Kumar, Sr. Manager, APSFC

Marketing of Services The service sector is booming, be it tourism, financial services, hospitality more so in developing countries. The sector contributes substantially to the process of socio-economic transformation. The contribution of service industry in the GDP is considerably on high side in the developed countries. Unlike the goods, services are intangible and perishable in nature which cannot be carried and stored. If a seat in the bus is unsold, the service is lost and the seat kilometer will perish instantaneously.

Another unique nature of services is its inseparability, as the ownership is not transferred but rests with the service provider. Hence, a marketer creates, promotes and delivers service to the customers according to their needs and desires. Service is the marketing of a promise and more of selling yourself. Hence, the service providers always aim at influencing and satisfying the customer.

Significance of Services Marketing with reference to Tourism Industry All the developing countries are giving due weightage to tourism services industry in their national development agenda due to the following advantages:1) Creation and expansion of job opportunities 2) Contribution to GDP and large amount of foreign exchange earnings 3) Optimal utilization of local resources 4) Formation of capital and enticing FDIs 5) Increase in the standard of living and lifestyle changes. 6) Development of allied industries such as hotels, communication, banking, transportation, trade and commerce.

Tourism - The concept It is a well known fact that tourism is the short term movement of people to outside destinations from their normal habitat. It is basically concerned with leisure and involves at least overnight stay. The terms travel and tourism are often used interchangeably. It is a service where intangible experience is being sold in combination with certain intermediary services like transportation, accommodation, hospitality and related services. Policy planners as well as environmentalists are pin-pointing the bad effects of manufacturing industries, specially on the ecological balance and focusing an environmental friendly exploration.

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

195

Page 205:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

Backdrop of tourism in India Growing levels of middle class income are prompting them to spend their disposable income on relaxation and recreational activities. When we earn more, we evince interest in utilizing our leisure time and avail modern amenities and facilities to get relief from day-to-day routine and occupational burdens. Tourism activity, intended to provide the fun and excitement, no doubt, gained momentum with the holistic approach. Aggressive advertising campaign by the Government of India with the theme Incredible India has contributed to boosting India's image in the eyes of domestic and foreign tourists.

Types of tourisma) Nature based tourism: Nature based tourism is more concerned with viewing of nature where the

focus is on observation of natural surroundings, i.e., rocks, land forms and life around us.

b) Adventure tourism: It is a type of tourism involving exploration or travel to remote, exotic areas,

where the traveller should “expect the unexpected”. Adventure tourism includes activities such as mountaineering, trekking, bungee jumping, mountain biking, rafting, zip lining and rock climbing. Other rising forms of adventure travel include social and jungle tourism.

c) Eco tourism: Eco tourism is a form of leisure tourism. It involves travel to destinations

where flora, fauna and cultural heritage are the primary attractions.

d) Wildlife tourism: Wildlife tourism can be an animal friendly tourism in wild environments.

e) Medical tourism (Health tourism): It is a term initially coined by travel agencies and the mass media to describe

the rapidly growing practice of travel across international borders to obtain health care coupled with any kind of tourism.

f) Rural Tourism: Exposure to heritage sites, lush green mountains, river streams could be the

main attractions. Ethnic food, local crafts and cottage industry can provide unique shopping experience in rural tourism.

g) Highway Tourism: Highway tourism provides general recreation for the users of highway to

drive to the resorts to relax and enjoy good food and drinks.

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

196

Page 206:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

Public Sector, Private Sector,Self-employed, Forming Sector

Occupation

Executives, Academics, Artists,Sportsmen, ProfessionalsProfession

Rick, Middle Class PoorStatus

Literate, IlliterateEducation

Rural, Semi Urban, UrbanRegion

Category Kids, Men, Women

GeneralDomestic, Foreign Kids, TeensYouths, Grey Students ExecutivesArtists, Politicians, Cine artists.

TourismService

Prospectiveusers

Market Information for tourism In an age of information explosion, it is pertinent that an organisation develops and institutes MIS to have an easy access to information needed for planning, problem-solving and decision-making. The key problem in the management of information is to establish a tourist information network. The diagram below helps the tourism professionals in studying and identifying the level of various segments.

Users of tourism services and purchase decisions

Non-users: Persons not interested in using the services are known as non-users. They lack willingness, desire and ability and therefore, the level of income or even the availability of leisure hours will not influence them.

Potential users: They are also called the prospects or prospective users. They have willingness but the marketing resources have not been used optimally for influencing their impulse. The marketing professionals are expected to capitalise on their potential by using creative promotional measures.

Actual users: Persons already using the services generated by the tourist organisations are known as actual users.

Occasional users: Users availing the services occasionally but not forming a habit of travelling are known as occasional users.

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

197

Page 207:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

Habitual users: Users forming a habit and availing the services regularly are known as the habitual users.

Data collection and analysis In order to achieve a suitable tourism marketing plan, answering to the following questions and analyzing them are necessary.

Who are the potential users and where do they live? What are their likes and dislikes? What are their travel preferences and interests? What do they prefer to buy while travelling? Where do they prefer to stay? Where do they prefer to take their food and drinks? What are their transportation preferences? What are their entertainment preferences? What are the strategies of leading competitors? What type of marketing strategy would be suitable in the existing market?

Who Prefers What The economic theory describes man as a rational buyer who has complete information about the market and uses it to obtain optimum value for his effort and money. In this light, the general preferences in tourism are as follows:

Kids-theme parks, youth-picnics, exotic and remote areas, students-excursions, study-tours, newly married couple-honeymoon packages; middle-aged-eco/nature/rural tourism; old aged-spiritual tourism and pilgrimage.

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

198

Family Influences

ProfessionalInfluences

EconomicInfluences

CulturalInfluences

SocialInfluences

PurchaseStrategy

Nee

ds

Attitu

dePerception

Motivation

Page 208:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

Marketing of Tourism Products The general confusion about marketing is on selling and advertising. They are only a component of marketing. Marketing requires thorough information about the consumers that are targeted for marketing such as what they like, where they buy and how much they spend. Today's customer is more educated and he / she has many choices than ever before. Hence, marketing should create and promote a product (ideas, goods or services) that satisfy the customer's needs or desires and is made available at a desirable price and place. The measurement of quality in intangible service is difficult and crucial. The effectiveness of quality is experienced and judged by the consumer themself. We are living in the age of specialization in which perfection is rewarded suitably.

Need for innovative tourism marketing There can be no control in the cyclic movement of fashion, needs and lifestyle changes. The process of change is influenced by the law of nature which forces us to welcome the change. If we delay and postpone, we land up in dissatisfaction and monotony. Thus, travel and tourism which enhance the quality of life are the activities that are being transformed into a creative business and industry.

Due to growing specialization, the tourism service providers would need a new culture influenced by competitive corporate outlook by way of launching innovative marketing programmes. World-class services with innovative marketing would help the service generating organizations in proving their excellence nationally and internationally their competitive spirit which requires a fair blend of performance orientation and employee orientation. Innovative tourism expands the tourism services with the best use of effective communication and instant information. Tourism service providers must develop unique marketing programmes clubbed with the whole tourism value chain keeping in view increasing complexity and diversity of customer requirements at affordable prices. Upgrading the tourism infrastructure with focused attention on art, culture, leisure, heritage, rural crafts, natural resources and joy of travel will ensure sustainable development of tourism.

Case study of Haryana tourism Haryana State suffers the lack of natural resources and low potential for tourism. There are no lush green mountains, no rivers and streams. Still they have pioneered the concept of Highway Tourism. They planned to take full advantage of Haryana's proximity to Delhi and had built tourist complexes along the highway passing through the State. The idea clicked exactly as it was conceived and it has

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

199

Page 209:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

became a general recreation for Delhites to drive to these resorts to relax and enjoy good food and drinks. Now highway tourism in Haryana is fuelling the state's economic growth.

Conclusion and findings Tourism marketing is a managerial process to promote business. The purpose of innovation in tourism is that the tourist should be able to enjoy the refreshing change and feel the overall tourism pleasure. Tourism investments with product differentiation under public-private partnership would bring higher returns with competitive edge.

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

200

Page 210:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

16. LIFE INSURANCE INDUSTRY IN INDIA: A STUDY

Mushtaq Ahmed*

INTRODUCTION The proposed study aims at the Marketing aspects of Insurance products in India. Insurance marketing is concerned with the realization of not only the present markets, but also the emerging and future market.

NEED FOR THE STUDY In the Indian context insurance activities are closely related with its development, for the following reasons.

1. Income of the people is increasing at a faster rate.

2. Literacy level of the people is also raising because of the special efforts of government like Akshara Jyothi.

3. Cultural transformation between rural and urban areas is taking place at much greater pace than in the past.

4. Development consciousness of the people is also growing because of the investments by the government in the development schemes and programmes like Janmabhoomi.

5. Expansion of the markets and the economic infrastructure like roads, telecommunications, electricity, information technology is transporting development more easily.

IMPORTANCE OF THE STUDY There is a need to spread insurance activities more widely and in particular to the potential areas with a view to reaching all the potential users of the Insurance services. ______________________________________________________________* Director, GEC ( Madina Group of Institutions)

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

201

Page 211:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

The management field appears to be interested in meeting various insurance needs of the society against the background of emerging trends in socioeconomic environment.

The over ambitious objectives of the insurance companies both in public and private sector have necessitated a change in their managerial and marketing practices, so that they are successful in promoting insurance business in India. Naturally, it requires emphasis on the marketing practices – for changing the product-mix, the customized insurance services and framing the pricing policies and making the promotional decisions etc., more effective. A number of new policies has to be designed in the product-mix of insurance business. While offering new products the specific needs of the rural customers must be prioritized. While fixing the premium rates, the interest of the rural communities must receive due weightage. And for promoting the insurance business the nature and characteristics of the community must be considered. And while distributing the insurance services , it must be ensured that the personal selling abilities of agents operating in the rural areas must be suitable for motivating the potential policy holders in the rural markets.

This naturally necessitates realignment of the insurance services with innovative marketing principles and practices. The marketing concept of insurance business is concerned with expansion of insurance services in the best interest of the society, particularly, in the Indian setting where rural orientation needs prime attention. All the outstanding principles of marketing practices must make it clear that Insurance business cannot flourish unless overall marketing decisions are innovated, more so when the multinational companies, which have successful track record in the international markets have already entered the field.

Role of life insurance Risks and uncertainties are part of life's great adventure -- accident, illness, theft, natural disaster – they are all built into the working of the Universe, waiting to happen

Role 1: Life insurance as "investment" Insurance is an attractive option for investment. While most people recognize the risk hedging and tax saving potential of insurance, many are not aware of its advantages as an investment option as well. Insurance products yield more compared to regular investment options, and this is besides the added incentives (read bonuses) offered by the insurers.

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

202

Page 212:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

You cannot compare an insurance product with other investment schemes for the simple reason that it offers financial protection from risks, something that is missing in non-insurance products.

In fact, the premium you pay for an insurance policy is an investment against risk. Thus, before comparing with other schemes, you must accept that a part of the total amount invested in life insurance goes towards providing for the risk cover, while the rest is used for savings.

In life insurance, unlike non-life products, you get maturity benefits on survival at the end of the term. In other words, if you take a life insurance policy for 20 years and survive the term, the amount invested as premium in the policy will come back to you with added returns. In the unfortunate event of death within the tenure of the policy, the family of the deceased will receive the sum assured.

Now, after comparing insurance as same amount of Rs 10,000 can give an insurance coverage of up to approximately Rs 5-12 lakh (depending upon the plan, age and medical condition of the life insured, etc) and this amount can become immediately available to the nominee of the policyholder on death.

Thus insurance is a unique investment avenue that delivers sound returns in addition to protection. If you invest Rs 10,000 in PPF, your money grows to Rs 10,950 at 9.5 per cent interest over a year. But in this case, the access to your funds will be limited. One can withdraw 50 per cent of the initial deposit only after 4 years.

Role 2: Life insurance as ”security” Insurance offers that unique sense of security that no other form of investment provides. By buying life insurance, you buy peace of mind and are prepared to face any financial demand that would hit the family in case of an untimely demise.

To provide such protection, insurance firms collect contributions from many people who face the same risk. A loss claim is paid out of the total premium collected by the insurance companies, who act as trustees to the monies.Insurance also provides a safeguard in the case of accidents or a

Term Insurance Policy

Whole Life Policy

Endowment Policy

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

203

Page 213:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

Money Back Policy

Annuities And Pension

Most of the products offered by Indian life insurers are developed and structured around these "basic" policies and are usually an extension or a combination of these policies. So, what are these policies and how do they differ from each other?

Term Insurance Policy A term insurance policy is a pure risk cover for a specified period of time.

What this means is that the sum assured is payable only if the policyholder dies within the policy term. For instance, if a person buys Rs 2 lakh policy for 15-years, his family is entitled to the money if he dies within that 15-year period.

What if he survives the 15-year period? Well, then he is not entitled to any payment; the insurance company keeps the entire premium paid during the 15-year period.

So, there is no element of savings or investment in such a policy. It is a 100 per cent risk cover. It simply means that a person pays a certain premium to protect his family against his sudden death. He forfeits the amount if he outlives the period of the policy. This explains why the Term Insurance Policy comes at the lowest cost.

Whole Life Policy As the name suggests, a Whole Life Policy is an insurance cover against death,

irrespective of when it happens. Under this plan, the policy holder pays regular premiums until his death,

following which the money is handed over to his family.

This policy, however, fails to address the additional needs of the insured during his post-retirement years. It does not take into account a person's increasing needs either. While the insured buys the policy at a young age, his requirements increase over time. By the time he dies, the value of the sum assured is too low to meet his family's needs. As a result of these drawbacks, insurance firms now offer either a modified Whole Life Policy or combine it with another type of policy.

Endowment Policy Combining risk cover with financial savings, endowment policy is the most popular of policies in the world of life insurance.

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

204

Page 214:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

In an Endowment Policy, the sum assured is payable even if the insured survives the policy term.

If the insured dies during the tenure of the policy, the insurance firm has to pay the sum assured just as any other pure risk cover.

A pure endowment policy is also a form of financial saving, where if the person covered remains alive beyond the tenure of the policy, he gets back the sum assured with some other investment benefits.

In addition to the basic policy, insurers offer various benefits such as double endowment and marriage/ education endowment plans. The cost of such a policy is slightly higher but worth its value.

Money Back Policy These policies are structured to provide sums required as anticipated

expenses (marriage, education, etc) over a stipulated period of time. With inflation becoming a big issue, companies have realized that sometimes the money value of the policy is eroded. That is why with-profit policies are also being introduced to offset some of the losses incurred on account of inflation.

A portion of the sum assured is payable at regular intervals. On survival the remainder of the sum assured is payable.

In case of death, the full sum assured is payable to the family of the insured. The premium is payable for a particular period of time.

Annuities and pension In an annuity, the insurer agrees to pay the insured a stipulated sum of money periodically. The purpose of an annuity is to protect against risk as well as to provide money in the form of pension at regular intervals. Over the years, insurers have added various features to basic insurance policies in order to address specific needs of a cross section of people.

Insurance companies operating in India Birla Sun Life HDFC Standard Life ICICI Pru Life Insurance Corporation Om Kotak Mahindra New India Assurance Company

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

205

Page 215:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

National Insurance Company Oriental Insurance Company Royal Sundaram Alliance Insurance Co. Ltd. Tata AIG United India Insurance Company Max New York Life

Policies from Life Insurance Corporation of India Poilcies for pension children's insurance Endowment policies Group insurance policies Joint life policies Money back policies Annuity Special policies Term policies Whole life policies Policies for women

Policies from other Insurance Companies Endowment policies Moneyback policies Retirement policies Term policies Whole life policies Health policies

OBJECTIVES OF RESEARCHPrimary objective

“To study on life insurance industry in India”

Secondary objectives1. To study different life insurance service providers2. To study the various kinds of life insurance products that are being offered by

the public sector and private sector insurance companies of India.3. To know the perception of consumers towards insurance products4. To study in detail the ICICI prudential operations

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

206

Page 216:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

5. To study consumer behaviour towards ICICI prudential6. To suggest strategies for improvement

HYPOTHESIS Ho = Private Sector And Public Sector Insurance Companies Are Similar In

Operation And Performance. H1 = Private Sector And Public Sector Insurance Companies Are not Similar

In Operation And Performance

Limitations In the research carried on one cannot be cent per cent accurate and authentic. However every possible effort has been made to make it accurate and authentic.

There is every possibility that some errors had crept in to certain activities and steps of research. Some of the possible errors are as follows. The survey was limited due to inadequate time and money. There was a lack of professional experience of research on the part of the

researcher. Sampling and non sampling errors, might have occurred. Pit falls in tabulation and analysis may have weakened the exactitude. Apart from the above there are many constrains and possibilities biased

information.

FINDINGS FOR COMPARITIVE RESEARCH

1. The multi-channel approach adopted by the private insurance companies has proved to be a boon in terms of costing and their ability to capture business. Earlier, most of the private insurance companies focused their energies on the top 20 cities. Today they are moving to smaller cities.

2. The potential in smaller cities is increasing and companies are moving to smaller cities and towns because these are increasingly becoming more prosperous with a rise in agricultural income. With the increase in buying power, this has fuelled the growth opportunities for insurance companies .

3. Private players in the life insurance business are growing at a scorching pace. Within three years of their inception, they have seized about 14 per cent of the market.

4. Compare this with new generation private-sector banks, which took nine years for 20 per cent share in the Indian banking industry. After seven years in the industry, in 2000, the private mutual funds accounted for just 9 per cent of a market that had been dominated by the Unit Trust of India.

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

207

Page 217:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

5. The products dealt by all public sector and private sector companies are mostly similar, except that separate strategies and names were given .

6. There is another dimension to the insurance numbers game. While the private insurance companies have attained 13 to 14 per cent share of the overall insurance market, their share in the key metros (Mumbai and Delhi) is as high as 30 to 40 per cent.

7. Private insurance companies are essentially joint ventures with global insurance companies holding a maximum of 26 per cent stake. The foreign partners are investing heavily in the Indian market and, thereby, driving the sales because they see India emerging as one of the biggest markets in the Asian region.

8. Private players have certainly done their bit to increase the penetration levels of insurance, mainly by creating alternative distribution channels--such as associations with banks, brokers and corporate agents for example, Aviva which has 70% of total sales by tie ups with four banks.

9. OM Kotak Mahindra Life, which is ranked eighth among private players, is also leaning towards alternative distribution channels that will contribute to 45 per cent of total sales, in line with the contribution from its tied agency force.

10. In sharp contrast, most of the LIC policies continue to be sold through its tied-agency network. The state life corporation acknowledges that it is unable to maintain its lead in some metros: penetration by the private-sector insurers has come of age and they are giving the LIC a run for its money.

11. AMP Sanmar, another private player, has tied up with various chit funds and transport finance companies in the country, where it is selling life policies on the back of fixed deposits and bonds. A senior company official cites the example of Vijaywada where a significant portion of the income is derived from farming activities.

12. "The rural people are managing their money well and no longer keeping it under their beds. They have mobile phones and have opened bank accounts. They are not very different from their urban counterparts when it comes to purchasing life insurance covers," he points out.

13. All that is making the private sector optimistic about its future in the Indian insurance market. Private insurers are becoming an alternative to LIC. If a customer has already bought an LIC plan, his second policy is likely to be bought by the private insurance sector on account of various reasons--more specifically flexibility and transparency,"

14. Perhaps this partly explains why the LIC has increased its advertising spend multi-fold since the insurance sector was privatised. Its ad spend more than doubled to Rs 81 crore (Rs 810 million) in fiscal 2003, against Rs 37 crore (Rs 370 million) in 1999-2000, prior to the industry being privatised.

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

208

Page 218:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

15. Of course, the private insurance sector has also been steadily increasing its ad spend, from Rs 29 crore (Rs 290 million) in fiscal 2001 when the industry opened up, to Rs 92 crore (Rs 920 million) the following year. In fiscal 2003, the private insurers had spent Rs 143 crore (Rs 1.43 billion) on advertising.

16. But it is not the increased spend on advertising alone that has helped the private players in grabbing the market share. One of the key differential factors responsible for their growing market is the 150,000-odd life insurance advisors of the private insurance companies.

17. "The private insurance agents sell better than their counterparts at the LIC. Life insurance advisors of private sector insurance companies adopt the need-based selling approach, unlike the LIC's agency force that pushes the number of policies.

18. This also gets reflected in the average sum assured by private insurance companies being higher than that of the LIC. Policies sold by the private players tend to be of a higher value.

19. For instance, Birla Sun Life's average premium stands at Rs 24,500, while that of OM Kotak Mahindra Life is equally high at Rs 20,400. Against this is the LIC's average premium of Rs 3,200.

20. Of course, there's also a difference in the target client of the private and the state-run insurance companies. While the private players are targeting the upper middle-class and high net-worth individuals, the LIC aims for the masses through its 2,048 branches spread across the semi-rural and rural towns.

21. OM Kotak has gone a step further and tied up with Swiss Life International so that it can capitalise on the latter's relationship with 300 multinational subsidiaries and affiliates.

22. But it is not as if LIC has lost out on group insurance. The insurance major's group business reached new heights in fiscal 2004, recording a 119 per cent growth in new premium income and 50 per cent increase in the number of lives covered.

23. Still, new business income for private companies has grown at 146 per cent in fiscal 2004, compared to the 18 per cent average industry growth in new premium income for the same period.

24. The biggest draw in insurance in fiscal 2004 was unit-linked plans. Ninety-five per cent of the policies sold by Birla Sun Life and over 80 per cent of the 4,36,000 policies sold by ICICI Prudential were unit-linked plans.

25. Even though the LIC was late (January 2004) in pushing its unit-linked product Bima Plus, it managed to mop up a premium income of Rs 373 crore (Rs

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

209

Page 219:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

billion) with the sale of just under 1.7-lakh unit-linked policies, the highest sales figure in the industry.

26. The advantage with unit-linked plans is that they offer the policy holders transparency in terms of costs, annual returns and bonus calculations. With many companies guaranteeing the capital investment (some like Birla Sun Life even guarantee 3 per cent assured returns on its unit-linked plans), the interest in unit-linked plans only increased.

27. The switch from traditional products to unit-linked plans gained momentum as the Sensex climbed higher: the returns on such policies are linked to the equity market.

28. "The stock market has helped to a certain extent and has contributed to our growth and performance," agrees Birla Sun Life CEO Nani Javeri.

29. Aviva has shown a compounded aggregate growth rate of 36 per cent since the inception of its fund. Returns on OM Kotak's balanced and growth funds stand at 31.79 to 43.25 per cent respectively.

30. Dam claims that OM Kotak has sold several policies of Rs 25-50 lakh (Rs 2.5-5 million) since the "savvy investor thinks it best to invest in unit-linked products." He adds: "Growth is coming faster in insurance companies with unit-linked plans."

31. Life insurance industry growth pegged at 51 per cent.

32. While the life insurance industry took a hit in 2003 due to the slack in sales of single premium plans, this year the growth has been 51 per cent. Premiums have gone up to Rs 18,710 crore from Rs 12,300 crore in 2002-03 mainly due to the increased sales of unit-linked plans, group policies and pension plans.

33. The Life Insurance Corporation has been able to garner Rs 2,332.85 crore from insuring more than 30 lakh individuals. Its group business touched a high of 119 per cent and registered a 50 per cent increase in lives underwritten. The non-life business premium is know to have gone up by 16 percent touching Rs 16,118 crore. Apart from insuring the individual lives, alternate channels such as bancassurance also contributed in a big way.

FINDINGS OF PRIMARY DATA According to the survey it as been inferred that maximum number of

respondent had wanted to buy an insurance product in the near future, but 40% of the respondents had not intended to buy any.

Study in regard to perception with reference to after sales service is satisfactory, as 50% of the respondents said it was good and 35% said its good so overall the customer service and response are given consideration.

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

210

Page 220:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

The most important factor in convert the potential customer to a buyer is the influence of the brand image which plays dominant role as stated by 55% of the respondents. 25% perceive after sales service and 15% effective network as important factors.

From the above finding it is inferred that brand image carries a dominant role in the client's choice 44%prefer LIC ,23%prefer ICICI ,followed by birla sun life and other companies.After choosing the company the next step is the insurance product choice in which most of the respondents had opted for retirement plan (31%)and 22% wants to go for saving plan, followed by investment plan.

Selection of promotional tools was a critical decision as it has direct relation with sales, and as insurance is some thing an unsought good detailed information and product based executives is appropriate which has been the reason for purchase for 50 % of respondents and other sources are friends and relatives, etc.

There will be a need reason and reason behind purchase of any products so most of the respondents were buying insurance as a solution to tax exemption (60%).

SUGGESTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS According to Maslow's need hierarchy, security needs are second only to basic needs. Man's desire to feel safe and protected from future disasters or undesirable events led to the concept of Insurance.

Some of the important strategies identified are as follows. Insurance now-a-days is a want and need of all segment of people and due to rapid changes in market conditions even consumer behaviour, standard of living and security for life are increasing and customers are ready to pay the price if they are able to get value for it. The analysis had revealed that the customer has difficulty in influencing, initiating buying and using due to lack of attention, interest, desire which is stopping for action. Hence, the strategies given below are connected with this.

Organisational strategies What are the unique products of the company? How quickly can one introduce newer channels in response to changing market

conditions Tab channel partners by a preferred life insurance service provider Motivate channel partners to perform better. Make sure that channel partner performs effectively and efficiently.

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

211

Page 221:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

Design different compensation mechanisms for individual channels or for segments within a channel.

Practice new promotional tools then launch and effectively monitor campaigns.

Product Related Strategies Introduce new insurance product to tab rural customers by offering insurance

on agriculture pump sets and cattle among the owners. The next potential area is health care which is booming today so need to

promote health and personal accident policies, which have low awareness but high concerns.

Introduce travel-related health Insurance which is not available. Recognize health-care as a separate line of business. Gove importance to claims processing by. Making the response time between the claim and the actual payment should be

fast and low. In case of delayed payments, fine should be paid by the Insurance company to

the customer. In case of conflict the case should be referred to the ombudsman or courts as

the case may be.

Price Related Strategies The premium is to be lowered as it will be preferred, even by the richer

customers. Steady growth of the insurance business with the tariffs providing benchmark

rates with competitors both Indian and global to be followed. Tariffs followed do not respond in a timely manner to changes in rates in

international markets which should be concentrated. High margin to agents/brokers. Which f possible to be lowered. While the law pertaining to the remuneration is still a bit unclear, it is said that

the commission to agents could be high to induce them to sell more and better products.

Place related strategies Marketing alliances with people/companies having a physical presence is a

good distribution strategy too. Preferred channels are banks, co-operatives and the sarpanch The online world is not going to be left behind. A number of sites have started

offering policies online. What needs to be borne in mind is that no matter what

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

212

Page 222:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

channel one may use, the following factors will be critical in deciding the success or failure of the venture:

Promotion related strategies The concentration on positioning as insurance is a product which does not have

clear positioning though there may be a need for a product but due to confusion purchase is not made.

Participative information dissemination may be effective by small cohesive groups at farmer meets, melas, co-operative society meets.

Insurance tie-up with some hospitals and health care centers will help. Tie with banks and co-operative societies to sell general insurance policies. The

concentration on promoting products which as has major back lash due to ill awareness. which can be overcome by following

Holding seminars and informal corner meetings Distributing brochures / handouts giving complete information of their

products Laying emphasis on the value of the product rather than on its price

Conclusions Insurance industry is a growing industry booming at a very fast pace. Both private and public sector companies are doing well ,but still LIC is the dominant provider of insurance Most of the products dealt by all insurance provides are similar in most capacities. The best ways are to concentrate at rural areas

Bibliography1. Marketing Research By K.C.Kothari

2. Marketing Research By Green And Tull

3. Marketing Research By Tull Andhakins

4. Marketing Research By D.D Sharma

5. Research Report Preparation By K.C.Gupta

6. Management Statistics By Levin Rubin

7. P.K. Sinha & S.C. Sahoo Service Marketing Himalaya Publishing House, 1994.

8. Various Other Documents, Broachers, Magazines

9. Online Websites Of

IRDA

INDIVIDUAL COMPANIES Ana Other Portals

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

213

Page 223:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

10. Choudhuri S.R. Sickness Insurance in India and Britain. Calcutta: The World Press Private Ltd., (1966).

11. Gangulee, N. Health and Nutrition in India. London: Faber and Faber Ltd., (1939).

12. Rahman Q. 2001. “Focus: The Anguish of India.” Environmental Health Perspectives. Mar. 1996: 104(3). 18 Nov. 2001 <http://ehpnet1.niehs.nih.gov/docs/1996/104-3/focusindia.html>

13. World Health Organization. Emergency and Humanitarian Action: Baseline Statistics for India. 2000. 20 Nov. 2001 <http://www.who.int/disasters/stats/baseline.cfm?countryID=24>

14. World Health Organization. Transmittable Diseases. 2000. 20 Nov. 2001 <http://www.cerritosmun.org/World%20Health%20Topic%20Synposis.doc>

15. World Health Organization (2001). Healthy Life Expectancy Rankings.. 20 Nov. 2001

<http://www.nt.who.int/whosis/statistics/dale/dale.cfm?path=evidence,dale&language=english>

16. Census of India. Table 2: Estimates of Birth Rate, Death Rate and Infant Mortality Rate for the 1995-1997. 1998. 21 Nov. 2001 < http://www.censusindia.net/srsboct98table2.html>

17. Census of India. Table 7 (2001) : Distribution of Population by Age and Sex 1991. 1991. 21 Nov. <http://www.censusindia.net/cendat/datatable7.html>

18. Nations of the World. Statistics: India. 21 Nov. 2001 <http://www.inp.su/~taskaev/britanic/india.html>

19. Age Structure of Population. 21 Nov. 2001 <http://www.inolink.com/Consulate/iebo/1_2_2age.htm>

20. Revamping Primary Health Care in India. 22 Nov. 2001 <http://www.healthlibrary.com/reading/vhai/july-aug/revamp.htm>

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

214

Page 224:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

17. BIO-TECHNOLOGY: THE SUNRISE SERVICE SECTOR

1. Each industry has a life cycle. Industries flourish and boom and at the end of their life cycle, die naturally as saturation takes place or substitutes emerge. Black and white television sets and manual typewriters are good examples. Who knows the present Land Line Telephones and Desk Top Computers will meet the same situation. In some industry sectors, innovation helps to extend the life cycle as new products replace earlier offerings. It therefore, becomes necessary to identify sunrise industries within the overall industrial scenario so that an appropriate policy regime can be put in place which enables them to grow and expand. In the Indian context information technology (IT), Biotechnology (BT), pharmaceuticals and Nanotechnologies along with IT enabled services are often cited as sunrise industries. India is seen as competitive in these industries which are in line with the fast changing economic, technological and global context. Call Centres, Business Process Outsourcing etc. may be added as they are also called as Sunrise Sectors.

2. Sunrise Sectors are very useful in the Indian scenario as they are the growth centers for revenue generation and employment.

3. In light of the above, a brief description on Bio-Technology and Pharmaceuticals industries will be dealt in the following paragraphs.

4. Bio-technology “If Bangalore is the Silicon Valley, Hyderabad is the Genome Valley, Indias's future is in Bio-Technology.” Dr.Y.S.Rajasekhara Reddy, ex- Chief Minister, AP. “Genome Valley is our answer to the Silicon Valley of Bangalore. It is

making waves not just in India but across the world” Dr. Reddy's Laboratores, Hyderabad.

What is bio-technology Bio-technology is the art of utilizing the living organisms and their products for the production of food, drink, medicine or for other benefits to the human race, or other animal species. Technically speaking, humans have been making use of bio-technology since they discovered farming, with the planting of seeds to control plant growth and crop production.

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

215

Page 225:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

About Genome Valley, Hyderabad Genome Valley, Turkapally, near Hyderabad is India's bio-tech park that provides research, training, collaboration and manufacturing activities for bio-tech companies. More than 100 bio-tech companies are operating from the Genome Valley.

The Genome Valley offers plots of land -- of varying sizes -- to build research centres and pilot plants as per specific requirements of the resident companies.

Growth of bio-technology From a small beginning 25 years ago, the sector has emerged as a dominant one providing employment to hundreds of thousands of skilled and qualified people.

An Ernst and Young survey identifies India as one of the five emerging bio-tech leaders in the Asia-Pacific region, the others being Singapore, Taiwan, Japan, and Korea. The firm ranked India third in the region based on the number of bio-tech companies in the country. India is already the world 's largest vaccine producer as well as the largest cultivator of Bt cotton.

Trends With the Genome Valley project in Hyderabad, the city is now emerging as a hub

of discovery research in bio-tech and pharma industries. The bio-tech industry, which has been anchored firmly by the Genome Valley project, has already been a major earner of foreign exchange (US$ 1.24 billion from pharmaceuticals, biotech, chemicals and allied chemicals) for the state. Similarly Gujarat is also turning into a biotech hub with the number of bio-tech companies in the state shooting up 50 per cent.

A large chunk of the sector's revenues are expected to come from opportunities in the US$ 4.5 billion Indian pharmaceutical industry which is growing at the rate of over 8 to 9 per cent per year. An increasing number of Contract Research Organisations (CROs) in the country bears evidence to this. The CRO market in India is worth US$ 250 million and is growing at 30-40 per cent year on year. Ranked fourth globally in terms of volume and 13th in terms of value, the country has the highest number of manufacturing plants approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration (USFDA)

The biotech industry has been growing by about 35 to 40 per cent for the past three years. According to the 5th Bio-Spectrum-ABLE Biotech Industry Survey

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

216

Page 226:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

conducted in April-May 2007, the industry grew by 30.9 per cent in 2006-07, with bio-agri scoring the highest growth rate at 50 per cent and largest acreage of 9 million. Exports in the sector had increased by a massive 47 per cent.

Investments in the Indian bio-technology sector had crossed US$ 580 million in 2006-2007 with Bangalore alone witnessing more than US$ 243.9 million outlay from companies like Jubilant, AstraZeneca, GE Healthcare and Biocon. The bio-technology companies expenditure on research and development (R&D) had amounted to an average 3% of their sales.

LEADING BIO-TECH COMPANIES Avra Laboratories Pvt. Ltd. Bharat Biotech International Ltd. Bijam Biosciences Ltd. Biological E. Ltd. Bioserve Biotechnologies Ltd. Dr. Reddy's Laboratories Ltd. Genotex International (India) Pvt. Ltd. GVK Bio Pvt. Ltd. Indian Immunologicals Ltd. Indigene Pharmaceuticals Ltd. Jupiter Biosciences Ltd. Krebs Biochemicals Ltd. Microbiomed Products Ltd. Nuziveedu Seeds Ltd. Prabhat Agri Biotech Pvt. Ltd.

5. Pharmaceuticals and bulk drugs Hyderabad, which accounts for around one third of India's total bulk drug production, is considered as the bulk drug capital of the country. A large number of bulk drug units are located in and around Hyderabad with good infrastructure. The pharmaceutical industry in India is expected to grow from 5.5 Billion US dollars to 25 billion US dollars by 2010, and 75 billion US dollars by 2020.

6. A.P. Advantage AP has a dominant position in this sector with a market size of 1.6 billion US

dollars presently growing up to 8 billion to 10 billion US dollars by 2010 and is well known internationally for its skills in chemical synthesis and process

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

217

Page 227:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

engineering and its speed in market. Jawaharlal Nehru Pharma City at Parwada, Visakhapatnam is located in 2200 acres of land with world class infrastructure to support efficient and environment friendly pharma manufacturing.

Source: internet and a book “doing business with AP: published by the Commissioner of Industries, Govt.of A.P.

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

218

Page 228:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

18. PROMOTION OF ENTREPRENEURSHIP IN SERVICES SECTOR

R.S.R.C. Kumar*

Entrepreneurship has become an important topic of deliberation among banks, financial institutions, industry and academicians because the entrepreneurs play an important role in promoting business and industries and contributing to the economy of the nation. Potential entrepreneurs contribute to wealth generation and take part in utilization of national resources.

In fact “entrepreneur” and “entrepreneurship” are popular and respectable words today. Where people see problems, entrepreneurs see possibilities. Their investments in knowledge and industry give them returns. To become an entrepreneur, all that is required is enterprising spirit, ideas, dreams, and a strong will to succeed.

In today's world of integrated economies it is not enough to just exist and survive. But it is time to innovate. Thanks to the globalization, advancement of science and technology, advent of internet and rising purchasing power, today, the customer has greater choices than ever before. Thus in a globally competitive world, individuals and enterprises are constantly challenged.

Opportunities come with risk. Entrepreneur will take prudent risk. They promote vision with enthusiastic passion and completes the mission. The six-P acronym, i.e., “Proper Prior Planning Prevents Poor Performance” aptly suits the entrepreneur.

Factors responsible for emergence of entrepreneurship• Background factors: Education, training, experience, family, role models,

and financial conditions• Motivational factors: Zeal for achievement, ideas & ideals, and business

environment.• Economic factors: Supportive government policies, free flow of financial

assistance from banks and FIs, and availability of technical support.• Reward: Recognition, social status______________________________________________________________*Sr. Manager, APSFC

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

219

Page 229:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

Entrepreneurs are classified based on the type of activity i.e., business entrepreneurs, trading entrepreneur, industrial entrepreneur, corporate entrepreneur, farm entrepreneur.

The business and industrial entrepreneurs have become a focus in developing countries and they are recognized as an instrument of socio-economic change. That's the reason why the constant efforts are being made by all concerned to find out better ways of creating enterprising ability.

Entrepreneurship education Rising awareness of enterprise and entrepreneurship is a significant improvement in the present economic scenario. Entrepreneurship education develops attitudes and motivation for acquiring business skills and competencies to perform better. Entrepreneurship is a creative art which tries to find opportunities and derive benefits from them.

Creativity and innovation consist of a) Seeing what everyone else has not seen b) Thinking what no one else has thought c) Doing what no one else has dared. This is how small ideas some times make great stories.

Entrepreneurship education should aim at promoting independent thinking, creativity and enable them to face challenges. EDPs shall be designed to connect students and youth to the colleges, the community and the work place.

Networking and sharing The existing entrepreneurs learn from their own experience and the first generation entrepreneurs learn from other's experiences. Sharing of experiences through proper networking is possible in the common forums and SME clusters. Clusters can be benefited by creating a strong network of entrepreneurs, from which the managers could draw on for advice and support. Technology incubation system can create better conditions for the emergence of new entrepreneurship, especially for technology based enterprises. India could create a pool of entrepreneurs and establish essential business contacts through proper planning and focus.

Success of entrepreneur Entrepreneurship in India is an economic necessity. Hence, the emergence

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

220

Page 230:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

of entrepreneurial process has not become adequately innovative. To know how to succeed, the entrepreneur needs to understand why people fail. The business started by him should be able to survive and succeed. It would be possible only if he tries to acquire basic business skills and management skills before entering into or opting for business opportunities.

Entrepreneurs should get organized before getting started and develop a strong determination to win. They should be made aware of circumstances leading to the onset of entrepreneurial seizure. Enthusiastic skilled entrepreneurs will become world leaders of tomorrow.

Following basic tips should be taken into account before setting up an Industry Understand the project / product and work on it. Research the various business models within that industry. Analyse the competition. Do market research to assess the realistic market potential for the business. Develop a preliminary business plan and funding requirements. Plan the project within the means of your investment ability. Start the business, keeping in view the customer requirements. APSFC initiatives

APSFC is aiming at imparting entrepreneurship education to the students of professional colleges and creating awareness on the development of SMEs and their contribution to the economy.

“Entrepreneur meets” are also being organized through interaction with successful entrepreneurs, for better understanding of the process and the principles. Promotion of entrepreneurship among new and existing entrepreneurs has become one of the priority areas in the activities of APSFC.

Promotions of financial literacy and industry-academician interaction are the key goals of APSFC.

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

221

Page 231:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the
Page 232:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

19. SERVICE ENTERPRISES-A FINANCIAL PERSPECTIVE

Gopala K Murthy*

Economic reforms and liberalization Independent India's economic development programme is built on the key objectives of self-reliance and social equity. Despite the debate whether there had already been some liberalization earlier, 1991 marks the big liberalization of the Indian economy. The liberalization has been characterized by the abolition of licence raj and reduction of tariffs. A serious effort was on to rationalize the tax system. During this period the divesting of public sector has been initiated. These developments have encouraged the private enterprises to compete with state owned enterprises.

Finally, it was the turn of the financial sector to undergo the reforms. India has a respectable place among the developing nations due to its impressive financial system. There have been serious attempts at privatizing the power sector and at imposing a regulatory system. The rise of the Indian economy is one of the most important economic developments of contemporary times.

Strengths of Indian economy An impressive DPgrowth rate which touched 9.4% during 2006-07.

The 4th largest economy in terms of Purchasing Power Parity (PP

Sixth fastest growing economy, projected to be 7to 5% larger than apan' by 2010

A strong agriculture sector accounting for nearly 25% of national output and 15% of exports, with selfufficiency in all important crops except oilseeds

A diverse industrial base with self reliance in all core industries and a wide range of engineering products, but domestically weak in electronic hardware technology

A Mature financial sector and capital market with over 9000 listed companies and market capitalization close to US $ 3 trillion, with the Banking and finace sector growing by around 9%

A robust services sector accounting for more then 50% of national product, and growing by 7% annually

______________________________________________________________* Consultant, Advisor and Banking Resource, HYDERABAD , E-mail: [email protected] 040-23737335 and 9347528867

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

223

Page 233:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

It is a fact that the Indian economy is growing faster than ever before. It had recorded robust growth for the fourth successive year during 2006-07. The real GDP growth accelerated from 9 per cent during 2005-06 to 9.4 per cent during 2006-07. The growth, thus, had averaged 8.6 per cent per annum during the four-year period ended 2006-07. Real GDP growth during the Tenth Five Year Plan period averaged 7.6 per cent per annum, the highest in any Plan period. The acceleration in the growth rate during 2006-07 was attributable to buoyancy in the industrial and services sectors, which had exhibited double-digit growth (11.0 per cent each). Higher growth in the industry and services sectors had more than offset the deceleration in the agricultural sector. Encouraged by economic developments over the past decade, the government is committed to scoring a GDP growth rate of higher than 9% by the year 2008-09.

Services Sector and Trends The services sector is comprised of the services meant for both final and intermediate consumption. Of these two categories, intermediate services such as transport and communications, which are also intermediate inputs for the production of other goods and services, account for a major share in the total services output. The share of services meant for final consumption is relatively small. Technological advancements in the field of information and communication technology (ICT) have steadily transformed the services sector. The latest available information on Gross Domestic Product and the Services sector contributions to it are related to the last quarter of 2006-07.

Shift towards service sector India was primarily known as an agricultural economy, but the face of its economy has been changing rapidly over the past decade. The share of the secondary and tertiary sector in increasing rapidly. The services sector had grown at double-digit rates in the last three years and emerged as the key driver of economic activity in the country. This sector had accounted for 61.8 per cent of GDP in 2006-07 and contributed nearly three-fourths to the overall real GDP growth during the year. The services sector had benefited from the robust growth in domestic tourism, foreign tourist arrivals, telecom sector, railway traffic, civil aviation, cargo handled, construction, business process outsourcing (BPO), information technology enabled services (ITES), and banking and insurance activity as revealed in the following table and graph:

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

224

Page 234:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

Great booster for economy A direct relationship exists between the socio-economic development and the services sector in India. This sector accounts for approximately 45% of India's total GDP and has great potential for growth. The role of trade in services sector in India's balance of payments is invaluable. It has been estimated that of India's exports (both merchandise as well as invisibles) 40% is made up by trade in services. As a result of the net positive on services trade, net invisibles financed a substantial portion of India's total deficit on trade account. The high potential of the services sector to earn foreign exchange has been thus widely recognized.

Potential source of employment generation Being labour intensive, the services sector is of crucial importance to the Indian economy.

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

225

Year

2000-01

2001-02

2002-03

2003-04

2004-05

2005-06

2006-07

Trade, hotels, transport &

communication

428855

477836

527569

610239

714547

824936

968677

Financing, insurance, real

estate & business services

254772

293035

332115

375606

413129

464493

540160

Community, social and

personal Services

287905

310721

334466

364019

407285

468128

534479

TotalAmount

971532

1081592

1194150

1349864

1534961

1757557

2043316

Table-1: Growth in ServicesRs. in crores

Page 235:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

Studies have shown that the employment elasticity to GDP growth in the services sector is higher than in the case of both agricultural and manufacturing sectors. Hence growth of the services sector is being looked upon as a great potential source of generating employment opportunities in the country.

It is also important in accelerating the growth process in the economy as it provides services which are complementary to agriculture and industry. For instance, an agriculturist or industrialist requires financial services to provide capital for his production facilities, communication and transport services to reach the market and distribution and retail networks to reach the consumers.

Role of services sector Services has been at the forefront of the rapid growth of the Indian economy, contributing nearly 55 per cent of the GDP in 2006-07. The sector has come to play an increasingly dominant role in the economy accounting for 68.6 per cent of the overall average growth in GDP during 2002-03 and 2006-07.

While the Indian economy grew at the rate of 9.4 per cent in 2006-07 against 9 per cent the previous year, services grew at an impressive rate of 11 per cent in 2006-07 against 10.3 per cent in 2005-06. The sector has continued to record double-digit growth in the last fiscal with a growth rate of 10.4 per cent during April-December 2007-08.

Trade, hotels, transport and communication grew by a robust growth rate of 11.6 per cent.

Financial services (comprising banking, insurance, real estate and business services) grew by 10.8 per cent as against 11.1 per cent.

Community, social and personal services grew at the rate of 7.7 per cent.

Construction activity grew by 10 per cent.

Indicators The lead indicators suggest that the pace of expansion in the services sector

activity is likely to be sustained for the rest of the financial year. The communication sector had recorded a robust growth with 946.5 million

telephone connections (fixed plus cellular) in 2007-08 which is 44.41 per cent higher than the corresponding period last year. Consequently, India has now become the second largest wireless network in the world.

The cargo handled at major ports had increased by 12 per cent during 2007-08 over the same period in 2006-07.

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

226

Page 236:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

The total freight handled by the civil aviation sector had increased by 11 per cent during April-December 2007 over the corresponding period in 2006.

The freight traffic of the Railways had increased by 9.06 per cent during 2207-08 over the same period in 2006-07, recording its highest ever incremental freight loadings of 66 million tonne.

Passengers handled at domestic and international airport terminals during April-December, 2007 had increased by 27.9 per cent and 17 per cent, respectively compared to the same period in 2006.

Aggregate bank deposits and non-food credits by scheduled commercial banks year-on-year had shown growth rates of 21.2 per cent and 22.3 per cent, respectively as on March 28, 2008.

Service sector in India Services or the "tertiary sector" of the economy covers a wide gamut of activities like trading, banking and finance, infotainment, real estate, transportation, security, management and technical consultancy among several others. The various sectors that combine together to constitute service Enterprises in India are: Trade Hotels and restaurants Railways Other transport & storage Communication (Post, Telecom) Banking Insurance Dwellings, real estate Business services Public administration; defence Personal services Community services Other services

There was marked acceleration in services sector growth in recent times. While almost all the services had participated in this boom, growth was fastest in communications, banking, hotels and restaurants, community services, trade and business services. One of the reasons for the sudden growth in the services sector in India in the nineteen nineties was the liberalization in the regulatory framework that gave rise to innovation and higher exports from this sector. The sub-sector wise break-up is as follows:

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

227

Page 237:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

While the Indian economy grew at the rate of 9.4 per cent in 2006-07 against 9 per cent the previous year, services grew at an impressive rate of 11 per cent in 2006-07 against 10.3 per cent in 2005-06. The sector has continued to record double-digit growth in the last fiscal with a growth rate of 10.4 per cent during April-December 2007-08.

Trade, hotels, transport and communication grew by a robust growth rate of 11.6 per cent.

Financial services (comprising banking, insurance, real estate and business services) grew by 10.8 per cent as against 11.1 per cent.

Community, social and personal services grew at the rate of 7.7 per cent.

Construction activity grew by 10 per cent.

SECTORAL OVRVIEWInfrastructure Infrastructure is the foundation of economic, industrial and social development. The multiplier effect of infrastructure development on the economy is significant and its role as stimulator of economic growth is indisputable.

There is wide recognition of the critical importance of infrastructure development to sustaining India's growth objectives. The goverent has recognized its limitations in being a provider of infrastructure services, which entail huge investment outlays, long gestation periods, project risk and long pay -back periods, besides red-herrings such as differential and subsidized pricing, unmanageable cost structures, surplus manpower and operational inefficiencies that made several government projects nonviable. On the other hand, infrastructure projects are quasi-commercial in character and cannot lend themselves completely to free market mechanisms.

India's infrastructure has been expanding at a rapid pace to support the economic growth rate of over 9 per cent. The six core infrastructure industries had registered a robust increase of 9.6 per cent during March 2008 owing to accelerated production in the steel and coal sectors.

During 2007-08, the six core sectors – crude oil, cement, electricity, coal, petroleum refinery products and finished steel had registered 21.8% growth compared to 16.6% in March 2007. Significantly, electricity generation had registered 3.6% while coal production grew by 8.1% during April-March 2007-08.

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

228

Page 238:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

Infrastructure growth potential According to the consultation paper circulated by the planning commission, a massive US$ 494 billion of investment is proposed for the eleventh plan period (2007-12), which would increase the share of infrastructure investment to 9 per cent of GDP from 5 per cent in 2006-07. This translates roughly into US$ 40 billion annual additional investment.

The projected sector-wise shares are: 30.4 per cent in electricity, 15.4 per cent in roads and bridges, 13.7 percent in telecommunications and 12.4 per cent in railways among others. Significantly, 30 per cent of the total investment is expected to come from the private sector (including public-private partnership). Indian officials have invited foreign entrepreneurs to invest in the sector which would require investments worth US$ 500 billion to sustain India's fast-growing economy.

New projects For this, the government has already enacted many proactive measures like opening up a number of infrastructure sectors to private players, permitting FDI into various sectors, introducing model concession agreements, taking up new projects like the National Highway Development Project, National Maritime Development Programme among others. Some of the projects planned for the next five years include the following:

A 40,000-MW hydro power generation capacity planned for the 12th (2012-17) and 13th (2017-22) Plans

Additional power generation capacity of about 70,000 MW

Dedicated Freight Corridors between Mumbai-Delhi and Ludhiana-Kolkata

Capacity addition of 485 million MT in Major Ports, 345 million MT in Minor Ports

Modernisation and redevelopment of 21 railway stations

Developing 16 million hectares through major, medium and minor irrigation works

Modernisation and redevelopment of 4 metro and 35 non-metro airports

Six-laning 6,500 km of the Golden quadrilateral and selected national highways

Construction 1,65,244 km of new rural roads, and renewing and upgrading of existing 1,92,464 km covering 78,304 rural habitations.

FINANCIAL SERVICES The banking sector had witnessed accelerated growth during 2006-07. The faster growth of the banking sector in relation to the real economy had pushed up

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

229

Page 239:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

the ratio of assets of scheduled commercial banks to GDP to 92.5 per cent at end-March 2007. Broad based credit growth with some rebalancing in sectoral credit allocation away from housing and commercial real estate sectors was observed during the year. The accelerated growth of deposits mainly contributed by sharp increase in term deposits, however, had obviated the need for unwinding the investment portfolio to finance credit growth by banks, as was witnessed in the previous year. However, as a percentage of both total assets and net demand and time liabilities (NDTL), investment by banks in Government securities had continued to decline. The consolidation of the banking sector continued with the merger of three old private sector banks, bringing down the total number of SCBs to 82 from 85 at end-March 2006.

Recent measures also include encouraging private sector investment in the banking sector and permitting public sector banks to sell shares to the public. Customer orientation is the most important focus area of banks, with retail operations getting the maximum attention at the leading banks. Cash collection facilities, e-banking, phone-banking, ATMs, and remote access centres in several lesser developed locations in India are the new customer-friendly services being offered by leading private banks to customers.

The insurance sector, previously a state monopoly has been thrown open for private sector participation. This has led to a high degree of corporate activity in the sector.

Over 9,000 companies have listed and traded on Indian stock exchanges, estimated to be the highest in the world. There are two major exchanges, the Bombay Stock Exchange, founded in 1875, and the National Stock Exchange set up in 1992. Mumbai, being the financial capital of India, seats the major financial institutions, stock exchanges, India's Central Bank, market watchdog – Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI) - among others. This is in addition to having branches in other business centres of the country like Delhi, Chennai, Ahmedabad, Bangalore and Kolkata.

Service enterprises as defined by RBI(a) Micro (Service) Enterprises: Enterprises engaged in providing/rendering of

services; whose investment in equipment does not exceed Rs. 10 lakh.

(b) Small (Service) Enterprises: Enterprises engaged in providing/rendering of services; whose investment in equipment is more than Rs. 10 lakh but does not exceed Rs. 2 crore.

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

230

Page 240:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

(c) Medium (Service Enterprises: Enterprises engaged in providing/rendering of services; whose investment in equipment is more than Rs. 2 crore but does not exceed Rs. 5 crore.

(iii) The small and micro (service) enterprises include small road and water transport operators, small business, professional and self-employed units , and all other service enterprises. Although medium enterprises are included in the SME sector, credit to medium enterprises is not included under the priority sector.

Credit flow to services sector: The following table furnishes a glance at the credit dispensed by the Commercial banks to the service sector.

SUGGESTIONS As per the RBI Guidelines in force, credit to SMEs comes under priority sector lendings. Again, Service Enterprises are part of the micro, small and medium enterprises as per the above definition. The service enterprises, by virtue of

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

231

Table-2

Finance to Services Sector by Banks at a glance

(Amount in Rs. Crores)Outstanding as on Variation

S.No. Sector

1 2 3 4 5 6

March 312005 2006 2007

March 31 March 30 2005-2006 2006-2007

Gross Bank Credit 10,45,954 (42.1)

14,43,920(39.2)

18,41,878(38.5)

3,97,966(31.8)

3,97,958(36.1)

Credit Exposure to Services

2,01,080((36.28))

3,19,334(22.8)

4,18,191(23.3)

1,18,254(29.7)

98857.0 (25.2)

Credit to Transport Operators

8396.0 (0.8)

17341.0 (1.2)

26416.0 (1.5)

8945.0 (2.2)

9075.0 (2.3)

Credit to Computer Software

2760.0 (0.3)

3625.0 (0.3)

5093.0 (0.3)

865.0 (0.2)

1468.0 (0.4)

Credit to Tourismand Hotels

4199.0 (0.4)

7732.0 (0.6)

9704.0 (0.5)

3533.0 (0.9)

1972.0 (0.5)

Credit to Professionals and others

9656.0 (1.0)

15283.0 (1.1)

23782.0 (1.3)

5627.0 (1.4)

8499.0 (2.2)

Page 241:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

their definition and obviously of small stature, the investment criterion being very low. With the upper cap for investment criterion for small and medium enterprises set at Rs.5 crores and Rs.10 crores respectively, and with no sub-targets having been fixed for micro enterprises and service enterprises for compliance by banks, the share of credit inflow enjoyed by the service enterprises, in the overall credit to the priority sectors and the SME segment as a whole is likely to be very low.

As of now, the information and statistics relating to lendings to the micro and small enterprises is not available in the data base of respective commercial banks. Hence RBI must undertake to clearly publish in their various publications the statistics of credit dispensed to these enterprises. This will serve as information for the public in general as also for the aspiring micro and small entrepreneurs in particular. Commercial banks shall also be advised to make available this information in their annual reports. This step will go a long way in creating public awareness about the credit inflow to the highly deserving and less privileged enterprises in the micro and services sub-segment. It is not out of place to mention that banks in general are content with fulfilling the RBI targets on priority sector lending by focusing on big-ticket loans in the SME category. It will only be fair that the Central Bank and the government would cause the necessary instructions to render social justice expected of banks in encouraging the micro and service enterprises as well. The objective of financial inclusion would well be served by this measure.

Another pertinent issue is that the micro and service entrepreneurs, belonging to the unorganized sector are less informed about the lending procedures of the Banks in regard to compliance of conditions like submission of tax returns, registration certificates, compilation of complex financial statements certified by the auditors. It is high time that the lending procedures in respect of micro and service enterprises are rationalized and simplified. RBI may examine whether the micro and service enterprises are required to just comply with the KYC norms alone meticulously and other information/ financial data be furnished by means of a declaration with the loan application forms and the submission of documents in this regard can be dispensed with.

Investment Scenario With such huge opportunities opening up in this segment, private investment has been growing at a scorching pace. Already telecommunications, construction and power together had attracted a combined cumulative foreign direct investment of US$ 7.553 billion over the period April 2000 to December 2007. In fact, these

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

232

Page 242:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

three had accounted for about 16.68 per cent of the total FDI in the country during this period.

Significantly, India Inc. had invested an overwhelming 81 per cent of their planned total investment of US$ 104 billion during April-December 2007-08 in developing core physical and service infrastructure. While steel (US$ 31 billion) accounted for the largest share of total investment, other industries that attract substantial capital expenditure include oil (US$16 billion), power (US$ 13 billion), telecom (US$ 8.2 billion), real estate (US$ 6.2 billion) and cement (US$ 4.8 billion), among others.

The central public sector enterprises in infrastructure sectors had also recorded a 32.69 per cent rise in their planned investments to reach US$ 37.04 billion in 2008-09 over 2007-08.

Simultaneously, many dedicated infrastructure funds are coming up. In fact, infrastructure has been instrumental in India emerging as the leading destination for private equity in Asia (excluding Japan). Some of the major players in this segment include 3i, Citigroup, Blackstone Atherstone India Invest, PFC, AMP Capital, Macquarie Infrastructure Group, DLF-Laing O'Rourke among others. Funds raised through infrastructure schemes by mutual funds are likely to exceed US$ 5.07 billion in 2007 against US$ 634.69 million in 2006. In fact, eight of the Lipper's world's top ten infrastructure funds in 2007 were Indian equity funds.

Analysis The boom in the services sector has been relatively "jobless". The rise in services share in GDP has not been accompanied by a proportionate increase in the sector's share of national employment. Some economists have also cautioned that the service sector growth must be supported by proportionate growth of the industry sector. Otherwise the service sector growth will not be sustainable. In the current economic scenario it looks that the boom in the services sector is here to stay as India is fast emerging as global services hub.

Service sector and significance The importance of services sector enterprises has been magnified ever since trade in services was included in the last concluded GATT Agreement. With the new economic policies initiated in the country since 1991 and the conclusion of the Uruguay round of GATT talks, liberalization and globalization of the services sector in India has assumed greater significance. The sector has therefore emerged

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

233

Page 243:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

as the fastest growing sectors of economy world over by virtue of its ability to contribute higher employment generation and output. Over a period services sector has overtaken the dominant segments like agriculture and manufacturing activities. As per the analysts, the services sector has been growing at an annual rate of above 25%. Services exports have grown considerably over the past 15 years touching magic level of nearly $75 billion in 2007. The contribution of service sector to Indian economy also stands very significant at 55%.

In this context there is an urgent need to strengthen this sector to fully exploit its potential in order to boost the economy in terms of raising the share of India's service exports to 10% by 2015.

In its last release of "State of the Economy Report", The CII had expected the growth to continue at a rate of 11.2 per cent in 2007-08.

Reflecting the confidence of the service industry, the provisional information available from select scheduled commercial banks as on November 23, 2007 indicates that bank credit to services had expanded by 20.8 per cent on a year-on-year basis, according to the RBI's third quarter review of the economy. Important constituents in this growth have been transport operators, real estate and non-banking financial companies. This is a redeeming feature.

In fact, the prospect for India's services sector growth over the next year continues to be robust, according to a survey by KPMG conducted across the BRIC (Brazil, Russia, India and China) countries. Indian companies had the highest positive outlook on profits among the BRIC countries. Also, Indian companies were the second most optimistic lot in terms of increase in new business over the next year.

Final Note The impressive performance of the services sector was attributable largely to the availability of skilled and cheap labour. However, the sustained acceleration in services and the manufacturing activities is leading to incipient pressures on the supply of good quality skilled lab our. While its demographic profile places the country favourably in terms of manpower availability, there are reports of emerging talent supply shortages. Only 10 per cent of the relevant age group is getting enrolled into institutions of higher learning in the country as compared with 40 to 50 per cent in the most developed countries. Less than half of the secondary school students opt for college education. Moreover, the quality of education imparted in several colleges and universities in the country remains less than adequate to meet the emerging demands for skilled professionals.

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

234

Page 244:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

Concerted efforts in the direction of improving the physical, urban and social infrastructure in the country would further entrench the growth of the services sector.

References: Reserve Bank of India (RBI)Central Statistical Organization (CSO)Secretariat for Industrial AssistanceConfederation of Indian Industry (CII)State Bank of India (SBI)

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

235

Page 245:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the
Page 246:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

20. FINANCING HIGH TECH FARMINING ACTIVITIES - A VIABLE OPTION FOR SUSTAINABILITY OF AGRICULTURE

G.G.K. Murthy*

Role of agriculture in Indian Economy The role of agriculture in Indian economy cannot be under estimated, for the reason that it is the mother of the economy and gives food and bread in physical form for the country's people. Agriculture continues to be vital for our economy, even today, as about 70% of our population depends on agriculture either directly or indirectly for their livelihood and agriculture contributes about 25% to the GDP. But, it is disturbing to note that while the economy has taken a giant leap to about 10% over the recent decade, on the back of industry and services, agriculture trails back growing at a snail pace. While the GDP touched a growth of 9.4% last year, the agriculture sector grew only at about 5% (with signs of further dip) during the same period. This is not a healthy symptom for our economy aspiring to grow in double digits. Such an achievement is doubtful, without a still more better contribution from the agriculture sector. The agriculture and allied sector directly impacts the output, wages, employment and consumption patterns of a vast multitude of the population. Though the share of agriculture in the GDP has declined from a little over 36 per cent in the 1980s to 18.5 per cent in 2006-07, the number of people dependent on agriculture for their food and livelihood have remained largely unchanged.

Since the independence, the government has brought many reforms and rationalized the policies towards easing the flow of credit and investments into the farming sector. Crores of rupees have been pumped into the system to keep the farmers engaged on the agriculture and allied activities. Commercial banks, particularly the public sector banks, have been the major stake holders who purveyed credit to the sector under numerous schemes. Following are vital measures initiated by government and regulator of the economy for giving a boost to the agriculture sector.______________________________________________________________* Consultant, Advisor and Banking Resource, HYDERABAD,e-MAIL: [email protected], Tel.No.23737335 and 9347528867

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

237

Page 247:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

Credit inflow to agriculture and allied activities In the above context, a number of steps have, been taken by the Reserve Bank and the Government of India to facilitate credit flow to the agriculture sector. Towards this end, the Union Finance Minister had announced some measures on June 18, 2004 for doubling the flow of credit to the agriculture sector within a period of three years. The actual disbursement of credit by banks had exceeded the targets during all the three years up to 2006-07. Carrying forward this measure, the Union Finance Minister has fixed a target of Rs.2,25,000 crore for disbursements by banks for 2007-08. NABARD, the apex bank for agriculture and rural development, has also come with strategies, inter alia, covering the formulation and circulation of model bankable schemes and location specific bankable schemes to the financing banks. NABARD also proposes to identify highly potential zones for undertaking investment activities in various states and organise interactive workshops in these potential zones

Role of RBI Based on the draft Technical Paper submitted by the internal Working Group (Chairman: Shri C. S. Murthy) and the feedback received thereon from the governments, banks, financial institutions, non-banking financial companies, associations of industries, media, public and the Indian Banks' Association, RBI has issued revised guidelines on lending to the priority sector, revised on April 30, 2007. The guiding principle of the revised guidelines on lending to the priority sector has been to ensure adequate flow of bank credit to those sectors of society/economy that impact large segments of the population, the weaker sections and to the sectors which are employment-intensive, such as agriculture and tiny and small enterprises. The broad categories of advances under the priority sector now include agriculture, small enterprises sector, retail trade, micro credit, education and housing, subject to certain limits.

i) In order to overcome the crowding out effect against small loans, particularly to agriculture, big-ticket loans/ advances have been kept out of the direct agriculture segment (loans/advances in excess of Rs. 1 crore granted to corporates, will get only one-third weightage for being counted under direct agriculture).

(ii) With a view to encouraging direct and retail lending by banks, intermediation has been generally discouraged by keeping loans for on-lending, barring a few categories, out of the priority sector fold and by phasing out investment in bonds of financial institutions from the priority sector.

(iii) Some of the banks had a 'nil' or negligible net bank credit (NBC) and were engaging mostly in non-funded business (derivatives). This distortion has

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

238

Page 248:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

been sought to be corrected by linking their targets to the credit equivalent of their off balance-sheet business.

Role of NABARD NABARD as an apex development bank with a mandate for facilitating the credit flow for promotion and development of agriculture and other priority sectors has been working in the direction of sustainable rural development and secure prosperity of rural areas. In discharging its role as a facilitator for rural prosperity NABARD is entrusted with providing refinance to lending institutions in rural areas, apart from helping the state governments in reaching their targets of providing assistance to eligible institutions in agriculture and rural development. With its effective overseeing and monitoring of the implementation of the Government of India's programme to double the flow of credit to agriculture over a three-year period from 2004-2005, the total disbursement of credit had reached Rs 1,25,309 during 2004-2005. Ground level credit flow to agriculture and allied activities had reached Rs 1,57,480 crore in 2005-2006. Refinance disbursement to commercial banks, state cooperative banks, state cooperative agriculture and rural development banks, RRBs and other eligible financial institutions aggregated Rs 8,622.37 crore. As on 31 January 2007 through the Rural Infrastructure Development Fund (RIDF), Rs,59,795.35 crore have been sanctioned for 2,31,702 projects covering irrigation, rural roads and bridges, health and education. The Bank will also provide direct lending to any institution as may be approved by the Central Government.

Recently announced National Strategies for accelerating the flow of credit to farm sector include doubling the flow of agricultural credit in 3 years, increase in disbursement from Rs.80,000 crore in 2003-04 to Rs.1,05,000 crore in 2004-05, financing of at least 100 new farmers and 2-3 new investment projects in various sub-sectors of agriculture by each of the rural and semi-urban branches of the Commercial Banks.

In view of the growing volume of farm credit, the demand for refinance from NABARD is expected to increase. In order to augment the resources of NABARD, the Union Budget 2007-08 proposed to allow it to issue rural bonds to the extent of Rs.5,000 crore, guaranteed by the Government and eligible for suitable tax exemption.

In view of the renewed focus on faster, more broad-based and inclusive growth, reversal of the deceleration and containment in volatility in agricultural growth remained the highest priority of the Government. A number of steps were

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

239

Page 249:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

taken to improve the availability of irrigation facilities, crop yields, flow of institutional credit and rural infrastructure while also providing some relief to debt stressed farmers.

The credit flow to the agricultural sector had exceeded the target for the third consecutive year during 2006-07. As against the target of Rs.1,75,000 crore, the actual disbursements of farm credit by the banking system in 2006-07 were Rs.2,03,296 crore. For 2007-08, the Union Budget has fixed a target of Rs.2,25,000 crore as farm credit with an addition of five million new farmers to the banking system. The Union Budget, 2006-07 had provided for the continuance of the two per cent interest subvention scheme for short-term crop loans up to Rs.1 lakh granted by banks in kharif and rabi of 2005-06. Furthermore, in accordance with the Union Budget announcement, crop loans up to a principal amount of Rs.3 lakh were provided at seven per cent rate of interest beginning kharif 2006-07 for which the Government had provided interest rate subvention of two per cent. The Union Budget, 2007-08 announced the continuance of this scheme for 2007-08 also. A National Agricultural Innovation Project, launched in July 2006, was aimed at enhancing livelihood security by involving the farmer groups, Panchayati Raj institutions and the private sector. In order to improve the flow of credit from the cooperatives, a package for revival of the short-term rural cooperative credit structure was announced in January 2006. The Union Budget 2007-08 asked the regional rural banks to undertake an aggressive branch expansion programme and open at least one branch in the 80 uncovered districts of the country in 2007-08.

The darker side of the picture The general view of analysts and economists is that the financial sector reforms have pushed the farming to the back seat of the economy. This is the sad part of the impact of 'globalisation' on Indian economy. No doubt, reforms should be welcomed. Yet the campaigners of economic liberalization seem to have overlooked or ignored the significance of agriculture in the Indian economy and have done the least for this segment. Despite the so called urbanization and rise of the urbanized services, in the rural pockets too, there is no substitute to agriculture and related activities, for the simple reason that majority of Indian population live in villages. Things have not changed drastically towards better in the villages, whatever be the reason. Globalization, though has created some employment opportunities over the last decade, the pleasure is off set by the pain caused by the trend of rationalization and down sizing of work force in many organizations. Growing inflation and dwindling employment opportunities in urban towns and

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

240

Page 250:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

metros cities, should prompt one to realize the importance of the 'real sector' as the back bone of our economy and strengthen it to make farming activities sustainable services.

There are several constraints that cripple the sector in unleashing its full potential and reap the optimum yield. To illustrate a few, the cultivation activities are subject to the vagaries of nature and unfortunately the irrigation facilities created through different projects and plans in the country have not come handy in this regard. And the farmers even today are dependent on monsoon. There are variations in different agro climatic zones resulting in crop failures or low quality of yield which again has a bearing on the price of the produce. Lack of equitable price for the grains produced by the farmers and exploitation of farmers by numerous intermediaries is another discouraging factor. Grain fields have been slowly disappearing over a period due to conversion of agriculture lands for industrial and dwelling purposes due to increasing culture of urbanization. The third generation citizens in villages are shifting from agriculture operation, preferring jobs and business in urban towns and metros. Spiraling costs of cultivation and scarcity of fertilizers are deterring the farmers to go in for cultivation activity.

These issues are hampering the sustainability of agriculture as a viable economic activity to a large extent. Consistency and cohesiveness in policies formulated and implemented are the missing link in the whole system and do not appear to be creating congenial environment for the flourishing of agriculture. A great deal of confusion prevails all over, particularly among the commercial banks who are the real well wishers of the farmers. As a result of these factors agriculture in our economy has lost its glory.

The Imperative It is imperative that the growth of the agriculture sector is made as important for the economic growth of the country as that of manufacturing activities and services. To fall in line with the expectations and aspiration to step up the effectiveness of agriculture and its contribution to economy, it is worth while to explore the high tech farming activities and reap optimum benefits, instead of hanging on to conventional activities that fail to yield desired fruit. To this end it is expedient that the whole gamut of agriculture management is revamped with a view to restoring the capacity of agriculture as a viable segment of the Indian economy.

Following are some of the high tech farming activities, which are gaining popularity in the recent times and yield good and assured returns to farmers. Banks

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

241

Page 251:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

are also willing to encourage these activities which are different from the conventional agricultural activities like crop loans, poultry, dairy activities which have reached near saturation points. These 'high-tech agricultural projects are broadly classified into three categories:

I. Bio-tech projects like a. Tissue culture b. Floriculture c. Hybrid seeds d. Apiculture e. Food processing f. Animal vaccines g. Aquaculture h. Bio-mass utilization i. New bio-products j. Industrial Enzymes

II. Hi-tech agricultural production projects like i. Drip and sprinkler irrigation ii. Controlled environment agri. Production iii. Hydroponics iv. Unconventional agricultural products

III. Post harvest and processing projects like : A. Cold storages B. Marine food processing C. Meat / poultry processing D. Manufacture of malted food E. Manufacture of resins F. Improved packaging.

The above activities in agricultural are new and are being given a good try in many of the states of India. These activities deploy the technologies developed for agriculture. Therefore they are regarded as high tech projects. These are considered to be on par with sophisticated industrial activities and can be regarded as Industrial agriculture.

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

242

Page 252:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

Another promising sector is biotechnology, which enjoys excellent potential in India and abroad. Exploration of bio-technology in agriculture is a new concept and is gaining big acceptance world over.

WINGS OF BIO-TECHNOLOGYGenetic engineering / recombinant DNA It is the technique of introducing hybrid DNA containing genes of interest into organisms (Escherichia coli, Bacillus subtilis or yeast) in order to make the organisms produce enzymes, amino acids, hormones and proteins.

Bio-processing It involves conversion of raw material substrate into a product using microbial fermentation or enzymes. The antibiotics, enzymes, amino acids and other specialty chemicals can be produced on an industrial scale with the introduction of recombinant DNA. Continuous sensor devices and the interfacing of process control with computer is being attempted to ensure automation and continuous processing.

Hybridoma technology Under this, antibodies are proteins produced in vertebrates in response to foreign proteins or substances. Conventional antisera consist of a number of antibodies. Hybridoma technology allows the production of highly specific antibodies from single clones of cells termed monoclonal antibodies (MAB).

MABs, being very specific are utilised in diagnostic system; in vivo diagnostic imaging for detection of tumor cells in therapeutic including immunization and immunotox; in targetable drugs for tumor cells; in tissue typing; in purification and separation of biological molecules, etc.

Protein Engineering It involves of the modification of protein structures to improve the functions of proteins or to design entirely new proteins. It could modify enzymes to improve their tolerance of temperature or alter pH optimum or other characteristics and even produce therapeutic proteins. Progress in protein engineering is dependent on development in other areas such as X-ray, diffraction methods, computer molecular modeling and chemical synthesis of DNA.

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

243

Page 253:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

Bio-informatics It covers fields such as use of computers in protein engineering, Software for DNA sequence analysis, automated DNA Synthesisers, Automated Process Control, etc. The GOI has set up the National Biotechnology Board which has chosen genetic Engineering, photo-synthesis, tissue culture, enzyme engineering, alcohol fermentation And immuno-technology as areas of immediate interest.

Agricultural Industrialisation Unlike the other sectors of industrial activity, agriculture can not be transformed directly into a branch of industrial production. There is no industrial alternative to the biological transformation of solar energy into food. The industrialization of agriculture has therefore taken a decisively different path. Different aspects of agricultural production therefore became transformed into specific sectors of industrial activity. The discontinuous but persistent undermining of discrete elements of agricultural production process, their transformation into industrial activities and their re-incorporation into agriculture as inputs can be termed as 'appropriationism'.

The emergence of food industry represents similarly discontinuous but a permanent process to achieve the industrial production of food which can be termed as 'substitutionism'. The rhythms of 'appropriation' and 'substitution' are, however, determined by the levels of science and technology, mechanical, chemical and biological with successive innovations redefining the relative weight of natural and industrial processes with the overall food system.

Modern 'bi-technology' represents a revolutionary new phase in the industrialization of this food system which can best be understood within the larger history of 'appropriationism' and 'substitutionism'.

Semi-conventional activities in farm sectorMARKETING AND STORAGE "A grain not properly saved is a grain not produced" is the slogan for the save grain campaign which clarifies the need for proper storage. The grain is to be protected from pests and diseases and rodents etc. Further, proper climatic conditions like humidity, temperature are to be maintained to store the produce. Keeping in view the importance, the government of India is encouraging the construction of rural godowns and cold storages in private structure by providing subsidy. Banks may consider loans either for storing the farmer's own produce or for private warehouses.

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

244

Page 254:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

MISCELLANEOUS ACTIVITIESThe following activities are included : Bio-Gas plants: In the digester (a component of bio-gas plant) organic matter like cow- dung, agro wastes, etc., will be subjected to bacterial action and in the process methane gas is produced. Methane gas may be used as fuel for burners in the kitchen , lighting the gas lights, fuel to run the (diesel) engines, etc. Non-conventional energy Development Corporation looks after the development of bio-gas plants.

Role of IT Lack of proper information regarding the market prices of such produce makes it difficult for the farmer to sell his produce profitably. A possible solution could be the private and public partnership in the integration of IT in agriculture, which could deliver relevant information to farmers, thereby enabling them to seek better prices for their produce.

Though India does not have paucity of agricultural scientists or agricultural research labs where high yielding seeds and scientific methods of cultivation are evolved, the real problem is the information and communication gap ( between farmers and those involved in research).

The e-choupal experience It is a very valuable information and a noteworthy example. The e-choupal experience inspires similar innovations to follow. In June 2000, ITC-IBD (ITC's International Business Division) introduced the concept of e-Choupal, which became the first of its kind of initiative taken by any corporate in India, aimed at improving and uplifting the farmers' lives. Importantly, it became the first-ever attempt to connect IT with agriculture. Six years down the line, as the talks of a second Green Revolution gather pace, amidst the grim agriculture scenario in the country, it is increasingly becoming clear that the country needs more e-choupal- like initiatives. In other words, India needs to effectively harness the potential of ICT (Information and Communication Technology) in order to revive the agriculture sector and usher in the era of e-agriculture.

The project e-Choupal has made waves covering nine states and around 36,000 villages. Six thousand e-Choupal centres have been installed, empowering around 3.5 million people. These centres deliver real-time information and customized knowledge to improve the farmers' decision-making ability, thereby aligning the farm output to market demands in a better way, securing better quality,

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

245

Page 255:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

productivity and improved price discovery. This also helps the farmers to access higher quality farm inputs at lower cost. The model reduces transaction costs by providing a direct marketing channel. The e-Choupal website is now helping farmers discover the best price for their produce at the village itself . At present, the network offers information regarding commodities like soya and wheat. It aims to cover over 1,00,000 villages and reach out to more than 10 million e-farmers by the next decade.

The AIC experience Another interesting project is the one initiated by the Agriculture Insurance Company of India (AIC). Presently, the satellite is being used by agriculture insurance companies to locate crops which are damaged and other valuable insights related to the agriculture field in quick time. This insight helps in assessing the crop status through out the study area. We should invite many similar inventions and innovations in agriculture in the coming times.

Constraints Galore The state of agriculture research and extension or communication in the country, however, is the major stumbling block for the further growth of the sector. Unless agriculture research reaches the doorstep of farmers, any amount of relaxation in terms of subsidies and credit will be of no avail . With the help of IT, the extension technology must be revamped. IT should be deployed much more in providing timely guidance to the farming community. The agriculture sector should take advantage of the emerging technologies that are capable creating wonders, to sustain its due place in the economy. Exploring hi tech activites in the farm sector would certainly be a viable option to sustain the effectiveness of this sector to secure a respectable place on the Indian economic scenario.

CONCLUSION Our country is blessed with diverse agro-climatic conditions and enormous unexploited resources and untapped human potential. With the opening of the economy, Indian agriculture has been transformed from its subsistence level to commercialised nature. In view of its many advantages in the global market, Indian agriculture has become a focal point for application of hi-technology.

I would like to conclude this paper with the remarks of the Hon'ble Finance Minister of India, Shri P. Chidambaram “Double-digit growth is simply a function of three numbers. Agriculture must grow at 4, services at 12, manufacturing at 12, in order to achieve 10% growth.”

Emerging Trends in Services Sector

246

Page 256:  · 2014-11-27 · i FOREWORD The MSMEs, especially the micro and small enterprises are the backbone of our economy. They serve a double purpose. On one hand, they help reduce the

About The Institute

EMERGING TRENDS INSERVICES SECTOR

National Institute for Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises (ni-msme), a pioneer researcher and a premier Institute in the field of MSME, is playing a major role in leading the MSME towards success and prosperity by assisting the Government in formulating policies and helping the practicing and potential entrepreneurs through a host of services like research, consultancy, information, training, education and extension. The Institute is a training ground for senior technocrats, bureaucrats and bankers who come here to gain expertise and knowledge in order to equip themselves with latest developments and streamline their operations.

Set up in 1960, ni-msme has made valuable contributions by creating an impressive record of achievements in the developing world, enabling other developing countries to get the benefit of the Institute's facilities and expertise. The Institute updates its activities from time to time to meet the demands of emerging situations.

The Institute has contributed several research and consultancy services in MSME area apart from training. Among its many achievements are its partnering with UNIDO and other organs of the UN, leading MSMEs towards success through all weathers, and continuing to maintain the Institute in self-supporting mode for the past ten years.

ni-msme has made many significant contributions towards enterprise promotion both nationally and internationally. The Institute facilitates information that helps potential entrepreneur who requires it for promotion of business activities through its Documentation Centre (SENDOC).

The Entrepreneurship and Skill Development Programmes, meant to encourage starting up self and wage employment ventures under ATI scheme of Ministry of MSME for the educated unemployed youth are also being conducted by the Institute.

Located in a sprawling and enthralling campus amidst a rich natural setting, ni-msme is well equipped with both physical and academic state of-the-art infrastructure.

The Management of the Institute rests with the Governing Council appointed by the Government

of India. The governing body acts through the resident Director General. The Present Director General is Mr. M. Chandrasekhar Reddy

D r. G . U . K . R a o , c u r re n t l y designated as Director for S c h o o l o f E n t e r p r i s e Development (SED) of National Institute for Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises [NI-MSME] is a result oriented professional with over 38 years experience across Training, Te a c h i n g , R e s e a r c h &

Development Studies in MSME sector

Dr. Rao has a wide range of expertise spanning across study of regional planning, promotion of agro and food processing industries, development of small and micro enterprises, quantitative analysis, feasibility studies, project formulation, etc. He has led and participated in a number of research studies and projects especially impact studies, project evaluation and industrial potential surveys, coordinated scores of long-term and short-term training programmes and is active in other domains too guiding research scholars, delivering guest lecturers in his areas of expertise, etc. He has been involved in preparing vision document for empowerment of women through enterprise development in Mauritius. Coordinated with the project “SME policy in India” sponsored by UNESCO. Conducted study on “Impact of WTO on Glass and Ceramic Industry in India” as UNIDO National Expert, 2002-03 on individual capacity.

He has been trained by UNIDO on cluster development and monitors activities of National Resource Center for Cluster Development (NRCD) giving direction to the core team members in their day-to-day functions based on his rich experience in the field of enterprise promotion. He coordinated a National Seminar on MSME Cluster Development organized at New Delhi during January 2008.

He is honorary visiting faculty at several prestigious institutions. Dr. Rao has published over 30 research papers in reputed Indian journals on a variety of enterprise related topics, attended and contributed papers at seminars and workshops, authored/co-authored several published and unpublished works and has a wide range of secular interests. His other publication is a book on “Sustainable Development of SMEs: New Policy Initiatives”, which is well received by

About The Author